Allen-Bradley E300 Electronic Overload Relay User Manual

User Manual
E300 Electronic Overload Relay
Bul. 193/592
Important User Information
Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation, configuration, and
operation of this equipment before you install, configure, operate, or maintain this product. Users are required to
familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes, laws,
and standards.
Activities including installation, adjustments, putting into service, use, assembly, disassembly, and maintenance are required
to be carried out by suitably trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice.
If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may be
impaired.
In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the
use or application of this equipment.
The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and
requirements associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or
liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams.
No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or
software described in this manual.
Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation,
Inc., is prohibited.
Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations.
WARNING: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment,
which may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.
ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property
damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequence.
IMPORTANT
Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product.
Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions.
SHOCK HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that dangerous
voltage may be present.
BURN HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that surfaces may
reach dangerous temperatures.
ARC FLASH HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a motor control center, to alert people to
potential Arc Flash. Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death. Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Follow ALL
Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).
Allen-Bradley, Rockwell Software, and Rockwell Automation are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.
Table of Contents
Important User Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Chapter 1
Product Overview
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modular Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simplified Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensing Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Expansion Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Expansion Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensing Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Add-On Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Expansion I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Operator Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Expansion Bus Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Current-Based Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Current-based Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage- and Power-based Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Applications: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
13
13
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
21
21
22
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unpacking/Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Base Relay Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Module to Sensing Module Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Module to Control Module Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Digital and Analog I/O Modules and Power Supply
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Operator Station Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Network Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
23
23
23
23
24
24
25
26
27
28
28
28
30
3
Table of Contents
Starter Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIN Rail / Panel Mount Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Peripherals Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensing Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Digital Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Analog Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grounding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Motor Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Line Current Transformer Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformer Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full-Voltage Non-Reversing Starter (with Network Control). . . . .
Full-Voltage Reversing Starter (with Network Control). . . . . . . . . .
31
34
35
37
37
38
40
41
43
44
44
46
47
48
48
52
52
53
Chapter 3
Diagnostic Station
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying a Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameter Group Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linear List Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing a Configuration Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing a Numeric Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing a Bit Enumerated Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable Display Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stopping the Display Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Trip and Warning Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55
55
55
56
57
58
59
59
59
60
60
60
61
62
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Device Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administration Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Run Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Invalid Configuration Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enable Option Match Protection Trip (Parameter 186). . . . . . . . . .
Enable Option Match Protection Warning (Parameter 192) . . . . .
4
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
63
63
64
64
65
65
66
67
68
Table of Contents
Control Module Type (Parameter 221) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Sensing Module Type (Parameter 222) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Communication Module Type (Parameter 223) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Operator Station Type (Parameter 224) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Digital I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 225) . . . . . . . . . 70
Digital I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 226) . . . . . . . . . 71
Digital I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 227) . . . . . . . . . 71
Digital I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 228) . . . . . . . . . 71
Analog I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 229) . . . . . . . . . 72
Analog I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 230) . . . . . . . . . 73
Analog I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 231) . . . . . . . . . 73
Analog I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 232) . . . . . . . . . 74
Option Match Action (Parameter 233) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Device Configuration Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Device Reset Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Firmware Update Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Security Configuration Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
I/O Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Input Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 196) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Input Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 197) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Input Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 198) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Input Pt03 Assignment (Parameter 199) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Input Pt04 Assignment (Parameter 200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Input Pt05 Assignment (Parameter 201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Output Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Output Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 203) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Output Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Expansion Bus Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Expansion Bus Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Expansion Bus Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Emergency Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Diagnostic Station User-defined Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
User-defined Screen 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
User-defined Screen 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
User-defined Screen 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
User-defined Screen 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Display Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Analog I/O Expansion Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Analog Input Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Analog Output Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Update Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Analog Module 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Analog Module 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Analog Module 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Analog Module 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Introduction to Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
5
Table of Contents
Chapter 5
Operating Modes
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Overload (Network). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Monitor (Custom) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning
Functions
6
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current-based Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Loss Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Current Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jam Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underload Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Imbalance Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Under Current Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Over Current Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Loss Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage-based Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Under Voltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Over Voltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Imbalance Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Rotation Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-based Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real Power (kW) Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reactive Power (kVAR) Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Apparent Power (kVA) Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Factor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control-Based Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Station Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Start Inhibit Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preventive Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option Match. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Bus Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nonvolatile Storage Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Mode Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog-based Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
129
129
132
139
141
148
150
153
156
160
169
177
184
187
190
193
196
198
204
206
213
226
232
245
247
248
249
250
253
255
256
256
256
256
257
259
261
268
276
283
Table of Contents
Chapter 7
Commands
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Operating Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear History Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear %TCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear kWh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear kVARh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear kVAh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Max kW Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Max kVAR Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Max kVA Demand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear All. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
293
293
293
294
299
300
300
300
300
301
301
301
302
302
302
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Percent Thermal Capacity Utilized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time to Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time To Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Trip Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Trip Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Trip Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Trip Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Warning Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Warning Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Warning Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Warning Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Status 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Status 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Station Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Status 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Status 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Firmware Revision Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Module ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensing Module ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Station ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Digital Module ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starts Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starts Available. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time to Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
305
305
305
306
306
307
308
309
309
310
310
311
311
312
312
313
314
315
316
316
316
317
317
318
318
319
319
319
7
Table of Contents
Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Month . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Day. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Invalid Configuration Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Invalid Configuration Cause. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mismatch Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3 Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Percent FLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Percent FLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3 Percent FLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average Percent FLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Imbalance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1-L2 Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2-L3 Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average L-L Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1-N Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2-N Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3-N Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average L-N Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Imbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Real Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Real Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3 Real Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Real Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Reactive Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Reactive Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3 Reactive Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Reactive Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Apparent Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Apparent Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3 Apparent Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Apparent Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L1 Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L2 Power Factor Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
320
320
320
321
321
322
322
322
323
323
323
324
324
324
325
325
326
326
326
327
327
327
328
328
329
329
329
330
330
331
331
331
331
332
332
332
333
333
334
334
334
335
335
336
336
337
337
Table of Contents
L3 Power Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kWh 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kWh 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kWh 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kWh 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kWh 10-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Consumed 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Consumed 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Consumed 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Consumed 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Consumed 10-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Generated 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Generated 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Generated 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Generated 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Generated 10-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Net 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Net 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Net 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Net 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVARh Net 10-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVAh 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVAh 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVAh 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVAh 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVAh 10-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kW Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Max kW Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVAR Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Max kVAR Demand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kVA Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Max kVA Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Module 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip / Warning History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Snapshot L1-L2 Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Snapshot L2-L3 Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Snapshot L3-L1 Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Snapshot Total Real Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
337
338
338
338
339
339
340
340
340
341
341
342
342
342
343
343
344
344
344
345
345
346
346
346
347
347
348
348
348
349
349
349
349
350
350
350
352
354
355
357
357
361
366
366
366
366
367
9
Table of Contents
Trip Snapshot Total Reactive Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Trip Snapshot Total Apparent Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Trip Snapshot Total Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Network Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Determining Network Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Setting the IP Network Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
EtherNet/IP Node Address Selection Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Assign Network Parameters via the BOOTP/ DHCP Utility. . . . 373
Assign Network Parameters Via a Web Browser and MAC Scanner
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Other Factors to Consider When Assigning Network пЂ Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Web Server Security and System Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Permanently Enabling the Web Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Duplicate IP Address Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Behavior of Modules With Duplicate IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
DNS Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Electronic Data Sheet (EDS) File Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Download the EDS File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
View and Configure Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Viewing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Editing Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Automation Controller Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
I/O Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Logix Configuration with Add-on Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Logix Configuration with a Generic Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
E-mail/Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
E-mail Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Text Notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
10
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Firmware Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Updating Firmware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
E300 Firmware Update Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Control Module Boot Code Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Control Module Application Code Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . 414
Control Module Uncompressed EtherNet/IP EDS File Firmware
Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Table of Contents
Control Module Compressed EtherNet/IP EDS File Firmware
Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Control Module Compressed DeviceNet EDS File Firmware пЂ Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Completed Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Chapter 11
Troubleshooting
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advisory LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip/Warn LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resetting a Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip/Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
425
425
425
426
428
428
Appendix A
Specifications
Electrical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Voltage Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electromagnetic Compatibility Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
431
433
434
435
436
437
437
437
Appendix B
Parameter List
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Common Industrial Protocol (CIP) Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identity Object — CLASS CODE 0x0001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Message Router — CLASS CODE 0x0002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly Object — CLASS CODE 0x0004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 120 - Configuration Assembly Revision 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 120 - Configuration Assembly Revision 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 144 – Default Consumed Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instance 198 - Current Diagnostics Produced Assembly . . . . . . . .
Instance 199 - All Diagnostics Produced Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connection Object — CLASS CODE 0x0005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discrete Input Point Object — CLASS CODE 0x0008 . . . . . . . .
Discrete Output Point Object — CLASS CODE 0x0009 . . . . . .
Analog Input Point Object — CLASS CODE 0x000A . . . . . . . . .
Parameter Object — CLASS CODE 0x000F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameter Group Object — CLASS CODE 0x0010 . . . . . . . . . . .
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
481
482
484
484
485
486
486
496
496
496
498
500
503
504
506
507
508
11
Table of Contents
Discrete Output Group Object — CLASS CODE 0x001E . . . . .
Control Supervisor Object — CLASS CODE 0x0029 . . . . . . . . . .
Overload Object — CLASS CODE 0x002c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Base Energy Object — CLASS CODE 0x004E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Energy Object — CLASS CODE 0x004F . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall Clock Time Object — CLASS CODE 0x008B . . . . . . . . . . .
DPI Fault Object — CLASS CODE 0x0097. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPI Warning Object — CLASS CODE 0x0098 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCC Object — CLASS CODE 0x00C2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
508
509
510
510
512
514
515
519
522
Chapter
1
Product Overview
Overview
The E300в„ў Electronic Overload Relay is a microprocessor-based electronic
overload relay that is designed to help protect three-phase or single-phase AC
electric induction motors that are rated from 0.5…65,000 A. Its modular design,
communication options, diagnostic information, simplified wiring, and
integration into Logix makes the E300 the ideal overload for motor control
applications in an automation system. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay
provides flexibility, reduces engineering time, and maximizes uptime for
important motor starter applications.
Modular Design
You can select the specific options that you need for your motor starter
application. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay consists of three modules:
sensing, control, and communications. You can customize each of the three with
accessories to tailor the electronic motor overload for your application’s exact
needs.
• Wide current range
• Sensing capabilities (Current, Ground Fault Current, and/or Voltage)
• Expansion I/O
• Operator interfaces
Communication Options
You can select from multiple communication options that integrate with Logixbased control systems. Developers can easily add the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay to Logix-based control systems using Integrated Architecture tools like
Add-on Profiles, Add-on Instructions, and Faceplates.
• EtherNet/IP (DLR)
• DeviceNet
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
13
Chapter 1
Product Overview
Diagnostic Information
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides a wide variety of diagnostic
information to monitor motor performance, proactively alert you to possible
motor issues, or identify the reason for an unplanned shutdown. Information
includes:
• Voltage, Current, and Energy
• Trip / Warning Histories
• % Thermal Capacity Utilization
• Time to Trip
• Time to Reset
• Operational Hours
• Number of Starts
• Trip Snapshot
Simplified Wiring
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides an easy means to mount to both
IEC and NEMA Allen-Bradley contactors. A contactor coil adapter is available
for the 100-C contactor, which allows the you to create a functional motor
starter with only two control wires.
14
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Product Overview
Catalog Number
Explanation
Chapter 1
E300 Electronic Overload Relay modules have their own catalog number.
Sensing Module
193 - ESM - VIG - 30A - C23пЂ 592
Bulletin Number
Module Type
Sensing Module Type
Sensing Current Range
193 IEC Overload RelayпЂ 592 NEMA Overload Relay
ESM Sensing Module
VIG Current, Ground Fault Current, пЂ Voltage, and PowerпЂ IG Current and Ground Fault CurrentпЂ I
Current
30A
60A
100A
200A
0.5…30 AпЂ 6…60 AпЂ 10…100 AпЂ 20…200 A
Sensing Module Mounting Style
C23
C55
C97
D180
S2
S3
S4
T
E3T
P
CT
Mounts to 100-C09…-C23 ContactorпЂ Mounts to 100-C30…-C55 ContactorпЂ Mounts to 100-C60…-C97 ContactorпЂ Mounts to 100-D115…-D180 ContactorпЂ Mounts to Bulletin 500 NEMA Size 0-2 ContactorпЂ Mounts to Bulletin 500 NEMA Size 3 ContactorпЂ Mounts to Bulletin 500 NEMA Size 4 ContactorпЂ DIN Rail / Panel Mount with Power TerminalsпЂ Replacement DIN Rail / Panel Mount with Power Terminals for an E3 Plus Panel Mount AdapterпЂ DIN Rail / Panel Mount with Pass-thru Power ConductorsпЂ DIN Rail / Panel Mount with Pass-thru Power Conductors (used with External CTs)
Control Module
193 - EIO - 43 - 120
Bulletin Number
Module Type
I/O Count
Control Voltage
193 IEC Overload Relay
EIO
I/O Only Control ModuleпЂ EIOGP I/O and Protection Control Module пЂ (External Ground Fault SensingпЂ and PTC)
63
43
42
22
24D 24V DCпЂ 120 110…120V AC, 50/60 HzпЂ 240 220…240V AC, 50/60 H
6 Inputs / 3 Relay OutputsпЂ 4 Inputs / 3 Relay OutputsпЂ 4 Inputs / 2 Relay OutputsпЂ 2 Inputs / 2 Relay Outputs
Communication Module
193 - ECM - ETR
Bulletin Number
Module Type
Communication Type
193 IEC Overload Relay
ECM Communication Module
ETR EtherNet/IP with Dual Ethernet PortsпЂ DNT DeviceNet
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
15
Chapter 1
Product Overview
Digital Expansion Module
193 - EXP - DIO - 42 - 120
Bulletin Number
Module Type
193 IEC Overload Relay
EXP Expansion Module DIO Digital I/O
I/O Type
I/O Count
Communication Type
42 4 Inputs / 2 Relay Outputs
120 110…120V AC, 50/60 Hz InputsпЂ 240 220…240V AC, 50/60 Hz InputsпЂ 24D 24V DC Inputs
Analog Expansion Module
193 - EXP - AIO - 31
Bulletin Number
Module Type
193 IEC Overload Relay
EXP Expansion Module AIO Analog I/O
I/O Type
I/O Count
31 3 Universal Analog Inputs / 1 Analog Output
Operator Station
193 - EOS - SCS
Bulletin Number
Module Type
I/O Type
193 IEC Overload Relay
EOS Operator Station
SCS Starter Control StationпЂ SDS Starter Diagnostic Station
Power Supply
193 - EXP - PS - AC
Bulletin Number
Module Type
193 IEC Overload Relay
EXP Expansion Module PS Expansion Bus Power Supply
16
Function Type
Supply Voltage
AC 110-240V AC, 50/60Hz control voltageпЂ DC 24V DC control voltage
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Product Overview
Module Description
Chapter 1
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is comprised of three modules. All three
modules are required to make a functional overload relay.
• Sensing Module
• Control Module
• Communication Module
Sensing Module
Figure 1 - Sensing Module
The sensing module electronically samples data about the current, voltage, power,
and energy that are consumed by the electric motor internal to the module. You
can choose from one of three varieties of the sensing modules depending on the
motor diagnostic information that is needed for the motor protection
application:
• Current Sensing
• Current and Ground Fault Current Sensing
• Current, Ground Fault Current, Voltage, and Power Sensing
The current ranges for each of three varieties of sensing module are as follows:
• 0.5…30 A
• 6…60 A
• 10…100 A
• 20…200 A
You can choose how the sensing module mechanically mounts inside the
electrical enclosure. The following mounting mechanisms are available for the
sensing module.
• Mount to the load side of an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100 IEC Contactor
• Mount to the load side of an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 500 NEMA
Contactor
• DIN Rail / Panel Mount with power terminals
• Replacement DIN Rail / Panel Mount with power terminals for an
Allen-Bradley E3 Plus panel mount adapter
• DIN Rail / Panel Mount with pass-thru power conductors
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
17
Chapter 1
Product Overview
Control Module
Figure 2 - Control Module
The control module is the heart of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay and can
attach to any sensing module. The control module performs all protection and
motor control algorithms and contains the native I/O for the system. The control
module has two varieties:
• I/O only
• I/O and protection (PTC and External Ground Fault Current Sensing)
The control module is offered in three control voltages:
• 110…120V AC, 50/60Hz
• 220…240V AC, 50/60Hz
• 24V DC
External control voltage is required to power the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
and activate the digital inputs.
Communication Module
Figure 3 - Communication Module
The communication module allows the E300 Electronic Overload Relay to be
integrated into an automation system, and it can attach to any control module.
All communication modules allow you to set the node address with rotary turn
18
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Product Overview
Chapter 1
dials, and it provides diagnostic status indicators to provide system status at the
panel. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports two network protocols:
• EtherNet/IP
• DeviceNet
The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module has two RJ45 connectors that
function as a switch. You can daisy chain multiple E300 Electronic Overload
Relays with Ethernet cable, and the module supports a Device Level Ring (DLR).
Optional Add-On Modules
Optional Expansion I/O
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay allows you to add more digital and analog
I/O to the system via the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Expansion Bus if the
native I/O count is not sufficient for the application on the base relay. You can
add up to four more Digital I/O Expansion Modules that have four inputs (120V
AC, 240V AC, or 24V DC) and two relay outputs.
You can also add up to four more Analog I/O Expansion Modules, which have
three independent universal analog inputs and one isolated analog output. The
Analog I/O Expansion Modules require Control Module firmware v3.000 or
higher. The independent universal analog inputs can accept the following signals:
• 4…20 mA
• 0…20 mA
• 0…10V DC
• 1…5V DC
• 0…5V DC
• RTD Sensors (Pt 385, Pt 3916, Cu 426, Ni 618, Ni 672, and NiFe 518)
• Resistance (150 , 750 , 3000 , and 6000 )
The isolated analog output can be programmed to reference a traditional analog
signal (4…20 mA, 0…20 mA, 0…10V DC, 1…5V, or 0…10V) to represent the
following diagnostic values:
• Average %FLA
• %TCU
• Ground Fault Current
• Current Imbalance
• Average L-L Voltage
• Voltage Imbalance
• Total kW
• Total kVAR
• Total kVA
• Total Power Factor
• User-defined Value
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
19
Chapter 1
Product Overview
Optional Operator Station
Figure 4 - Operator Stations
Power LED
Escape
Power LED
Trip / Warn LED
Up
Trip / Warn LED
Select
LO
C
REM AL
OT
E
Start Forward / Speed 1
Start Reverse / Speed 2
0
Local / Remote
ESC
RES
ET
LO
C
REM AL
OT
E
Start Forward / Speed 1
Stop
Reset
Start Reverse / Speed 2
SEL
ECT
0
Local / Remote
Enter
RES
ET
Down
Stop
Control Station
Diagnostic Station
Reset
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers you the capability to add one
operator interface to the Expansion Bus. You can choose between two types of
operator stations: Control Station or a Diagnostic Station. Both types of operator
stations mount into a standard 22 mm push button knockout, and they provide
diagnostic status indicators that allow you to view the status of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay from the outside of an electrical enclosure. Both
operator stations provide push buttons that can be used for motor control logic,
and they both can be used to upload and download parameter configuration data
from the base relay.
The Diagnostic Station contains a display and navigation buttons that allows you
to view and edit parameters in the base relay. The Diagnostic Station requires
Control Module firmware v3.000 or higher.
Optional Expansion Bus Power Supply
Figure 5 - Expansion Bus Power Supply
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay expansion bus provides enough current to
operate a system that has (1) Digital Expansion Module and (1) Operator
Station. An E300 Electronic Overload Relay system that contains more
expansion modules needs supplemental current for the Expansion Bus. The E300
Electronic Overload Relay offers you two types of Expansion Bus Power
Supplies: AC (110…240V AC, 50/60 Hz) and DC (24V DC). One Expansion
20
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Product Overview
Chapter 1
Bus Power Supply supplies enough current for a fully loaded E300 Electronic
Overload Relay Expansion Bus (four Digital Expansion Modules, four Analog
Expansion Modules, and one Operator Station).
Protection Features
Standard Current-Based Protection
All versions of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay provide the following motor
protection functions:
• Thermal Overload (51)
• Phase Loss
• Current Imbalance (46)
• Undercurrent – load loss (37)
• Overcurrent – load jam (48)
• Overcurrent – load stall
• Start Inhibit (66)
Ground Fault Current-based Protection
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay sensing modules and control modules with
a ground fault current option provides the following motor protection function:
• Ground Fault – zero sequence method (50N)
Voltage- and Power-based Protection
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay sensing modules with voltage sensing
provides the following motor protection functions:
• Undervoltage (27)
• Overvoltage (59)
• Phase Reversal (47) – voltage-based
• Over and Under Frequency (81) – voltage-based
• Voltage Imbalance (46)
• Over and Under Power (37)
• Over and Under Leading/Lagging Power Factor (55)
• Over and Under Reactive Power Generated
• Over and Under Reactive Power Consumed
• Over and Under Apparent Power
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
21
Chapter 1
Product Overview
Applications:
22
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can be used with the following across the
line starter applications:
• Non-reversing starter
• Reversing starter
• Wye (Star) / Delta starter
• Two-speed motors
• Low and medium voltage with two or three potential transformers
• With or without Phase current transformers
• With or without zero-sequence core balanced current transformer
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Chapter
2
Installation and Wiring
Introduction
This chapter provides instructions for receiving, unpacking, inspecting, and
storing the E300в„ў Electronic Overload Relay. Assembly, installation, and wiring
instructions for common applications are also included in this chapter.
Receiving
It is your responsibility to thoroughly inspect the equipment before accepting the
shipment from the freight company. Check the item(s) received against the
purchase order. If any items are damaged, it is your responsibility not to accept
delivery until the freight agent has noted the damage on the freight bill. If any
concealed damage is found during unpacking, it is again your responsibility to
notify the freight agent. The shipping container must be left intact and the
freight agent should be requested to make a visual inspection of the equipment.
Unpacking/Inspecting
Remove all packing material from around the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
After unpacking, check the item’s nameplate catalog number against the purchase
order.
Storing
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay should remain in its shipping container
before installation. If you will not use the equipment immediately, you must store
it according to the following instructions to maintain warranty coverage:
• Store in a clean, dry location.
• Store within an ambient temperature range пЂ of -40…+85 В°C (-40…+185 В°F).
• Store within a relative humidity range of 0…95%, non-condensing.
• Do not store where the device could be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere.
• Do not store in a construction area.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
23
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
General Precautions
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay is being deployed in an environment with
an ambient temperature greater than 30 В°C (86 В°F), please see the Environmental
Specifications on page 434 for the appropriate temperature derating. In addition
to the specific precautions listed throughout this manual, the following general
statements must be observed.
ATTENTION: The E300 Electronic Overload Relay contains electrostatic
discharge (ESD) sensitive parts and assemblies. Status control precautions are
required when installing, testing, servicing, or repairing this assembly.
Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed. If
you are not familiar with static control procedures, see Allen-Bradley
publication 8000-SB001_-en-p, “Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage”, or
any other applicable ESD protection handbook.
ATTENTION: An incorrectly applied or installed E300 Electronic Overload Relay
can result in damage to the components or reduction in product life. Wiring or
application errors (for example, incorrectly calculating the FLA setting,
supplying incorrect or inadequate supply voltage, connecting an external
supply voltage to the thermistor terminals, or operating or storing in excessive
ambient temperatures) may result in malfunction of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay.
ATTENTION: Only personnel familiar with the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
and associated machinery should plan to install, start up, and maintain the
system. Failure to comply may result in personal injury or equipment damage.
ATTENTION: The purpose of this user manual is to serve as a guide for proper
installation. The National Electrical Code (NEC) and any other governing
regional or local code overrules this information. Rockwell Automation cannot
assume responsibility for the compliance or proper installation of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay or associated equipment. A hazard of personal injury
and/or equipment damage exists if codes are ignored during installation.
ATTENTION: The earth ground terminal of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
shall be connected to a solid earth ground via a low-impedance connection.
Base Relay Assembly
24
The following section illustrates the E300 Electronic Overload Relay base relay
assembly instructions.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Any E300 Control Module can connect to any E300 Sensing Module. The
following illustrations show the steps that are required to make this connection.
Control Module to Sensing
Module Assembly
Figure 6 - Control Module to Sensing Module Assembly
2
1
3
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
25
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Any E300 Communication Module can connect to any E300 Control Module.
The illustrations below show the steps required to make this connection.
Communication Module to
Control Module Assembly
Figure 7 - Communication Module to Control Module Assembly
2
3
1
26
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers a range of Expansion Digital and
Analog I/O modules that simply connect to the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay’s Expansion Bus.
Expansion Bus Peripherals
Figure 8 - Expansion Bus Peripherals
Removable I/O Terminals
Panel Mount
Hole
DIN Rail Mount
Status LED
Color
Description
Off
No power applied
Blinking Green
Module OK with no connection
Green
Module OK and active
Red
Error Detected
Digital Module Number Selector
Number
Description
Panel Mount Hole
D3 4
D2 D4T
D
D1
T
T D3
D1 2T
D
Expansion Bus Out
D1 - D4
Module number
Module number with
D1T - D4T expansion bus terminating
resistor applied
Analog Module Number Selector
Number
Description
A1 - A4
Module number
Module number with
A1T - A4T expansion bus terminating
resistor applied
Note: If the expansion bus does not have an operator station, then the
last expansion module number must be set to terminated.
Expansion Bus In
You can also add one of the two available operator stations to the end of the
Expansion Bus.
Figure 9 - Expansion Operator Stations
Power LED
Escape
Power LED
Trip / Warn LED
Up
Trip / Warn LED
Select
Start Forward / Speed 1
LO
C
REM AL
OT
E
Start Reverse / Speed 2
0
ESC
RES
ET
Local / Remote
Start Forward / Speed 1
Stop
LO
C
REM AL
OT
E
Start Reverse / Speed 2
Reset
SEL
ECT
0
Local / Remote
Enter
RES
ET
Down
Stop
Control Station
Diagnostic Station
Reset
The following illustrations show how to mount and connect the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay expansion bus I/O modules, expansion power supplies, and
operator stations.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
27
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Expansion Bus Digital and
Analog I/O Modules and
Power Supply Installation
Figure 10 - Expansion Bus Digital and Analog I/O Modules and Power Supply
1
Click
2
Expansion Bus Operator
Station Installation
Figure 11 - Expansion Bus Operator Station
22 mm
2
1.7 N.m
(15 lb-in)
ESC
SEL
ECT
LO
C
REM AL
OT
E
1
0
800F-AW2
RES
ET
3
Expansion Bus Network
Installation
28
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to (4) Expansion Digital I/O
modules, (4) Expansion Analog I/O modules, and (1) Operation Station. The
E300 Base Relay can supply enough power for (1) Expansion Digital I/O module
and (1) Operator Station. Any other combination of E300 Expansion Bus
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
peripherals requires an Expansion Bus Power Supply, which connects as the first
module on the Expansion Bus.
Set the module number dial of the Expansion Digital Module to a unique digital
module number (D1-D4). If the Expansion Digital Module is the last device on
the Expansion Bus, set the module number to the value that enables the internal
terminating resistor (D1T-D4T). A power cycle is required when changes are
made to the module number dial.
Set the module number dial of the Expansion Analog Module to a unique analog
module number (A1-A4). If the Expansion Analog Module is the last device on
the Expansion Bus, set the module number to the value that enables the internal
terminating resistor (A1T-A4T). A power cycle is required when changes are
made to the module number dial.
Connect the E300 Base Relay to the Expansion Module’s Input Port using the
supplied Expansion Bus cable. Add the next Expansion Module by connecting
the supplied Expansion Bus cable to the Output Port of the previous Expansion
Module and into the Input Port of the additional Expansion Module. The
Operator Station is the last device on the E300 Expansion Bus; it only has an
Input Port with an internal Expansion Bus terminating resistor.
If the user-supplied Expansion Bus cable is not long enough for the installation,
1-meter (Cat. No. 193-EXP-CBL-1M) and 3-meter (Cat. No.
193-EXP-CBL-3M) Expansion Bus cables are available as accessories. The E300
expansion bus can support a maximum distance of 5 meters (16 ft.).
Figure 12 - Expansion Bus Network Installation
ESC
LO
C
REM AL
OT
E
1
2
SEL
ECT
0
RES
ET
Click
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
29
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Starter Assembly
The following illustrations show how to assemble an E300 Electronic Overload
Relay as a motor starter with an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C contactor.
100-C09…-C55 Starter Assembly Installation
The starter assembly installation instructions are for use with E300 Sensing
Module catalog numbers 193-ESM-___-___-C23 and 193-ESM-___-___-C55
Figure 13 - 100-C09…-C55 Starter Assembly Installation
5 - 7 lb-in
6
9 - 22 lb-in
5
IN1
IN0
A2
R04
R
03 A
1
4
2
3
7 -11 lb-in
1
30
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not
intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Starter Dimensions
Figure 14 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-__-C23 with 100-C09…-C23 Contactor
87
(3.40)
45
(1.76)
35
(1.37)
n 5 (0.18)
190 (7.49)
60 (2.3
(ADD 5 mm (0.19 in.)
FOR CONTACTOR COIL
ON LINE SIDE)
67 (2.65)
37 (1.47) FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE
152 (5.98)
122 (4.81)
122
(4.78)
29 (1.14)
FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE
Figure 15 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-__-C55 with 100-C30…-C37 Contactor
45
(1.76)
104
(4.10)
190 (7.49)
(ADD 5 mm (0.19 in.)
FOR CONTACTOR COIL
ON LINE SIDE)
35
(1.374)
n 5 (0.18)
60 (2.36)
67 (2.65)
37 (1.48) FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE
152 (5.98)
122 (4.81)
29 (1.13)
FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE
122
(4.78)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
31
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Figure 16 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-__-C55 with 100-C43…-C55 Contactor
107
(4.21)
54
(2.12)
45 (1.75)
n 5 (0.18)
60 (2.
190 (7.49)
(ADD 5 mm (0.19 in.)
FOR CONTACTOR COIL
ON LINE SIDE)
67 (2.65)
37 (1.48) FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE
152 (5.98)
34 (1.34)
FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE
122
(4.82)
45 (1.76)
Figure 17 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-__-C97 with 100-C60…-C97 Contactor
4.97
(126.2)
2.82
(71.6)
0.21
(5.4)
3.98
(101)
9.26
(235.1)
(ADD 0.24 FOR
CONTACTOR COIL
ON LINE SIDE)
3.60
(91.6)
1.71
(43.5)
FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE
6.99
(177.6)
5.10
129.5)
1.53
(38.9)
32
FROM
CONTACTOR
MTG. HOLE
2.165
(55)
5.32
(135.2)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Figure 18 - E300 Sensing Module 592-ESM-___-__-S2 with NEMA Contactor Size 0 and Size 1
90
(3.56)
n 6 (0.22)
180 (7.06)
157 (6.17)
249 (9.78)
12 (0.46)
125
(4.91)
35 (1.38)
70
(2.75)
Figure 19 - E300 Sensing Module 592-ESM-___-__-S2 with NEMA Contactor Size 2
100
(3.94)
n 6 (0.22)
184 (7.24)
219 (8.63)
276 (10.85)
12 (0.46)
125
(4.91)
40 (1.58)
80
(3.15)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
33
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not
intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
DIN Rail / Panel Mount
Dimensions
Figure 20 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-30A-E3T and 193-ESM-___-60A-E3T
30
(1.18)
126
(4.94)
45
(1.764)
6 (0.24)
9 (0.33)
46 (1.81)
4 (0.16)
q
148 (5.83)
135 (5.32)
4 (0.14)
6 (0.217)
101 (3.96)
4 (0.154)
n 5 (0.17)
8 (0.30)
Figure 21 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-30A-T and 193-ESM-___-60A-T
SHOWN WITH PANEL MOUNT FEET ACCESSORY
0.45
(11.35)
n 0.189 (4.8)
1.53
(39)
5.32
(135)
WITH MTG. FEET
0.18
(4.5)
1.19
(30.1)
q
1.76
(45)
4.58
(116.2)
W/O MTG. FEET
4.88
(124)
Mount feet accessory Cat. No.: 140M-C-N45
34
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
4.921
(125)
0.197
(5)
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Figure 22 - E300 Sensing Module 193-ESM-___-100A-E3T
2.82
(71.6)
0.70
(17.7)
1.62
(41.2)
5.51
(139.9)
2.36
(60)
0.22
(5.5)
5.12
(130)
q
3.02
(76.6)
1.63
(41.4)
5.57
(141.5)
Expansion Bus Peripherals
Dimensions
0.16
(4.05)
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended
to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Figure 23 - E300 Digital Expansion Module 193-EXP-DIO-___
22.5
(0.89)
98 (3.86)
87 (3.43)
2 x 4.5 (0.18) dia.
80.75 (3.18)
120
(4.73)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
35
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Figure 24 - E300 Expansion Analog Module 193-EXP-AIO
22.5
(0.89)
98 (3.86)
2 x 4.5 (0.18) dia.
87 (3.43)
80.75 (3.18)
120
(4.73)
Figure 25 - E300 Expansion Power Supply 193-EXP-PS-___
45
(1.77)
98
87
(3.86) (3.43)
4x 4.5 (0.18) dia
80.75 (3.18)
12
(0.47)
36
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
120
(4.73)
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Figure 26 - E300 Starter Control Station 193-EOS-SCS
100
(3.94)
18.5
(0.73)
22.5 (0.89) dia.
13.5
(0.53)
45 (1.77)
Figure 27 - E300 Starter Diagnostic Station 193-EOS-SDS
18.5
(0.73)
100
(3.94)
22.5 (0.89) dia.
13.5 (0.53)
70
(2.76)
Terminals
Sensing Module
Table 1 - E300 Sensing Module Wire Size and Torque Specifications
Cat. No.
Wire Type
193-ESM-_ _ _-30A-_ _ _
193-ESM-_ _ _-60A-_ _ _
592-ESM-_ _ _-30A-_ _ _
592-ESM-_ _ _-60A-_ _ _
193-ESM-_ _ _-100A-_ _ _
592-ESM-_ _ _-100A-_ _ _
Single
#14…6 AWG
22 lb-in.
#12…1 AWG
35 lb-in.
Multiple
#10…6 AWG
30 lb-in.
#6…2 AWG
35 lb-in.
Single
2.5…16 mm2
2.5 N•m
4…35 mm2
4 N•m
Multiple
6…10 mm2
3.4 N•m
4…25 mm2
4 N•m
Single
2.5…25 mm2
2.5 N•m
4…50 mm2
4 N•m
Multiple
6…16 mm2
3.4 N•m
4…35 mm2
4 N•m
Conductor Torque
Stranded/Solid [AWG]
Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule Metric
Coarse-Stranded/Solid Metric
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
37
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Control Module
Figure 28 - E300 Control Module Terminal Designations
193-EIO-63- _ _ _
A1
R13
R14
A1
193-EIOGP-42- _ _ _
A1
A2 I
N2
IN3
IN4
R13
R14
193-EIO-43- _ _ _
R13
R14
A1
A2
R23
R24
2 IN
3 IT
1 IT
2
S2
193-EIOGP-22- _ _ _
IN3
Power / PTC
Terminals
R13
R14
S1
A1
A2
IT1
IT2
S2
Communication
Module Latch
Expansion Bus Connector
Relay / Ground Fault
Terminals
38
S1
A1
IN2
2 IN
IN5
R23
R24
A1
A1
A
IN1
IN0
A2
R04
R03
Sensing Module Latch
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
A1
Input / Output
Terminals
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Table 2 - E300 Control Module Wire Size and Torque Specifications
Wire Type
Conductor Torque
Stranded/Solid [AWG]
Single
Multiple
(stranded only)
Single
Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule
Metric
Multiple
Single
Coarse-Stranded/Solid Metric
Cat. No.
193-EIO-_ _-_ _ _
193-EIOGP-_ _-_ _ _
24...12 AWG
24...16 AWG
5 lb-in
0.25…2.5 mm2
0.5...0.75 mm2
0.55 N•m
0.2...2.5 mm2
0.2...1.5 mm2
0.55 N•m
Multiple
Figure 29 - Control Module Wiring
193-EIO-_ _-_ _ _
A1 R03
A2
R04
IN0
193-EIOGP-_ _-_ _ _
A1 R03
IN1
A2
R04
IN0
IN1
RELAY 0
RELAY 0
Additional Inputs for 193-EIO-63-_ _ _
RELAY 1
A1
A1
(+)
A2
IN2
(-)
IN3
IN4
IN5
PE R13
Additional Inputs for 193-EIOGP-42-_ _ _
RELAY 1
RELAY 2
R14 R23
R24
A1
A1
(+)
A2
IN2
(-)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
IN3
IT1
PTC
IT2
PE
R13
R14
Ground
Fault
S1
S2
+t
39
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Expansion Digital Module
Figure 30 - E300 Expansion Digital Module Terminal Designations
R04 R14 RC3
RS2
IN2 IN3
IN0 IN1 INC
Table 3 - E300 Expansion Digital Module Wire Size and Torque Specifications
Wire Type
Stranded/Solid [AWG]
Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule Metric
Coarse-Stranded/Solid Metric
40
Conductor Torque
Cat. No.
193-EXP-DIO-42-_ _ _
Single
24...12 AWG
Multiple
(stranded only)
24...16 AWG
5 lb-in
Single
0.25…2.5 mm2
Multiple
0.5...0.75 mm2
0.55 N•m
Single
0.2...2.5 mm2
Multiple
0.2...1.5 mm2
0.55 N•m
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Figure 31 - E300 Expansion Digital Module Wiring Diagram
R04 R14 RC3
+
Source
-
IN0
IN1 IN2
IN3 INC
Expansion Analog Module
Figure 32 - E300 Expansion Analog Module Terminal Designations
OUT+OUT-
IN2+ IN2- RS2
IN1+ IN1- RS1
IN0+ IN0- RS0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
41
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Table 4 - E300 Expansion Analog Module Wire Size and Torque Specifications
Wire Type
Conductor Torque
Single
Multiple
(stranded only)
Single
Stranded/Solid [AWG]
Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule Metric
Multiple
Single
Coarse-Stranded/Solid Metric
Multiple
Cat. No.
193-EXP-AIO-31
24...12 AWG
24...16 AWG
5 lb-in
0.25…2.5 mm2
0.5...0.75 mm2
0.55 N•m
0.2...2.5 mm2
0.2...1.5 mm2
0.55 N•m
Figure 33 - E300 Expansion Analog I/O Modules 193-EXP-AIO-__
Analog Current Input
+
24V DC
Power
Supply
-
Current
Input
Device
INx+
Analog Voltage Input
+V
INx+
-V
INx-
INx-
3 Wire RTD
2 Wire RTD/Resistance
INx+
INxAnalog Voltage or Current Output
+
Out+
Device
Out-
42
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
INx+
INxRSx
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Expansion Power Supply
Figure 34 - E300 Expansion Power Supply Terminal Designations
A1 A2
Table 5 - E300 Expansion Power Supply Wire Size and Torque Specifications
Wire Type
Conductor Torque
Stranded/Solid [AWG]
Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule Metric
Coarse-Stranded/Solid Metric
Single
Multiple
(stranded only)
Single
Multiple
(stranded only)
Single
Multiple
(stranded only)
Cat. No.
193-EXP-PS-_ _
24...12 AWG
24...16 AWG
5 lb-in
0.25…2.5 mm2
0.5...0.75 mm2
0.55 N•m
0.2...2.5 mm2
0.2...1.5 mm2
0.55 N•m
Figure 35 - E300 Expansion Power Supply Wiring Diagram
+
Source
-
A1
A2
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
43
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Grounding
The following grounding recommendations are provided to help ensure EMC
requirements during installation.
• The earth ground terminal of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay shall be
connected to a solid earth ground via a low-impedance connection.
• Wire the green shield wire of the Cat. No. 193-ECM-ETR into the earth
ground terminal of the E300 control module.
• Installations employing an external ground fault sensor shall ground the
cable shield at the sensor with no connection made at the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay.
• The PTC thermistor cable shield shall be grounded at the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay with no connection made at the opposite end.
Short-Circuit Ratings
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is suitable for use on circuits capable of
delivering not more than the RMS symmetrical amperes listed in the following
tables.
Table 6 - Standard Fault Short Circuit Ratings per UL60947-4-1 and CSA 22.2 No. EN60947-4-1
Overload Relay with Sensing Module Cat. No.
193-ESM-___-30A-C23
193-ESM-___-30A-C55
193-ESM-___-30A-E3T
193-ESM-___-30A-P
193-ESM-___-30A-T
193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT
592-ESM-___-30A-S2
193-ESM-___-60A-C55
193-ESM-___-60A-E3T
193-ESM-___-60A-P
193-ESM-___-60A-T
592-ESM-___-60A-S2
193-ESM-___-100A-C97
193-ESM-___-100A-E3T
193-ESM-___-100A-T
592-ESM-___-100A-S3
44
Max. Available Fault Current [A]
Maximum Voltage [V]
5,000
600
10,000
600
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Table 7 - Short Circuit Ratings per EN60947-4-1
Overload Relay with Sensing Module Cat. No.
193-ESM-___-30A-C23
193-ESM-___-30A-C55
193-ESM-___-30A-E3T
193-ESM-___-30A-P
193-ESM-___-30A-T
193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT
592-ESM-___-30A-S2
193-ESM-___-60A-C55
193-ESM-___-60A-E3T
193-ESM-___-60A-P
193-ESM-___-60A-T
592-ESM-___-60A-S2
193-ESM-___-100A-C97
193-ESM-___-100A-E3T
193-ESM-___-100A-T
592-ESM-___-100A-S3
Prospective ShortCircuit Current, Ir [A]
Conditional Short-Circuit
Current, Iq [A]
Maximum Voltage [V]
3,000
100,000
690
5,000
100,000
690
Table 8 - High Fault Short Circuit Ratings per UL60947-4-1 and CSA 22.2 No. EN60947-4-1 with Bul.
100-C and 100-D IEC contactors that are protected by fuses
Overload Relay with
Sensing Module Cat. No.
193-ESM-___-30A-C23
193-ESM-___-30A-C55, пЂ 193-ESM-___-60A-C55
193-ESM-___-100A-C97
Contactor Cat. No.
Max. Starter FLC [A]
100-C09
100-C12
100-C16
100-C23
100-C30
100-C37
100-C43
100-C55
100-C72
100-C85
100-C97
9
12
16
23
30
37
43
55
72
85
97
Max. Available Fault
Current [A]
100,000
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Max. Voltage [V]
Class C or JJ fuse [A]
600
20
20
30
30
50
50
70
80
100
150
200
45
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Table 9 - Short Circuit Ratings per UL60947-4-1 and CSA 22.2 No. EN60947-4-1 with Bul. 100-C IEC
contactors that are protected by Bul. 140U-D circuit breakers
Overload Relay with
Sensing Module Cat. No.
Contactor Cat. No.
Max. Starter FLC[A]
100-C09
100-C12
100-C16
100-C23
100-C09
100-C12
100-C16
100-C23
100-C09
100-C12
100-C16
100-C23
9
12
16
23
9
12
16
23
9
12
16
23
193-ESM-___-30A-C23
193-ESM-___-30A-C23
193-ESM-___-30A-C23
Max. Available Fault
Current [A]
Max. Voltage [V]
Max. Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. 140U-D6D3-
65,000
480Y/277V
C30 (30 A)
35,000
600Y/347V
C30 (30 A)
5,000
600Y/347V
C30 (30 A)
Table 10 - High Fault Short Circuit Ratings per UL60947-4-1 and CSA 22.2 No. EN60947-4-1 with
Bul. 500 line NEMA contactors that are protected by fuses
Overload Relay with Sensing Module
Cat. No.
Contactor Size
Max. Starter FLC [A]
592-ESM-___-30A-S2
00
9
592-ESM-___-30A-S2
0
18
592-ESM-___-30A-S2
1
27
592-ESM-___-60A-S2
2
45
592-ESM-___-100A-S3
3
90
Fuse Coordination
Max. Available Fault
Current [A]
Max. Voltage
[V]
100,000
600
240
600
240
600
240
600
240
600
Max. UL Fuse [A]
R
J
—
20
30
30
30
30
60
100
30
50
100
200
60
100
200
350
100
200
The following tables list Type I and Type II Fuse Coordination when used with
Bulletin 100-C and 100-D and Bulletin 500 NEMA Size 00… 2 Contactors.
ATTENTION: Select the motor branch circuit protection that complies with the
NEC and any other governing regional or local codes.
46
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Table 11 - Type 1 and Type II fuse coordination with Bul. 100-C and 100-D contactors per
EN60947-4-1
Overload Relay with
Sensing Module Cat. No.
193-ESM-___-30A-C23
193-ESM-___-30A-C55, пЂ 193-ESM-___-60A-C55
193-ESM-___-100A-C97
Contactor Cat. Max. Starter
No.
FLC[A]
100-C09
9
100-C12
12
100-C16
16
100-C23
23
100-C30
30
100-C37
37
100-C43
43
100-C55
55
100-C72
72
100-C85
85
100-C97
97
Prospective Short-Circuit
Current, Ir [A]
Conditional ShortCircuit Current, Iq [A]
1000
100,000
3,000
5,000
Max. Voltage Type I Class J or Type II Class J
[V]
CC Fuse [A]
or CC Fuse [A]
20
15
20
20
30
30
40
40
50
50
600
50
50
70
70
80
80
100
100
150
150
200
200
Table 12 - Type 1 and Type II fuse coordination with Bul. 100-C and 100-D contactors пЂ per EN60947-4-1
Overload Relay with Sensing
Module Cat. No.
592-ESM-___-30A-S2
592-ESM-___-30A-S2
592-ESM-___-60A-S2
592-ESM-___-100A-S3
Contactor Size
Max. Starter FLC[A]
0
1
2
3
18
27
45
90
Prospective ShortCircuit Current, Ir [A]
3,000
5,000
Conditional Short- Max. Voltage Type I Class J Type II Class J
Circuit Current, Iq
[V]
Fuse [A]
Fuse [A]
[A]
30
30
30
30
100,000
600
60
60
200
200
Typical Motor Connections
ATTENTION: When working on energized circuits, DO NOT rely on voltage and
current information that is provided by the E300 Electronic Overload Relay for
personal safety. Always use a portable voltage or current measurement device
to measure the signal locally.
Three-Phase Direct On-Line (DOL) and Single-Phase Full-voltage
The following wiring diagram illustrates the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
typical motor connections in a three-phase DOL and single-phase full-voltage
applications.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
47
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Figure 36 - E300 DOL and Single-Phase Full-voltage Connections
Three-Phase Direct-On-Line
S.C.P.D.
L1
L3
L2
Single-Phase Full-Voltage
S.C.P.D.
E300
2/T1
E300
6/T3
4/T2
T1
T2
T3
M
External Line Current
Transformer Application
L2
L1
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
T1 T2
M
Current Transformer Ratio
The following E300 Electronic Overload Relay sensing module catalog numbers
can be used with step down current transformers:
• 193-ESM-IG-30A-E3T
• 193-ESM-IG-30A-T
• 193-ESM-IG-30A-P
• 193-ESM-I-30A-E3T
• 193-ESM-I-30A-T
• 193-ESM-I-30A-P
• 193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT
CT Primary (Parameter 263) and CT Secondary (Parameter 264) allows you to
identify the turns ratio of the step down current transformers in use. Based on
these two configuration parameters, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay will
automatically adjust the measured current. Use the primary current for your FLA
settings.
48
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Table 13 - CT Primary (Parameter 263)
CT Primary (Parameter 263)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
5
1
65535
UINT
2
1
Amps
Table 14 - CT Secondary (Parameter 264)
CT Secondary (Parameter 264)
Default Value
5
Minimum Value
1
Maximum Value
65535
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Amps
ATTENTION: Improper configuration of the CT Ratio parameters can make the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay report inaccurate motor operational data and
possible motor damage.
IMPORTANT
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trip on a configuration fault when the FLA
setting is outside of the legal range of the selected CT Ratio settings. The TRIP/
WARN LED status indicator flashes red 3-long, 8-short blinking pattern.
You shall (1) provide one CT for each motor phase and shall (2) connect the
CT’s secondary leads to the appropriate sensing module power terminals. The
CTs shall be selected to be capable of providing the required VA to the secondary
load, which includes the E300 Sensing Module burden of 0.1 VA at the rated
secondary current and the wiring burden. Finally, the CT shall (1) be rated for
Protective Relaying to accommodate the high inrush currents associated with
motor startup and shall (2) be accurate to within ≤±2% over its normal operating
range. Typical CT ratings include:
• ANSI USA
• CSA (Canada)
• IEC (Europe)
• Class C5 BO.1
• Class 10L5
• 5 VA Class SP10
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
49
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
ATTENTION: The improper selection of a current transformer can result in the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay reporting inaccurate motor operational data and
possible motor damage. The selected current transformer must be rated for
protective relaying applications.
Figure 37 - External Current Transformer Connection
IEC
NEMA
L1
L2
L1
L3
L3
L2
K1
L1/1 L2/3 L3/5
L1/1 L2/3 L3/5
E300
Primary
Current
Transformers
T1/2 T2/4 T3/6
E300
Primary
Current
Transformers
T1/2 T2/4 T3/6
T1
M
T2
T3
M
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay voltage-based sensing modules support a
wide variety of power systems. Table 15 lists the power systems supported by the
specific sensing module.
Table 15 - Supported Power Systems
Catalog Number
Connection Type
Power System
Single Phase
193-ESM-VIG-__-__пЂ 592-ESM-VIG-__-__
Direct
Delta
Wye
Grounded B Phase Delta
Single Phase
Direct
Wye
Grounded B Phase Delta
193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT
3 PT
2 PT
50
Delta
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Delta
Wye
Single Phase
Open Delta
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Voltage Mode
Voltage Mode (Parameter 252) determines the method for how voltage is
monitored E300 Electronic Overload Relay. Select the connection type for the
appropriate power system.
Table 16 - Voltage Mode (Parameter 352)
Default Value
0 = Delta direct or with PTs
0 = Delta direct or with PTs
1 = Wye direct or with PTs
Range
2 = Delta with Delta to Wye PTs
3 = Wye with Delta to Wye PTs
4 = Delta with Wye to Delta PTs
5 = Wye with Wye to Delta PTs
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Potential (Voltage) Transformer Ratio
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay sensing module catalog number
193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT can be used with step down potential (voltage)
transformers. PT Primary (Parameter 353) and PT Secondary (Parameter 354)
allows you to identify the turns ratio of the step down potential (voltage)
transformers in use. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay will automatically
adjust the measured voltage based on these two configuration parameters. Use
the primary voltage for your voltage protection settings.
Table 17 - PT Primary (Parameter 353)
Default Value
480
Minimum Value
1
Maximum Value
65535
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Amps
Table 18 - PT Secondary (Parameter 354)
Default Value
480
Minimum Value
165535
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Amps
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
51
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Control Circuits
ATTENTION: Do not exceed the ratings of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s
output and trip relay. If the coil current or voltage of the contactor exceeds the
overload relay’s ratings, an interposing relay must be used.
ATTENTION: When the power is applied to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s
A1 and A2 terminals, the N.O. relay contact that is assigned as a Trip Relay closes
after approximately 2 seconds if no trip condition exists.
ATTENTION: More control circuit protection may be required. See the
applicable electrical codes.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can provide motor control logic for many
different types of motor starters (see Chapter 5 for more information on
Operating Modes). By default, the E300 is configured for the Overload-Network
operating mode. The following wiring diagrams are typical control circuits for
Non-Reversing and Reversing Motor starters that use the Overload-Network
operating mode when Relay 0 (terminals R03 and R04) is configured to be a
normally closed Trip Relay.
Full-Voltage Non-Reversing Starter (with Network Control)
Figure 38 - NEMA Nomenclature
Relay 0
Configured as a
Trip Relay 1
Relay 1
R13
R14
A1
M
A2
R03
1 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.
52
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
R04
Installation and Wiring
Chapter 2
Figure 39 - CENELEC Nomenclature
L1
Relay 1 R13
R14
Relay 0 Configured
as a Trip Relay 2
R03
R04
A1
K
A2
N
2 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.
Full-Voltage Reversing Starter (with Network Control)
Figure 40 - NEMA Nomenclature
Relay 0 Configured as a
Trip Relay 1
Relay 1
REV
R13
R14
A1
FOR
A2
95
96
Relay 2
FOR
R23
R24
A1
REV
A2
1 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
53
Chapter 2
Installation and Wiring
Figure 41 - CENELEC Nomenclature
L1
Relay 0
Configured as a 2
Trip Relay
R03
R04
Relay 1
R13
R23
Relay 2
R24
R14
K1
K2
A1
K1
A2
A1
K2
A2
2 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.
N
54
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Chapter
3
Diagnostic Station
Introduction
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports a Diagnostic Station on the E300
Expansion Bus (requires Control Module firmware v3.000 and higher). The
Diagnostic Station allows you to view any E300 parameter and edit any
configuration parameter. This chapter explains the Diagnostic Station’s
navigation keys, how to view a parameter, how to edit a configuration parameter,
and the Diagnostic Station’s programmable display sequence.
Navigation Keys
The E300 Diagnostic Station has five navigation keys that are used to navigate
through the Diagnostic Station’s display menu system and edit configuration
parameters.
Key
Displaying a Parameter
Name
Description
Up Arrow
Down Arrow
Scroll through the display parameters or groups.
Increment or decrement values.
Escape
Back one step in the navigation menu.
Cancel a change to a configuration parameter value
Select
Select the next bit when viewing a bit enumerated parameter.
Select the next digit when editing a configuration value.
Select the next bit when editing a bit enumerated parameter.
Enter
Start the navigation menu.
Advance one step in the navigation menu.
Display the description for a bit enumerated parameter.
Edit a configuration parameter value.
Save the change to the configuration parameter value.
The E300 Diagnostic Station allows you to view parameters using a group menu
system or by a linear list. To start the navigation menu, press the
key. The
menu prompts you to view parameters by groups, parameters in a linear list, or
E300 system information.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
55
Chapter 3
Diagnostic Station
Parameter Group Navigation
To start the navigation menu, press the
key. Use the
select the Groups navigation method and press
Use the
or
keys to
.
or
keys to select the parameter group to display and press
or
keys to view the parameters that are associated with that
.
Use the
group.
When viewing a bit enumerated parameter, press
each bit. Press
Press
56
to view the next bit. Press
to view the description of
to return to the parameter.
to return to the parameter group navigation system.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Diagnostic Station
Chapter 3
If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
returns to its programmable display sequence.
Linear List Navigation
To start the navigation menu, press the
key. Use the
select the Linear List navigation method and press
Use the
and press
Use the
or
and
keys to
.
keys to select the parameter number to display
.
or
keys to view the next sequential parameter.
When viewing a bit enumerated parameter, press
each bit. Press
or
to view the next bit. Press
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
to view the description of
to return to the parameter.
57
Chapter 3
Diagnostic Station
Press
to return to the linear list navigation system.
If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
returns to its programmable display sequence.
System Info
The E300 Diagnostic Station can display firmware revision information, view the
time and date of the E300 virtual clock, and edit the time and date of the E300
virtual clock. To view E300 system information, start the navigation menu by
pressing
key. Use the
or
keys to select System Info and press
.
Use the
or
keys to view the E300 system information.
To edit the system date or time, press
keys to select the new value. Press
to save the new system values or press
restore the previous system values.
58
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
to modify the value. Use the
or
to select the next system value. Press
to cancel the modification and
Diagnostic Station
Press
Chapter 3
to return to the navigation menu.
If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
cancels the modification, restores the previous value, and returns to its
programmable display sequence.
Editing Parameters
Editing a Configuration Parameter
The E300 Diagnostic Station allows you to edit configuration parameters using a
group menu system or by a linear list. To start the navigation menu, press the
key. You will be prompted to view parameters by groups, parameters in a
linear list, or E300 system information. Choose the appropriate method and
navigate to the parameter to be modified.
Editing a Numeric Parameter
To edit a configuration parameter, press the
the
or
values or press
Press
key to modify the value. Use
keys to select the new value. Press
to save the new system
to cancel the modification and restore the previous value.
to return to the navigation menu.
If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
cancels the modification, restores the previous value, and returns to its
programmable display sequence.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
59
Chapter 3
Diagnostic Station
Editing a Bit Enumerated Parameter
When editing a bit enumerated parameter, press the
description of each bit. Use the
or
key to view the
keys to select the new bit value.
Press
to edit the next bit. Press
to save the new value or press
cancel the modification and restore the previous value.
Press
to
to return to the navigation menu.
If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
cancels the modification, restores the previous value, and returns to its
programmable display sequence.
Programmable Display
Sequence
Display Sequence
The E300 Diagnostic Station sequentially displays up to seven screens every five
seconds.
• Three-phase current
• Three-phase voltage
• Total power
• User-defined screen 1
• User-defined screen 2
• User-defined screen 3
• User-defined screen 4
The three-phase voltage and total power screens are only included in the
sequence when the E300 Electronic Overload Relay has a voltage, current, and
ground fault current (VIG)-based Sensing Module.
60
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Diagnostic Station
Chapter 3
The user-defined screens allow you to select up to two parameters per screen.
Refer to Diagnostic Station User-defined Screens on page 86 to configure the
Screen# and Parameter# (Parameters 428…435).
If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the Diagnostic Station will automatically cancel
any editing modifications, restore the previous value, and return to its
programmable display sequence.
Stopping the Display Sequence
To stop the display sequence, press
sequence through the displays. Press
sequence.
. Use the
or
keys to manually
to return to the automatic display
If you do not press any navigation keys for a period that is Defined by Display
Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300 Diagnostic Station automatically
returns to its programmable display sequence.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
61
Chapter 3
Diagnostic Station
Automatic Trip and Warning
Screens
When the E300 Electronic Overload Relay is in a trip or warning state, the E300
Diagnostic Station automatically displays the trip or warning event.
Press any of the navigation keys (
the automatic display sequence.
,
,
,
, or
) to return to
When the trip or warning event clears, the E300 Diagnostic Station
automatically returns to its programmable display sequence.
If a different parameter is displayed and you do not press any navigation keys for a
period that is Defined by Display Timeout (Parameter 436), then the E300
Diagnostic Station will automatically return to the trip or warning screen if the
trip or warning event is not cleared.
62
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Chapter
4
System Operation and Configuration
Introduction
This chapter provides instructions for operating and configuring an E300
Electronic Overload Relay system. Settings for Device Modes, Option Match,
Security Policy, I/O Assignments, Expansion Bus Fault, Emergency Start, and an
introduction to Operating Modes are included in this chapter.
Device Modes
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has five device modes to validate
configuration of the device and limit when you can configure the E300
Electronic Overload Relay, perform a firmware update, and issue commands.
• Administration Mode
• Operation Mode
• Run Mode
• Test Mode
• Invalid Configuration Mode
Administration Mode
Administration Mode is a maintenance mode for the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay, which allows you to configure parameters, modify security policies, enable
web servers (see page 378 to enable the EtherNet/IP web server), perform
firmware updates, and issue commands.
Follow these steps to enter into Administration Mode:
1. Set the rotary dials on the E300 Communication Module to the following
values
– For EtherNet/IP set the rotary dials to 0-0-0
– For DeviceNet set the rotary dials to 7-7
2. Cycle power on the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
After commissioning activities and maintenance tasks are completed, return the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay back to Operation or Run Mode by setting the
rotary dials of the E300 communication module back to its previous positions
and cycle power.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
63
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Operation Mode
Operation Mode is a standby mode for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay in
which the E300 is ready to help protect an electric motor and no electrical
current has been detected. You can modify configuration parameters, update
firmware, and issue commands if the appropriate security policies are enabled.
The Power LED on the Communication Module and Operator Stations will be
flashing green and bit 14 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) is set to 1 when the
device is in Operation Mode.
Table 19 - Operation Mode Bit Function Detail — Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Trip Present
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Warning Present
Invalid Configuration
Current Present
GFCurrent Present
Voltage Present
Emergency Start Enabled
DeviceLogix Enabled
Feedback Timeout Enabled
Operator Station Present
Voltage Sensing Present
Intern Ground Fault Sensing Present
Extern Ground Fault Sensing Present
PTC Sensing
X
Ready
Reserved
Run Mode
Run Mode is an active mode for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay in which
the E300 is sensing electrical current and is actively protecting an electric motor.
Only non-motor protection configuration parameters can be modified if the
appropriate security policies are enabled. The Power LED on the
Communication Module and Operator Stations will be solid green and bits 3, 4,
and/or 5 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) are set to 1 when the device is in Run
Mode.
64
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Table 20 - Run Mode Bit Function Detail — Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Trip Present
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Warning Present
Invalid Configuration
Current Present
GFCurrent Present
Voltage Present
Emergency Start Enabled
DeviceLogix Enabled
Feedback Timeout Enabled
Operator Station Present
Voltage Sensing Present
Intern Ground Fault Sensing Present
Extern Ground Fault Sensing Present
PTC Sensing
X
Ready
Reserved
Test Mode
Test Mode is used by installers of motor control centers who are testing and
commissioning motor starters with an automation system. A digital input of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay is assigned to monitor the motor control center
enclosure’s Test Position. The Input Assignments (Parameters 196…201) are
described later in this chapter.
Anyone commissioning motor starters in an automation system can put their
motor control center enclosure into the Test Position to activate Test Mode and
verify that the digital inputs and relay outputs of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay are operating properly with the motor starter without energizing power to
the motor. If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay senses current or voltage in Test
Mode, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay will generate a Test Mode Trip.
Invalid Configuration Mode
Invalid Configuration Mode is an active mode for the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay in which the E300 is in a tripped state due to invalid configuration data.
Invalid Configuration Parameter (Parameter 38) indicates the parameter number
that is causing the fault. Invalid Configuration Cause (Parameter 39) identifies
the reason for Invalid Configuration Mode.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
65
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Table 21 - Invalid Configuration Cause (Parameter 39)
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
Description
No Error
Value over maximum value
Value under minimum value
Illegal value
L3 Current detected (for single-phase applications)
CopyCat error
The Trip/Warn LED on the Communication Module and Operator Stations will
be flashing a pattern of red, 3 long and 8 short blinks, and bits 0 and 2 in Device
Status 0 (Parameter 20) are set to 1 when the device is in Invalid Configuration
Mode.
Table 22 - Invalid Configuration Mode Bit Function Detail — Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Trip Present
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Warning Present
Invalid Configuration
Current Present
GFCurrent Present
Voltage Present
Emergency Start Enabled
DeviceLogix Enabled
Feedback Timeout Enabled
Operator Station Present
Voltage Sensing Present
Intern Ground Fault Sensing Present
Extern Ground Fault Sensing Present
PTC Sensing
X
Ready
Reserved
To return to Operation/Run Mode, place a valid configuration value in the
parameter identified by Invalid Configuration Parameter (Parameter 38) and
Invalid Configuration Cause (Parameter 39). Reset the trip state of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay by pressing the blue reset button on the
Communication Module, via network communications, with the internal web
server of the EtherNet/IP communications module, or by an assigned digital
input.
Option Match
66
Due to the modular nature of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay, you can
enable the Option Match feature to ensure that the options that were expected
for the motor protection application are the ones that are present on the E300
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Electronic Overload Relay system. You can configure an option mismatch to
cause a protection trip or provide a warning within the E300.
Enable Option Match Protection Trip (Parameter 186)
To enable the E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s Option Match feature to cause a
protection trip in the event of an option mismatch, place a (1) in bit position 8 of
Parameter 186 (Control Trip Enable). You can select the specific option match
features to cause a protection trip in Parameter 233 (Option Match Action).
Table 23 - Enable Option Match Protection Trip Bit Function Detail— Control Trip Enable
(Parameter 186)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Function
Test Trip Enable
PTC Trip Enable
DeviceLogix Trip Enable
Operator Station Trip Enable
Remote Trip Enable
Blocked Start Trip Enable
Hardware Fault Trip Enable
Configuration Trip Enable
Option Match Trip Enable
Feedback Timeout Trip Enable
Expansion Bus Trip Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Nonvolatile Memory Trip Enable
Ready
Reserved
67
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Enable Option Match Protection Warning (Parameter 192)
To enable the E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s Option Match feature to cause a
warning in the event of an option mismatch, place a (1) in bit position 8 of
Parameter 192 (Control Warning Enable). You can select the specific option
match features to cause a warning in Parameter 233 (Option Match Action).
Table 24 - Enable Option Match Protection Warning Bit Function Detail— Control Warning
Enable (Parameter 192)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
0
Function
Reserved
Reserved
DeviceLogix Warning Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Option Match Warning Enable
Feedback Timeout Warning Enable
Expansion Bus Warning Enable
Number Of Starts Warning Enable
Operating Hours Warning Enable
Reserved
Control Module Type (Parameter 221)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers six different control modules. Place
the value of the expected control module into Parameter 221. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for the control module.
Table 25 - Control Module Type (Parameter 221)
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
68
Description
Ignore
6 Inputs, 24V DC / 3 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 3 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 3 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 24V DC / 2 Relay Outputs / External Ground Fault / PTC
2 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs / External Ground Fault / PTC
2 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs / External Ground Fault / PTC
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Control Module Cat. No.
—
193-EIO-63-24D
193-EIO-43-120
193-EIO-43-240
193-EIOGP-42-24D
193-EIOGP-22-120
193-EIOGP-22-240
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Sensing Module Type (Parameter 222)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers 12 different sensing modules. Place
the value of the expected sensing module into Parameter 222. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for the sensing module.
Table 26 - Sensing Module Type (Parameter 222)
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Description
Ignore
Voltage / Current 0.5…30 A / Ground Fault
Voltage / Current 6…60 A / Ground Fault
Voltage / Current 10…100 A / Ground Fault
Voltage / Current 20…200 A / Ground Fault
Current 0.5…30 A / Ground Fault
Current 6…60 A / Ground Fault
Current 10…100 A / Ground Fault
Current 20…200 A / Ground Fault
Current 0.5…30 A
Current 6…60 A
Current 10…100 A
Current 20…200 A
Sensing Module Cat. No.
—
193-ESM-VIG-30A-__ or 592-ESM-VIG-30A-__
193-ESM-VIG-60A-__ or 592-ESM-VIG-60A-__
193-ESM-VIG-100A-__ or 592-ESM-VIG-100A-__
193-ESM-VIG-200A-__ or 592-ESM-VIG-200A-__
193-ESM-IG-30A-__ or 592-ESM-IG-30A-__
193-ESM-IG-60A-__ or 592-ESM-IG-60A-__
193-ESM-IG-100A-__ or 592-ESM-IG-100A-__
193-ESM-IG-200A-__ or 592-ESM-IG-200A-__
193-ESM-I-30A-__ or 592--ESM-I-30A-__
193-ESM-I-60A-__ or 592--ESM-I-60A-__
193-ESM-I-100A-__ or 592--ESM-I-100A-__
193-ESM-I-200A-__ or 592--ESM-I-200A-__
Communication Module Type (Parameter 223)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers two different communication
modules. Place the value of the expected communication module into Parameter
223. A value of (0) disables the Option Match feature for the communication
module.
Table 27 - Communication Module Type (Parameter 223)
Code
0
1
2
Description
Ignore
EtherNet/IP with Dual Port Switch supporting DLR
DeviceNet
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Communication Module Cat. No.
—
193-ECM-ETR
193-ECM-DNT
69
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Operator Station Type (Parameter 224)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers two different types of operator
stations. Place the value of the expected operator station into Parameter 224. A
value of (0) disables the Option Match feature for the operator station. A value of
(1), “No Operator Station”, makes the operator station not allowed on the
Expansion Bus and prevents you from connecting an operator station to the E300
Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 28 - Operator Station Type (Parameter 224)
Code
0
1
2
3
Description
Ignore
No Operator Station (Operator Station Not Allowed)
Control Station
Diagnostic Station with LCD
Operator Station Cat. No.
—
—
193-EOS-SCS
193-EOS-SDS
Digital I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 225)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Digital I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 1. There are three different
types of Digital I/O expansion modules. Place the value of the expected Digital
I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 1 into Parameter 225. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Digital I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), “No Digital I/O Expansion Module”, makes the Digital I/O
expansion module set to Digital Module 1 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting a Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital
Module 1 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 29 - Digital I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 225)
Code
0
1
2
3
4
70
Description
Ignore
No Digital I/O Expansion Module (Digital I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
4 Inputs, 24V DC / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Digital I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.
—
—
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Digital I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 226)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Digital I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 2. There are three different
types of Digital I/O expansion modules. Place the value of the expected Digital
I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 2 into Parameter 226. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Digital I/O expansion module. A
value of (1),“No Digital I/O Expansion Module”, makes the Digital I/O expansion
module set to Digital Module 2 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and prevents
you from connecting a Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 2 to
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 30 - Digital I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 226)
Code
0
1
2
3
4
Description
Ignore
No Digital I/O Expansion Module (Digital I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
4 Inputs, 24V DC / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
Digital I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.
—
—
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
Digital I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 227)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Digital I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 3. There are three different
types of Digital I/O expansion modules. Place the value of the expected Digital
I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 3 into Parameter 227. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Digital I/O expansion module. A
value of (1),“No Digital I/O Expansion Module”, makes the Digital I/O expansion
module set to Digital Module 3 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and prevents
you from connecting a Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 3 to
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 31 - Digital I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 227)
Code
0
1
2
3
4
Description
Ignore
No Digital I/O Expansion Module (Digital I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
4 Inputs, 24V DC / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
Digital I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.
—
—
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
Digital I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 228)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Digital I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
71
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 4. There are three different
types of Digital I/O expansion modules. Place the value of the expected Digital
I/O expansion module set to Digital Module 4 into Parameter 228. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Digital I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), “No Digital I/O Expansion Module ”, makes the Digital I/O
expansion module set to Digital Module 4 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting a Digital I/O expansion module set to Digital
Module 4 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 32 - Digital I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 228)
Code
0
1
2
3
4
Description
Ignore
No Digital I/O Expansion Module (Digital I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
4 Inputs, 24V DC / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 110-120V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
4 Inputs, 220-240V AC 50/60Hz / 2 Relay Outputs
Digital I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.
—
—
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
Analog I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 229)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Analog I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog Module 1. There is one type of
Analog I/O expansion module. Place the value of the expected Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 1 into Parameter 229. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Analog I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), “No Analog I/O Expansion Module”, makes the Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 1 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting an Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog
Module 1 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 33 - Analog I/O Expansion Module 1 Type (Parameter 229)
Code
0
1
2
72
Description
Ignore
No Analog I/O Expansion Module (Analog I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
3 Universal Analog Inputs / 1 Analog Output
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Analog I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.
—
—
193-EXP-AIO-31
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Analog I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 230)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Analog I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog Module 2. There is one type of
Analog I/O expansion module. Place the value of the expected Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 2 into Parameter 230. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Analog I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), “No Analog I/O Expansion Module”, makes the Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 2 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting an Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog
Module 2 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 34 - Analog I/O Expansion Module 2 Type (Parameter 230)
Code
0
1
2
Description
Ignore
No Analog I/O Expansion Module (Analog I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
3 Universal Analog Inputs / 1 Analog Output
Analog I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.
—
—
193-EXP-AIO-31
Analog I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 231)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Analog I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog Module 3. There is one type of
Analog I/O expansion module. Place the value of the expected Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 3 into Parameter 231. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Analog I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), “No Analog I/O Expansion Module”, makes the Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 3 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting an Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog
Module 3 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 35 - Analog I/O Expansion Module 3 Type (Parameter 231)
Code
0
1
2
Description
Ignore
No Analog I/O Expansion Module (Analog I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
3 Universal Analog Inputs / 1 Analog Output
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Analog I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.
—
—
193-EXP-AIO-31
73
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Analog I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 232)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four additional Analog I/O
expansion modules. This parameter configures the Option Match feature for the
Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog Module 4. There is one type of
Analog I/O expansion module. Place the value of the expected Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 4 into Parameter 232. A value of (0)
disables the Option Match feature for this Analog I/O expansion module. A
value of (1), “No Analog I/O Expansion Module”, makes the Analog I/O
expansion module set to Analog Module 4 not allowed on the Expansion Bus and
prevents you from connecting an Analog I/O expansion module set to Analog
Module 4 to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 36 - Analog I/O Expansion Module 4 Type (Parameter 232)
Code
0
Description
Ignore
No Analog I/O Expansion Module (Analog I/O Expansion
Module Not Allowed)
3 Universal Analog Inputs / 1 Analog Output
1
2
Analog I/O Expansion Module Cat. No.
—
—
193-EXP-AIO-31
Option Match Action (Parameter 233)
The Option Match feature for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay allows you to
specify an action when there is an option mismatch – Protection Trip or
Warning. Place a (0) in the appropriate bit position for a warning, and place a
(1) in the appropriate bit position to cause a protection trip if there is an option
mismatch.
Table 37 - Option Match Action (Parameter 233) Bit Function Detail
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
74
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Function
Control Module Mismatch Action
Sensing Module Mismatch Action
Communication Module Mismatch
Action
Operator Station Mismatch Action
Digital Module 1 Mismatch Action
Digital Module 2 Mismatch Action
Digital Module 3 Mismatch Action
Digital Module 4 Mismatch Action
Analog Module 1 Mismatch Action
Analog Module 2 Mismatch Action
Analog Module 3 Mismatch Action
Analog Module 4 Mismatch Action
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has a security policy that can be used to
prevent anyone with malicious intent to potentially damage a motor or piece of
equipment. By default, you can only modify the security policy when the E300
Electronic Overload Relay is in Administration Mode (see page 63 to learn how
to enable Administration Mode).
Security Policy
Table 38 - Security Policy (Parameter 211) Bit Function Detail
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
Function
Device Configuration Enable
Device Reset Enable
Firmware Update Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Security Policy Config Enable
Device Configuration Policy
The Device Configuration Policy allows you to send external message
instructions via a communications network to write values to configuration
parameters. When this policy is disabled, all external message instructions with
configuration data will return a communications error when the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay is in Operation Mode or Run Mode.
Device Reset Policy
The Device Reset Policy allows you to send external message instruction via a
communications network to perform a soft device reset when the E300
Electronic Overload Relay is in Operation Mode. When this policy is disabled,
all external reset message instructions will return a communications error when
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay is in Operation Mode or Run Mode.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
75
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Firmware Update Policy
The Firmware Update Policy allows you to update the internal firmware of the
communication module and control module via ControlFlash when the E300
Electronic Overload Relay is in Operation Mode. When this policy is disabled,
firmware updates will return a communications error when the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay is in Operation Mode or Run Mode.
Security Configuration Policy
The Security Configuration Policy allows you to modify the Security Policy of
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay in Operation Mode. When this policy is
disabled, the Security Policy can only be modified when the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay is in Administration Mode.
I/O Assignments
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has native digital inputs and relay outputs
in the Control Module. This I/O can be assign to dedicated functions. the
following sections list the function assignments for the available Control
Module I/O.
Input Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 196)
Input Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 196) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 39 - Input Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 196)
Value
76
Assignment
Description
0
Normal
Function as a digital input
1
Trip Reset
Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state
2
Remote Trip
Force the E300 to go into a tripped state
3
Activate FLA2
Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms
4
Force Snapshot
Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log
5
Emergency Start
Issue an Emergency Start command
6
Test Mode
Enable Test Mode monitoring
7
L1 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 Line Loss Protection
8
L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 Line Loss Protection
9
L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L3 Line Loss Protection
10
L1 L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection
11
L2 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection
12
L1 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection
13
L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Input Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 197)
Input Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 197) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 40 - Input Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 197)
Value
Assignment
Description
0
Normal
Function as a digital input
1
Trip Reset
Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state
2
Remote Trip
Force the E300 to go into a tripped state
3
Activate FLA2
Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms
4
Force Snapshot
Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log
5
Emergency Start
Issue an Emergency Start command
6
Test Mode
Enable Test Mode monitoring
7
L1 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 Line Loss Protection
8
L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 Line Loss Protection
9
L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L3 Line Loss Protection
10
L1 L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection
11
L2 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection
12
L1 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection
13
L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection
Input Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 198)
Input Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 198) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 41 - Input Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 198)
Value
Assignment
Description
0
Normal
Function as a digital input
1
Trip Reset
Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state
2
Remote Trip
Force the E300 to go into a tripped state
3
Activate FLA2
Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms
4
Force Snapshot
Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log
5
Emergency Start
Issue an Emergency Start command
6
Test Mode
Enable Test Mode monitoring
7
L1 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 Line Loss Protection
8
L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 Line Loss Protection
9
L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L3 Line Loss Protection
10
L1 L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection
11
L2 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection
12
L1 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection
13
L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
77
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Input Pt03 Assignment (Parameter 199)
Input Pt03 Assignment (Parameter 199) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 42 - Input Pt03 Assignment (Parameter 199)
Value
Assignment
Description
0
Normal
Function as a digital input
1
Trip Reset
Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state
2
Remote Trip
Force the E300 to go into a tripped state
3
Activate FLA2
Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms
4
Force Snapshot
Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log
5
Emergency Start
Issue an Emergency Start command
6
Test Mode
Enable Test Mode monitoring
7
L1 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 Line Loss Protection
8
L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 Line Loss Protection
9
L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L3 Line Loss Protection
10
L1 L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection
11
L2 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection
12
L1 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection
13
L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection
Input Pt04 Assignment (Parameter 200)
Input Pt04 Assignment (Parameter 200) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 43 - Input Pt04 Assignment (Parameter 200)
Value
78
Assignment
Description
0
Normal
Function as a digital input
1
Trip Reset
Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state
2
Remote Trip
Force the E300 to go into a tripped state
3
Activate FLA2
Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms
4
Force Snapshot
Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log
5
Emergency Start
Issue an Emergency Start command
6
Test Mode
Enable Test Mode monitoring
7
L1 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 Line Loss Protection
8
L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 Line Loss Protection
9
L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L3 Line Loss Protection
10
L1 L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection
11
L2 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection
12
L1 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection
13
L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Input Pt05 Assignment (Parameter 201)
Input Pt05 Assignment (Parameter 201) allows you to assign this digital input
for the following functions:
Table 44 - Input Pt05 Assignment (Parameter 201)
Value
Assignment
Description
0
Normal
Function as a digital input
1
Trip Reset
Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state
2
Remote Trip
Force the E300 to go into a tripped state
3
Activate FLA2
Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms
4
Force Snapshot
Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log
5
Emergency Start
Issue an Emergency Start command
6
Test Mode
Enable Test Mode monitoring
7
L1 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 Line Loss Protection
8
L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 Line Loss Protection
9
L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L3 Line Loss Protection
10
L1 L2 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L2 Line Loss Protection
11
L2 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L2 and L3 Line Loss Protection
12
L1 L3 Line Loss Arm
Activate L1 and L3 Line Loss Protection
13
L1 L2 L3 Line Loss Arm Activate L1, L2, and L3 Line Loss Protection
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
79
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Output Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 202)
Output Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 202) allows you to assign this relay output
for the following functions:
Table 45 - Output Pt00 Assignment (Parameter 202)
Value
0
Assignment
Normal
1
Trip Relay
2
Control Relay
3
Trip Alarm
4
Warning Alarm
5
Monitor L1 Trip Relay(1)
6
Monitor L2 Trip Relay(1)
7
Monitor L3 Trip Relay(1)
8
Monitor L1 Control Relay(1)
9
Monitor L2 Control Relay(1)
10
Monitor L3 Control Relay(1)
Description
Function as a relay output
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay
remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 enters into a tripped state
the Control Relay opens and remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay closes. The Trip Alarm
remains closed until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a protection warning state in which the relay closes. The
Warning Alarm remains closed until the protection warning clears.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1 Under Current, L1 Over Current, or
L1 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2 Under Current, L2 Over Current, or
L2 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3 Under Current, L3 Over Current, or
L3 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1
Under Current, L1 Over Current, or L1 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2
Under Current, L2 Over Current, or L2 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3
Under Current, L3 Over Current, or L3 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
(1) Requires Control Module firmware v3.000 or higher
80
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Output Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 203)
Output Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 203) allows you to assign this relay output
for the following functions:
Table 46 - Output Pt01 Assignment (Parameter 203)
Value
0
Assignment
Normal
1
Trip Relay
2
Control Relay
3
Trip Alarm
4
Warning Alarm
5
Monitor L1 Trip Relay(1)
6
Monitor L2 Trip Relay(1)
7
Monitor L3 Trip Relay(1)
8
Monitor L1 Control Relay(1)
9
Monitor L2 Control Relay(1)
10
Monitor L3 Control Relay(1)
Description
Function as a relay output
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay
remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 enters into a tripped state
the Control Relay opens and remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay closes. The Trip Alarm
remains closed until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a protection warning state in which the relay closes. The
Warning Alarm remains closed until the protection warning clears.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1 Under Current, L1 Over Current, or
L1 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2 Under Current, L2 Over Current, or
L2 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3 Under Current, L3 Over Current, or
L3 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1
Under Current, L1 Over Current, or L1 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2
Under Current, L2 Over Current, or L2 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3
Under Current, L3 Over Current, or L3 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
(1) Requires Control Module firmware v3.000 or higher
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
81
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Output Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 204)
Output Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 204) allows you to assign this relay output
for the following functions:
Table 47 - Output Pt02 Assignment (Parameter 204)
Value
0
Assignment
Normal
1
Trip Relay
2
Control Relay
3
Trip Alarm
4
Warning Alarm
5
Monitor L1 Trip Relay(1)
6
Monitor L2 Trip Relay(1)
7
Monitor L3 Trip Relay(1)
8
Monitor L1 Control Relay(1)
9
Monitor L2 Control Relay(1)
10
Monitor L3 Control Relay(1)
Description
Function as a relay output
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay
remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 enters into a tripped state
the Control Relay opens and remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a tripped state in which the relay closes. The Trip Alarm
remains closed until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally open contact until the E300 is in a protection warning state in which the relay closes. The
Warning Alarm remains closed until the protection warning clears.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1 Under Current, L1 Over Current, or
L1 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2 Under Current, L2 Over Current, or
L2 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a normally closed contact until the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3 Under Current, L3 Over Current, or
L3 Line Loss in which the relay opens. The Trip Relay remains open until a trip reset is issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L1
Under Current, L1 Over Current, or L1 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L2
Under Current, L2 Over Current, or L2 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
Function as a combination Normal and Trip Relay. The Control Relay is in a normally open state until the relay is
commanded to close by communications or via a DeviceLogix program. When the E300 is in a tripped state for a L3
Under Current, L3 Over Current, or L3 Line Loss, the relay opens. The Control Relay remains open until a trip reset is
issued.
(1) Requires Control Module firmware v3.000 or higher
Table 48 - Activate FLA2 with Output Relay (Parameter 209)
Activate FLA2 with Output Relay (Parameter 209) allows you to activate the
value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based protection
algorithms when the assigned output relay is in an energized state.
Table 49 - Activate FLA2 with Output Relay (Parameter 209)
Value
0
1
2
3
Expansion Bus Fault
82
Description
Disable
Pt00 Output
Pt01 Output
Pt02 Output
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s expansion bus can be used to expand the
I/O capabilities of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay with the addition of
digital and analog expansion I/O modules. The Expansion Bus Fault allows you
to have the E300 Electronic Overload Relay go into a Trip or Warning state when
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
established Expansion Bus communications is disrupted between the Control
Module and any digital and analog expansion I/O modules.
The Expansion Bus Fault is used when the Option Match feature is not enabled
for the digital and/or analog expansion I/O modules. The Expansion Bus Fault
only monitors for communication disruptions between the Control Module and
digital and/or analog expansion I/O modules. Expansion bus communication
disruptions between the Control Module and Operator Station do not affect the
Expansion Bus fault.
Expansion Bus Trip
Expansion Bus Trip is enabled by setting Control Trip Enable (Parameter 186)
bit 10 to 1. When communications is disrupted between the Control Module
and digital and/or analog expansion I/O modules, the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay will go into a tripped state in which the Trip/Warn LED on the
Communication Module and Operator station will blink a red 3 long and 11
short blinking pattern.
Table 50 - Expansion Bus Trip Bit Function Detail— Control Trip Enable (Parameter 186)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Function
Test Trip Enable
PTC Trip Enable
DeviceLogix Trip Enable
Operator Station Trip Enable
Remote Trip Enable
Blocked Start Trip Enable
Hardware Fault Trip Enable
Configuration Trip Enable
Option Match Trip Enable
Feedback Timeout Trip Enable
Expansion Bus Trip Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Nonvolatile Memory Trip Enable
Ready
Reserved
To return to Operation/Run Mode, verify that the expansion bus cables are
properly plugged into the Bus In and Bus Out ports of all of the expansion
modules. When all of the expansion I/O modules’ status LEDs are solid green,
reset the trip state of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay by pressing the blue
reset button on the Communication Module, via network communications, with
the internal web server of the EtherNet/IP communications module, or by an
assigned digital input.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
83
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Expansion Bus Warning
Expansion Bus Warning is enabled by setting Control Warning Enable
(Parameter 192) bit 10 to 1. When communications is disrupted between the
Control Module and digital and/or analog expansion I/O modules, the E300
Electronic Overload Relay will go into a warning state in which the Trip/Warn
LED on the Communication Module and Operator station will blink a yellow 3
long and 11 short blinking pattern.
Table 51 - Expansion Bus Warning Bit Function Detail— Control Warning Enable (Parameter 192)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
Reserved
X
X
X
PTC Warning Enable
DeviceLogix Warning Enable
Operator Station Warning Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
X
X
Option Match Warning Enable
Feedback Timeout Warning Enable
X
Expansion Bus Warning Enable
X
Number Of Starts Warning Enable
X
Operating Hours Warning Enable
Reserved
To return to Operation/Run Mode, verify that the expansion bus cables are
properly plugged into the Bus In and Bus Out ports of all of the expansion
modules. When all of the expansion I/O modules’ status LEDs are solid green,
the warning state of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay will automatically clear.
Emergency Start
In an emergency, it may be necessary to start a motor even if a protection fault or
a communication fault exists. The trip condition may be the result of a thermal
overload condition or the number of starts exceeded its configuration. These
conditions can be overridden using the Emergency Start feature of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay.
IMPORTANT
Activating Emergency Start inhibits overload and blocked start protection.
Running in this mode can cause equipment overheating and fire.
To enable the Emergency Start feature in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay set
the Emergency Start Enable (Parameter 216) to Enable.
84
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Table 52 - Emergency Start (Parameter 216)
Value
0
1
Description
Disable
Enable
Configure one of the Ptxx Input Assignments (Parameters 196…201) to
Emergency Start and activate the corresponding digital input.
Table 53 - Emergency Start Input PTXX Assignment (Parameters 196…201)
Value
Assignment
Description
0
Normal
Function as a digital input
1
Trip Reset
Reset the E300 when it is in a tripped state
2
Remote Trip
Force the E300 to go into a tripped state
3
Activate FLA2
Use the value in FLA2 Setting (Parameter 177) for the current-based
protection algorithms
4
Force Snapshot
Force the E300 to update its Snapshot log
5
Emergency Start
Issue an Emergency Start command
You can also use a network command to activate the Emergency Start feature. For
the EtherNet/IP communications module, you would set the Emergency Start
bit to 1 in Output Assembly 144. See EtherNet/IP Communications on
page 369 for more information on EtherNet/IP communications.
When the Emergency Start feature is active, the following actions occur in the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay:
• Protection trips are ignored
• Output relays configured as Trip Relays are put into closed state
• Normal operation resumes with any Normal or Control Relay assigned
output relay
• The Emergency Start Active bit is set to 1 in Device Status 0
(Parameter 20) bit 6
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
85
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Table 54 - Emergency Start Bit Function Detail— Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Diagnostic Station Userdefined Screens
Function
Trip Present
Warning Present
Invalid Configuration
Current Present
GFCurrent Present
Voltage Present
Emergency Start Enabled
DeviceLogix Enabled
Feedback Timeout Enabled
Operator Station Present
Voltage Sensing Present
Intern Ground Fault Sensing Present
Extern Ground Fault Sensing Present
PTC Sensing
Ready
Reserved
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s Diagnostic Station has four user-defined
screens that are part of the Diagnostic Station’s display sequence in which you can
define up to two parameters per screen.
User-defined Screen 1
User-defined Screen 1 – Parameter 1
User-defined Screen 1 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 428) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the first parameter in user-defined screen 1. You can select
one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 55 - Screen 1 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 428)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1
0
560
UINT
2
1
 User-defined Screen 1 – Parameter 2
User-defined Screen 1 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 429) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the second parameter in user-defined screen 1. You can
select one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
86
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Table 56 - Screen 1 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 429)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
50
0
560
UINT
2
1
В User-defined Screen 2
User-defined Screen 2 – Parameter 1
User-defined Screen 2 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 430) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the first parameter in user-defined screen 2. You can select
one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 57 - Screen 2 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 430)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
2
0
560
UINT
2
1
 User-defined Screen 2 – Parameter 2
User-defined Screen 2 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 431) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the second parameter in user-defined screen 2. You can
select one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 58 - Screen 2 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 431)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
3
0
560
UINT
2
1
В Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
87
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
User-defined Screen 3
User-defined Screen 3 – Parameter 1
User-defined Screen 3 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 432) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the first parameter in user-defined screen 3. You can select
one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 59 - Screen 3 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 432)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
51
0
560
UINT
2
1
 User-defined Screen 3 – Parameter 2
User-defined Screen 3 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 433) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the second parameter in user-defined screen 3. You can
select one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 60 - Screen 3 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 433)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
52
0
560
UINT
2
1
В User-defined Screen 4
User-defined Screen 4 – Parameter 1
User-defined Screen 4 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 434) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the first parameter in user-defined screen 4. You can select
one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Table 61 - Screen 4 - Parameter 1 (Parameter 434)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
88
38
0
560
UINT
2
1
В Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
User-defined Screen 4 – Parameter 2
User-defined Screen 4 - Parameter 2 (Parameter 435) is the E300 parameter
number to display for the second parameter in user-defined screen 4. You can
select one of the 560 available E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameters.
Screen 4 ‐ Parameter 2 (Parameter 435)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
39
0
560
UINT
2
1
В Display Timeout
Display Timeout (Parameter 436) defines the time duration in which there is no
display navigation activity, and the E300 Diagnostic Station returns to its normal
display sequence. Any configuration parameters that were left in an edit state will
be canceled. A value of zero disables the display timeout function.
Table 62 - Display Timeout (Parameter 436)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
300
0
65535
UINT
2
1
Seconds
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
89
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Analog I/O Expansion
Modules
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports up to four Analog I/O Expansion
Modules on the E300 Expansion Bus. The E300 Analog Expansion Module has
three independent universal inputs and one analog output.
Analog Input Channels
The universal analog inputs can accept the following analog signals:
• Current
– 4…20 mA
– 0…20 mA
• Voltage
– 0…10V DC
– 1…5V DC
– 0…5V DC
• 2-Wire or 3-Wire RTD Sensors
– 100 Ω, 200 Ω, 500 Ω, 1000 Ω Pt 385
– 100 Ω, 200 Ω, 500 Ω, 1000 Ω Pt 3916
– 10 Ω Cu 426
– 100 Ω Ni 618
– 120 Ω Ni 672
– 604Ω NiFe 518
• Resistance
– 0…150 Ω
– 0…750 Ω
– 0…3000 Ω
– 0…6000 Ω (PTC and NTC Sensors)
The analog inputs can report data in four different formats. Table 63 through
Table 66 display the data ranges for all of the available analog input types for the
four available data formats.
Table 63 - Analog Input Data Format for Current Input Type
Input Range Input Value
4…20 mA
0…20 mA
90
21.00 mA
20.00 mA
4.00 mA
3.00 mA
21.00 mA
20.00 mA
0.00 mA
0.00 mA
Condition
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
Engineering
Units
21000
20000
4000
3000
21000
20000
0
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Engineering
Units x 10
2100
2000
400
300
2100
2000
0
0
Raw /
Proportional
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
PID
17407
16383
0
-1024
17202
16383
0
0
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Table 64 - Analog Input Data Format for Voltage Input Type
Input Range Input Value
0…10 V DC
1…5 V DC
0…5V DC
10.50V DC
10.00V DC
0.00V DC
0.00V DC
5.25V DC
5.00V DC
1.00V DC
0.50V DC
5.25V DC
5.00V DC
0.00V DC
0.00V DC
Condition
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
Engineering
Units
10500
10000
0
0
5250
5000
1000
500
5250
5000
0
0
Engineering
Units x 10
1050
1000
0
0
525
500
100
50
525
500
0
0
Raw /
Proportional
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
PID
17202
16383
0
0
17407
16383
0
-2048
17202
16383
0
0
Table 65 - Analog Input Data Format for RTD Input Type
Input Range Input Value
RTD пЂ 100 О©, 200 О©,
500 О©, 1000 О©
Pt 385
RTD пЂ 100 О©, 200 О©,
500 О©, 1000 О©
Pt 3916
RTD пЂ 10 О© Cu 426
RTD пЂ 100 О© Ni 618
850.0 В°C
850.0 В°C
-200.0 В°C
-200.0 В°C
1562.0 В°F
1562.0 В°F
-328.0 В°F
-328.0 В°F
630.0 В°C
630.0 В°C
-200.0 В°C
-200.0 В°C
1166.0 В°F
1166.0 В°F
-328.0 В°F
-328.0 В°F
260.0 В°C
260.0 В°C
-100.0 В°C
-100.0 В°C
500.0 В°F
500.0 В°F
-148.0 В°F
-148.0 В°F
260.0 В°C
260.0 В°C
-100.0 В°C
-100.0 В°C
500.0 В°F
500.0 В°F
-148.0 В°F
-148.0 В°F
Condition
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
Engineering
Units
8500
8500
-2000
-2000
15620
15620
-3280
-3280
6300
6300
-2000
-2000
11660
11660
-3280
-3280
2600
2600
-1000
-1000
5000
5000
-1480
-1480
2600
2600
-1000
-1000
5000
5000
-1480
-1480
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Engineering
Units x 10
850
850
-200
-200
1562
1562
-328
-328
630
630
-200
-200
1166
1166
-328
-328
260
260
-100
-100
500
500
-148
-148
260
260
-100
-100
500
500
-148
-148
Raw /
Proportional
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
PID
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
91
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Input Range Input Value
Condition
260.0 В°C
260.0 В°C
-80.0 В°C
-80.0 В°C
RTD пЂ 120 О© Ni 672 500.0 В°F
500.0 В°F
-112.0 В°F
-112.0 В°F
200.0 В°C
200.0 В°C
-100.0 В°C
RTD пЂ -100.0 В°C
100 О© NiFe
392.0 В°F
518
392.0 В°F
-148.0 В°F
-148.0 В°F
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
Engineering
Units
2600
2600
-800
-800
5000
5000
-1120
-1120
2000
2000
-1000
-1000
3920
3920
-1480
-1480
Engineering
Units x 10
260
260
-80
-80
500
500
-112
-112
200
200
-100
-100
392
392
-148
-148
Raw /
Proportional
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
PID
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
Table 66 - Analog Input Data Format for Resistance Input Type
150.00 О©
150.00 О©
0.00 О©
0.00 О©
750.0 О©
750.0 О©
0.0 О©
0.0 О©
3000.0 О©
3000.0 О©
0.0 О©
0.0 О©
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
Engineering
Units
15000
15000
0
0
7500
7500
0
0
30000
30000
0
0
6000 О©
High Limit
6000
600
32767
16383
6000 О©
High Range
6000
600
32767
16383
0О©
Low Range
0
0
-32768
0
0О©
Low Limit
0
0
-32768
0
Input Range Input Value
Resistance пЂ 0-150 О©
Resistance пЂ 0-750 О©
Resistance пЂ 0-3000 О©
Resistance пЂ 0-6000 О©пЂ (PTC / NTC)
Condition
Engineering
Units x 10
1500
1500
0
0
750
750
0
0
3000
3000
0
0
Raw /
Proportional
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
32767
32767
-32768
-32768
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
16383
16383
0
0
PID
Analog Output Channel
The isolated analog output can be programmed to provide one of the following
analog output signal types:
• Current
– 4…20 mA
– 0…20 mA
92
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
• Voltage
– 0…10V DC
– 1…5V DC
– 0…5V DC
The analog outputs can report data as a percent of range. Table 67 and Table 68
display the data ranges for all of the available analog output types.
Table 67 - Analog Output Data Format for Current Output Type
Output Range
4…20 mA
0…20 mA
Output Signal
21.000 mA
20.000 mA
4.000 mA
3.000 mA
21.00 mA
20.00 mA
0.00 mA
0.00 mA
Condition
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
% Range
106.25%
100.00%
0.00%
-6.25%
105.00%
100.00%
0.00%
0.00%
Table 68 - Analog Output Data Format for Voltage Output Type
Output Range
0…10 V DC
1…5 V DC
0…5 V DC
Output Value
10.50V DC
10.00V DC
0.00V DC
0.00V DC
5.25V DC
5.00V DC
1.00V DC
0.50V DC
5.25V DC
5.00V DC
0.00V DC
0.00V DC
Condition
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
High Limit
High Range
Low Range
Low Limit
% Range
105.00%
100.00%
0.00%
0.00%
106.25%
100.00%
0.00%
-6.25%
105.00%
100.00%
0.00%
0.00%
The analog output can be used to communicate E300 diagnostic information via
an analog signal to distributed control systems, programmable logic controllers,
or panel-mounted analog meters. The analog output can represent one of the
following E300 diagnostic parameters:
• Average %FLA
• %TCU
• Ground Fault Current
• Current Imbalance
• Average L-L Voltage
• Voltage Imbalance
• Total kW
• Total kVAR
• Total kVA
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
93
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
• Total Power Factor
• User-defined Value
Table 69 - Analog Output Selection Type
Output Selection
Average % FLA
Scaled Average % FLA
% TCU
Ground Fault Current
Internal, 0.50…5.00 A
External, 0.02…0.10 A
External, 0.10…0.50 A
External, 0.20…1.00 A
External, 1.00…5.00 A
Current Imbalance
Average L-L Voltage
Voltage Imbalance
Total kW
Total kVAR
Total kVA
Total Power Factor
User-defined Value
Low Range
0%
0%
0%
High Range
100%
200%
100%
0.50 A
0.02 A
0.10 A
0.20 A
1.00 A
0%
0V
0%
0 kW
5.25V DC
5.00V DC
-50% (Lagging)
-32768
5.00 A
0.10 A
0.50 A
1.00 A
5.00 A
100%
(PT Primary) V
100%
(FLA1 x PT Primary x 1.732) V
(FLA1 x PT Primary x 1.732) V
(FLA1 x PT Primary x 1.732) V
+50% (Leading)
32767
Update Rate
Analog Input Channels
The performance for the input channels of the E300 Analog I/O Expansion
Module is dependent on the filter setting for each channel. The total scan time
for the input channels of the module is determined by adding the conversion time
for all enabled input channels.
Table 70 - Analog Input Channel Conversion Time
Input Type
Current, Voltage, пЂ 2-Wire RTD, Resistance
3-Wire RTD
Filter Frequency
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Conversion Time
153 ms
512 ms
65 ms
37 ms
306 ms
1024 ms
130 ms
74 ms
Example:
• Channel 00 is configured for a 3-wire RTD and 4 Hz filter (conversion
time = 1024 ms).
• Channel 01 is configured for 17Hz voltage (conversion time = 153 ms).
• Channel 02 is configured for 62Hz current (conversion time = 65 ms).
94
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module input channel scan time will be
1242 ms (1024+153+65).
Analog Output Channel
The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module output channel update rate is 10 ms.
Analog Module 1
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 437) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 00 of Analog Module 1 will be monitoring.
Table 71 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 437)
Value
Assignment
Description
0
Disabled
Disable the analog input
1
4To20mA
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
2
0To20mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
3
0To10Volts
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
4
1To5Volts
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
5
0To5Volts
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
6
100Pt385
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
7
200Pt385
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
8
500Pt385
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
9
1000Pt385
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
10
100Pt3916
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
11
200Pt3916
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
12
500Pt3916
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
13
1000Pt3916
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
14
10Cu426
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
15
100Ni618
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
16
120Ni672
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
17
604NiFe518
Read a 604О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
18
150ohm
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
19
750ohm
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
20
3000ohm
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
21
6000ohm
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This setting
can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Format
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 438) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
95
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Table 72 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 438)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768…+32767)
Scaled for PID (0…16383)
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 439)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 73 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 439)
Value
Assignment
Description
0
DegreesC
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
1
DegreesF
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 440) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 74 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 440)
Value
Assignment
Description
0
17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
1
4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
2
62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
3
470 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 441)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 75 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 441)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 442)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
96
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Table 76 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 442)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Type
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 446) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 01 of Analog Module 1 will be monitoring.
Table 77 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 446)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm
21
6000ohm
Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Format
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 447) defines the data
format for howthe analog reading is reported.
Table 78 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 447)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768…+32767)
Scaled for PID (0…16383)
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
97
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 448)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 79 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 448)
Value
0
1
Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF
Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 449) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 80 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 449)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 450)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 81 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 450)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 451)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 82 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 451)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Type
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 455) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 02 of Analog Module 1 will be monitoring.
98
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Table 83 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 455)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm
21
6000ohm
Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Format
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 456) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 84 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 456)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768…32767)
Scaled for PID (0 …16383)
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 457)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 85 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 457)
Value
0
1
Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
99
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 458) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 86 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 458)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 459)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 87 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 459)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 460)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 88 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 460)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 464) defines the type
of analog signal that Output Channel 00 of Analog Module 1 will be providing.
Table 89 - Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 464)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
100
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Disable the analog input
Provide an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Provide an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Provide an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Selection
Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 465) defines the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameter that Output Channel 00 will be
representing.
Table 90 - Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 465)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Assignment
AveragePCTFLA
ScaledAvgPctFLA
PercentTCU
GFCurrent
CurrentImbalance
AvgLLVoltage
VoltLLImbalance
TotalkW
TotalkVA
Total kVAR
TotalPF
UserDLXData
Description
Average %FLA (0…100%)
Scaled Average %FLA (0…200%)
%TCU (0…100%)
Ground Fault Current (Ground Fault Type Range)
Current Imbalance (0…100%)
Average L-L Voltage (0…PT Primary)
Voltage Imbalance (0…100%)
Total kW (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVA (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVAR (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total Power Factor (-50% Lagging…+50% Leading)
User-defined Value (-32768…32767)
Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action
Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
466) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when there is an E300 Expansion Bus fault.
Table 91 - Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter 466)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
Zero
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState
Description
Provide an analog signal of zero
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the last known analog signal
Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action
Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
467) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when the E300 is in a tripped state.
Table 92 - Analog Module 1 – Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 467)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
Ignore
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Continue providing the appropriate analog signal
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the analog signal at the time of the fault
101
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Analog Module 2
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 468) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 00 of Analog Module 2 will be monitoring.
Table 93 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 468)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm
21
6000ohm
Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Format
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 469) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 94 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 469)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768 - 32767)
Scaled for PID (0 - 16383)
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 470)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
102
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Table 95 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 470)
Value
0
1
Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF
Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 471) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 96 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 471)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 472)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 97 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 472)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 473)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 98 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 473)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Type
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 477) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 01 of Analog Module 2 will be monitoring.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
103
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Table 99 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 477)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm
21
6000ohm
Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Format
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 478) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 100 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 478)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768…32767)
Scaled for PID (0…16383)
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 479)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 101 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 479)
Value
0
1
104
Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 480) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 102 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 480)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 481)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 103 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 481)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 482)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 104 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 482)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Type
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 486) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 02 of Analog Module 2 will be monitoring.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
105
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Table 105 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 486)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm
21
6000ohm
Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Format
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 487) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 106 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 487)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768 …32767)
Scaled for PID (0…16383)
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 488)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 107 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 488)
Value
0
1
106
Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 489) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 108 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 489)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 490)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 109 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 490)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 491)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 110 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 491)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 464) defines the type
of analog signal that Output Channel 00 of Analog Module 2 will be providing.
Table 111 - Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 495)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Disable the analog input
Provide an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Provide an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Provide an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
107
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Selection
Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 496) defines the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameter that Output Channel 00 will be
representing.
Table 112 - Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 496)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Assignment
AveragePCTFLA
ScaledAvgPctFLA
PercentTCU
GFCurrent
CurrentImbalance
AvgLLVoltage
VoltLLImbalance
TotalkW
TotalkVA
Total kVAR
TotalPF
UserDLXData
Description
Average %FLA (0…100%)
Scaled Average %FLA (0…200%)
%TCU (0…100%)
Ground Fault Current (Ground Fault Type Range)
Current Imbalance (0…100%)
Average L-L Voltage (0… PT Primary)
Voltage Imbalance (0… 100%)
Total kW (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVA (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVAR (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total Power Factor (-50% Lagging…+50% Leading)
User-defined Value (-32768… 32767)
Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action
Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
497) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when there is an E300 Expansion Bus fault.
Table 113 - Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter 497)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
Zero
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState
Description
Provide an analog signal of zero
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the last known analog signal
Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action
Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
498) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when the E300 is in a tripped state.
Table 114 - Analog Module 2 – Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 498)
Value
0
1
2
3
108
Assignment
Ignore
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Continue providing the appropriate analog signal
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the analog signal at the time of the fault
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Analog Module 3
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 499) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 00 of Analog Module 3 will be monitoring.
Table 115 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 499)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm
21
6000ohm
Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Format
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 500) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 116 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 500)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768…32767)
Scaled for PID (0 …16383)
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 501)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
109
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Table 117 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 501)
Value
0
1
Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF
Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 502) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 118 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 502)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 503)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 119 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 503)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 504)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 120 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 504)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Type
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 508) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 01 of Analog Module 3 will be monitoring.
110
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Table 121 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 508)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm
21
6000ohm
Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Format
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 509) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 122 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 509)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768…32767)
Scaled for PID (0…16383)
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 510)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 123 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 510)
Value
0
1
Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
111
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 511) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 124 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 511)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 512)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 125 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 512)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 513)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 126 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 513)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Type
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 517) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 02 of Analog Module 3 will be monitoring.
112
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Table 127 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 517)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm
21
6000ohm
Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This setting
can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Format
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 518) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 128 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 518)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768…32767)
Scaled for PID (0…16383)
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 519)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 129 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 519)
Value
0
1
Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
113
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 520) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 130 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 520)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 521)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 131 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 521)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 522)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 132 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 522)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 526) defines the type
of analog signal that Output Channel 00 of Analog Module 3 will be providing.
Table 133 - Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 526)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
114
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Disable the analog input
Provide an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Provide an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Provide an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Selection
Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 527) defines the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameter that Output Channel 00 will be
representing.
Table 134 - Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 527)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Assignment
AveragePCTFLA
ScaledAvgPctFLA
PercentTCU
GFCurrent
CurrentImbalance
AvgLLVoltage
VoltLLImbalance
TotalkW
TotalkVA
Total kVAR
TotalPF
UserDLXData
Description
Average %FLA (0…100%)
Scaled Average %FLA (0…200%)
%TCU (0…100%)
Ground Fault Current (Ground Fault Type Range)
Current Imbalance (0…100%)
Average L-L Voltage (0…PT Primary)
Voltage Imbalance (0 …100%)
Total kW (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVA (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVAR (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total Power Factor (-50% Lagging…+50% Leading)
User-defined Value (-32768 …+32767)
Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action
Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
528) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when there is an E300 Expansion Bus fault.
Table 135 - Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter 528)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
Zero
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState
Description
Provide an analog signal of zero
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the last known analog signal
Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action
Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
529) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when the E300 is in a tripped state.
Table 136 - Analog Module 3 – Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 529)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
Ignore
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Continue providing the appropriate analog signal
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the analog signal at the time of the fault
115
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Analog Module 4
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 530) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 00 of Analog Module 4 will be monitoring.
Table 137 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Type (Parameter 530)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm
21
6000ohm
Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Format
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 531) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 138 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Format (Parameter 531)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768…+32767)
Scaled for PID (0…16383)
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 532)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
116
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Table 139 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Temperature Unit (Parameter 532)
Value
0
1
Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF
Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 533) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 140 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 533)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 534)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 141 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Open Circuit State (Parameter 534)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 535)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 142 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 535)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Type
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 539) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 01 of Analog Module 4 will be monitoring.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
117
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Table 143 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Type (Parameter 539)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm
21
6000ohm
Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Format
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 540) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 144 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Format (Parameter 540)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768…+32767)
Scaled for PID (0…16383)
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 541)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 145 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Temperature Unit (Parameter 541)
Value
0
1
118
Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Filter Frequency (Parameter 542) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 146 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 Filter Frequency (Parameter 542)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 543)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 147 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 Open Circuit State (Parameter 543)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 544)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 148 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 544)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
119
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Type
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 548) defines the type of
analog signal that Input Channel 02 of Analog Module 4 will be monitoring.
Table 149 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Type (Parameter 548)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
100Pt385
200Pt385
500Pt385
1000Pt385
100Pt3916
200Pt3916
500Pt3916
1000Pt3916
10Cu426
100Ni618
120Ni672
604NiFe518
150ohm
750ohm
3000ohm
21
6000ohm
Description
Disable the analog input
Read an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Read an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Read an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Read a 100 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 385 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 200 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 500 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 1000 О© Pt 3916 RTD Sensor
Read a 10 О© Cu 426 RTD Sensor
Read a 100 О© Ni 618 RTD Sensor
Read a 120 О© Ni 672 RTD Sensor
Read a 604 О© NiFe 518 RTD Sensor
Read a resistance signal from 0…150 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…750 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…3000 Ω
Read a resistance signal from 0…6000 Ω. This
setting can be used with PTC and NTC sensors.
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Format
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 549) defines the data
format for how the analog reading is reported.
Table 150 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Format (Parameter 549)
Value
0
1
2
3
120
Assignment
EngUnits
EngUnitsTimes10
RawProportional
ScaledForPID
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Description
Engineering Units (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Engineering Units x 10 (mA, V, В°C, В°F, or О©)
Raw / Proportional (-32768…+32767)
Scaled for PID (0…16383)
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 550)
defines the temperate unit for RTD sensor readings.
Table 151 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Temperature Unit (Parameter 550)
Value
0
1
Assignment
DegreesC
DegreesF
Description
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°C
Report RTD Temperature Data in В°F
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 551) defines
update rate for the analog module’s input channels.
Table 152 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Filter Frequency (Parameter 551)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
17 Hz
4 Hz
62 Hz
470 Hz
Description
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 17 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 4 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 62 Hz
Analog to Digital Conversion Update Frequency of 470Hz
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 552)
defines what the input channel reports when the input channel has an open
circuit. Open circuit detection is always enabled for this input channel.
Table 153 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 Open Circuit State (Parameter 552)
Value
0
1
2
Assignment
Upscale
Downscale
Zero
Description
Reports the high limit of the input channel type
Reports the low limit of the input channel type
Reports zero
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 556)
defines the type of RTD to monitor when the input channel type is configured to
scan an RTD sensor.
Table 154 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 RTD Type Enable (Parameter 556)
Value
0
1
Assignment
3-Wire
2-Wire
Description
Scan a 3-wire RTD sensor
Scan a 2-wire RTD sensor
Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Type
Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 557) defines the type
of analog signal that Output Channel 00 of Analog Module 4 will be providing.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
121
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Table 155 - Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Type (Parameter 557)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
Assignment
Disabled
4To20mA
0To20mA
0To10Volts
1To5Volts
0To5Volts
Description
Disable the analog input
Provide an analog current signal from 4…20 mA
Provide an analog current signal from 0…20 mA
Provide an analog voltage signal from 0…10 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 1…5 V DC
Provide an analog voltage signal from 0…5 V DC
Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Selection
Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 558) defines the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay parameter that Output Channel 00 will be
representing.
Table 156 - Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Selection (Parameter 558)
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Assignment
AveragePCTFLA
ScaledAvgPctFLA
PercentTCU
GFCurrent
CurrentImbalance
AvgLLVoltage
VoltLLImbalance
TotalkW
TotalkVA
Total kVAR
TotalPF
UserDLXData
Description
Average %FLA (0…100%)
Scaled Average %FLA (0…200%)
%TCU (0…100%)
Ground Fault Current (Ground Fault Type Range)
Current Imbalance (0…100%)
Average L-L Voltage (0…PT Primary)
Voltage Imbalance (0…100%)
Total kW (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVA (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total kVAR (0…FLA x PT Primary x 1.732)
Total Power Factor (-50% Lagging…+50% Leading)
User-defined Value (-32768…32767)
Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action
Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
559) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when there is an E300 Expansion Bus fault.
Table 157 - Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter 559)
Value
0
1
2
3
Assignment
Zero
Maximum
Minimum
HoldLastState
Description
Provide an analog signal of zero
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
Provide the last known analog signal
Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action
Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Expansion Bus Fault Action (Parameter
560) defines the value that the E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module Output
Channel 00 provides when the E300 is in a tripped state.
122
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
System Operation and Configuration
Chapter 4
Figure 42 - Analog Module 4 – Output Channel 00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 560)
Introduction to Operating
Modes
Value
Assignment
Description
0
Ignore
Continue providing the appropriate analog signal
1
Maximum
Provide an analog signal equal to the high limit
2
Minimum
Provide an analog signal equal to the low limit
3
HoldLastState
Provide the analog signal at the time of the fault
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay supports a number of Operating Modes,
which consist of configuration rules and logic to control typical full-voltage
motor starters, including:
• Overload
• Non-Reversing Starter
• Reversing Starter
• Wye/Delta (Star/Delta) Starter
• Two-Speed Starter
• Monitor
The default Operating Mode (Parameter 195) for the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay is Overload (Network) in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
operates like a traditional overload relay in which one of the output relays is
assigned as a Trip Relay or Control Relay. You can use network commands to
control any output relays that are assigned as Normal output relays or Control
Relays. For Control Module firmware v1.000 and v2.000, one output relay must
be assigned as a Trip Relay. For Control Module firmware v3.000 and higher, one
output relay must be configured as a Trip Relay or Control Relay. Invalid
configuration of the output relays causes the E300 Electronic Overload Relay to
go into Invalid Configuration Mode and trip on a configuration trip. Operating
Modes on page 125 describes the functionality of the available Operating Modes
for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay and their associated configuration rules.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
123
Chapter 4
System Operation and Configuration
Notes:
124
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Chapter
5
Operating Modes
Introduction
The E300в„ў Electronic Overload Relay supports up to 54 Operating Modes,
which consist of configuration rules and logic to control typical full-voltage
motor starters, including:
• Overload
• Non-Reversing Starter
• Reversing Starter
• Wye/Delta (Star/Delta) Starter
• Two Speed Starter
• Monitoring Device
This chapter explains the configuration rules, logic, and control wiring that is
required for the available Operating Modes (Parameter 195). Failure to follow
the configuration rules causes the E300 Electronic Overload Relay to go into
Invalid Configuration Mode and trip the E300 Electronic Overload Relay on a
configuration trip.
Overload (Network)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s default Operating Mode (Parameter 195)
is Overload (Network) in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay operates as
a traditional overload relay with one output relay that is assigned as a normally
closed Trip Relay. You can use network commands to control the remaining
output relays that are assigned as Normal output relays.
Rules
1. For Control Module firmware v1.000 and v2.000, one output relay must
be assigned as a Trip Relay. Set any of the Output Ptxx Assignments
(Parameters 202…204) to Trip Relay.
2. For Control Module firmware v3.000 and higher, one output relay must be
assigned as a Trip Relay or Control Relay. Set any of the Output Ptxx
Assignments (Parameters 202…204) to Trip Relay or Control Relay.
3. Overload Trip must be enabled in TripEnableI (Parameter 183).
Wiring Diagram
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is wired as a traditional overload relay with
one of the output relays configured as a normally closed Trip Relay. Figure 43 is a
wiring diagram of a Non-Reversing Starter. Relay 0 is configured as a Trip Relay,
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
125
Chapter 5
Operating Modes
and Relay 1 is configured as a normally open Normal Relay, which receives
commands from an automation controller to energize the contactor coil.
Figure 43 - Trip Relay Wiring Diagram
Relay 0
Configured as a
Trip Relay 1
Relay 1
R13
R14
A1
A2
M
R03
R04
1 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.
For Control Module firmware v3.000 and higher, the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay can also be wired as a Control Relay in which the relay that is controlled by
the communications network opens when a trip event is present. Figure 44 is a
wiring diagram of a Non-Reversing Starter with Relay 0 configured as a Control
Relay. Relay 0 receives control commands from an automation controller to
energize or de-energize the contactor coil. Relay 0 also goes to an open state when
there is a trip event.
Figure 44 - Control Relay Wiring Diagram
Relay 0
Configured as a
Control Relay 1
R03
R04
A1
M
A2
1 Contact shown with supply voltage applied.
126
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Operating Modes
Chapter 5
Timing Diagram
Figure 45 - Timing Diagram
Trip Relay
or
Control Relay
Device
Status0.Trip
Present
Trip Reset
Monitor (Custom)
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s Monitor (Custom) Operating Mode
allows you to use the E300 Electronic Overload Relay as a monitoring device. No
configuration rules apply in this operating mode if the motor protection features
are disabled.
Rules
1. If any protection trips are enabled (excluding Configuration, NVS, and
Hardware Fault trip), then set any of the Output Ptxx Assignments
(Parameters 202…204) to the appropriate value of Trip Relay, Control
Relay, Monitor Lx Trip Relay, or Monitor Lx Control Relay.
Wiring Diagram
Not Applicable
Timing Diagram
Not Applicable
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
127
Chapter 5
128
Operating Modes
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Chapter
6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Introduction
This chapter provides detailed information about the protective trip and warning
functions of the E300пЂ Electronic Overload Relay. The protective trip and
warning functions are organized into five sections:
• Current-based
• Voltage-based
• Power-based
• Control-based
• Analog-based
This chapter explains the trip and warning protection features of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay and the associated configuration parameters.
Current-based Protection
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay digitally monitors the electrical current that
is consumed by an electric motor. This electric current information is used for the
following protective trip and warning functions:
• Overload Trip/Warning
• Phase Loss Trip
• Ground Fault Trip/Warning
• Stall Trip
• Jam Trip/Warning
• Underload Trip/Warning
• Current Imbalance Trip/Warning
• Line Under Current Trip/Warning
• Line Over Current Trip/Warning
• Line Loss Trip/Warning
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
129
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Current Trip Enable (Parameter 183) and Current Warning Enable (Parameter
189) are used to enable the respective current-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 158 - Current Trip Enable (Parameter 183)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Overload Trip
X
Phase Loss Trip
X
Ground Fault Trip
X
Stall Trip
X
Jam Trip
X
Underload Trip
X
Current Imbalance Trip
X
L1 Under Current Trip
X
L2 Under Current Trip
X
L3 Under Current Trip
X
L1 Over Current Trip
X
L2 Over Current Trip
X
L3 Over Current Trip
X
L1 Line Loss Trip
X
L2 Line Loss Trip
X
L3 Line Loss Trip
Table 159 - Current Warning Enable (Parameter 189)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Overload Warning
Reserved
X
Ground Fault Warning
Reserved
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
130
Jam Warning
Underload Warning
Current Imbalance Warning
L1 Under Current Warning
L2 Under Current Warning
L3 Under Current Warning
L1 Over Current Warning
L2 Over Current Warning
L3 Over Current Warning
L1 Line Loss Warning
L2 Line Loss Warning
L3 Line Loss Warning
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) and Current Warning Status (Parameter 10)
are used to monitor the respective current-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 160 - Current Trip Status (Parameter 4)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Overload Trip
X
Phase Loss Trip
X
Ground Fault Current Trip
X
Stall Trip
X
Jam Trip
X
Underload Trip
X
Current Imbalance Trip
X
L1 Under Current Trip
X
L2 Under Current Trip
X
L3 Under Current Trip
X
L1 Over Current Trip
X
L2 Over Current Trip
X
L3 Over Current Trip
X
L1 Line Loss Trip
X
L2 Line Loss Trip
X
L3 Line Loss Trip
Table 161 - Current Warning Status (Parameter 10)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Overload Warning
Reserved
X
Ground Fault Warning
Reserved
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Jam Warning
Underload Warning
Current Imbalance Warning
L1 Under Current Warning
L2 Under Current Warning
L3 Under Current Warning
L1 Over Current Warning
L2 Over Current Warning
L3 Over Current Warning
L1 Line Loss Warning
L2 Line Loss Warning
L3 Line Loss Warning
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
131
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Overload Protection
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides overload protection through true
RMS current measurements of the individual phase currents of the connected
motor. Based on the highest current measured, the programmed FLA Setting,
and Trip Class, a thermal model that simulates the actual heating of the motor is
calculated. Percent Thermal Capacity Utilized (Parameter 1) reports this
calculated value and can be read via the communications network.
Overload Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an overload indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Overload trip protection is enabled
• Current is present
• % Thermal Capacity Utilized reaches 100%
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an overload, the following occurs:
• The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red short-1 blink pattern,
• Bit 0 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
132
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Full Load Amps Setting
FLA (Parameter 171) is one of two parameters that affect the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay’s thermal capacity utilization algorithm. you enters the motor’s
full-load current rating into this parameter.
Table 162 - FLA (Parameter 171)
FLA (Parameter 171)
0.50 (0.5…30 A Sensing Modules)
Default Value
6.00 (6…60 A Sensing Modules)
10.00 (10…100 A Sensing Modules)
20.00 (20…200 A Sensing Modules)
Minimum Value
0.50
Maximum Value
65535.00
Parameter Type
UDINT
Size (Bytes)
4
Scaling Factor
100
Units
Amps
FLA2 (Parameter 177) is provided for programming the high-speed FLA value in
two-speed motor applications. Activating FLA2 is described in Chapter 4.
Table 163 - FLA2 (Parameter 177)
FLA2 (Parameter 177)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.50 (0.5…30 A Sensing Modules)
6.00 (6…60 A Sensing Modules)
10.00 (10…100 A Sensing Modules)
20.00 (20…200 A Sensing Modules)
0.50
65535.00
UDINT
4
100
Amps
USA and Canada Guidelines
• Motor Service Factor ≥ 1.15: For motors with a service factor rating of
1.15 or greater, program the FLA setting to the full-load current rating on
the printed nameplate.
• Motor Service Factor < 1.15: For motors with a service factor rating less
than 1.15, program the FLA setting to 90% of the full-load current rating
on the printed nameplate.
• Wye-Delta (Y-Δ) Applications: Follow the application’s service factor
instructions, except divide the full-load current rating on the printed
nameplate by 1.73.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
133
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Outside USA and Canada Guidelines
• Maximum Continuous Rated (MCR) Motors: Program the FLA setting
to the full-load current rating on the printed nameplate.
• Star-Delta (Y-Δ) Applications: Follow the MCR instructions, except
divide the full-load current rating on the printed nameplate by 1.73.
Trip Class
Trip Class is the second of two parameters that affect the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay’s thermal capacity utilization algorithm. Trip class is defined as
the maximum time (in seconds) for an overload trip to occur when the motor’s
operating current is six times its rated current. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay offers an adjustable trip class range of 5…30. Enter the application trip class
into Trip Class (Parameter 172).
Table 164 - Trip Class (Parameter 172)
Trip Class (Parameter 172)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
10
5
30
USINT
1
1
В Trip Curves
The following figures illustrate the E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s timecurrent characteristics for trip classes 5, 10, 20, and 30.
134
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Figure 46 - Time-Current Characteristics for Trip Classes 5, 10, 20, and 30
Trip Class 5
1000
100
Time (seconds)
Time (seconds)
1000
10
1
100%
10
Trip Class 20
1000
1000
Time (seconds)
10000
Time (seconds)
10000
100
10
1
100%
Cold Trip
Hot Trip
100
1
100%
1000%
Current (% FLA)
Trip Class 10
Current (% FLA)
1000%
Trip Class 30
100
10
Current (% FLA)
1000%
1
100%
Current (% FLA)
1000%
For trip class time-current characteristics other than 5, 10, 20, or 30, scale the
Class 10 trip time according to the following table:
Table 165 - Time-Current Characteristic Scaling Factors
Trip Class
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Trip Class 10
Multiplier
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
Trip Class
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Trip Class 10
Multiplier
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
Trip Class
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Trip Class 10
Multiplier
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0
Automatic/Manual Reset
Overload Reset Mode (Parameter 173) allows you to select the reset mode for the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay after an overload or thermistor (PTC) trip. If an
overload trip occurs and automatic reset mode is selected, the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay automatically resets when the value stored in % Thermal
Capacity Utilized (Parameter 1) falls below the value stored in Overload Reset
Level (Parameter 174). If manual reset mode is selected, the E300 Overload
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
135
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Relay can be manually reset after the % Thermal Capacity Utilized is less than the
OL Reset Level.
Table 166 - Overload Reset Mode (Parameter 173)
Overload Reset Mode (Parameter 173)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0 = Manual
0 = Manual
1 = Automatic
BOOL
1
1
В Table 167 - Overload Reset Level (Parameter 174)
Overload Reset Level (Parameter 174)
136
Default Value
75
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%TCU
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Overload Reset Level (Parameter 174) is adjustable from 1 to 100% TCU. The
following figures illustrate the typical overload reset time delay when Overload
Reset Level is set to 75% TCU.
OL Reset Level (% TCU)
Figure 47 - Overload Reset Times
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000 3500
4000
4500
5000
OL Reset Level (% TCU)
Time to Reset in Seconds
100
90
80
70
60
50
0
100
200
300
400
500
Time to Reset in Seconds
Trip Class 5
Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Trip Class 30
ATTENTION: In explosive environment applications, Overload Reset Mode
(Parameter 173) must be set to Manual.
ATTENTION: In an explosive environment application Overload Reset Level
(Parameter 174) must be set as low as possible or in accordance with the motor
thermal time constant.
Overload Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an overload warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Overload warning is enabled
• Current is present
• % Thermal Capacity Utilized is equal to or greater than Overload Warning
Level
When the overload warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a yellow short-1 blink pattern
• Bit 0 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
137
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as Warning Alarm close
Overload Warning Level (Parameter 175) can be used as an alert for an
impending overload trip and is adjustable from 0…100% TCU.
Table 168 - Overload Warning Level (Parameter 175)
Overload Warning Level (Parameter 175)
Default Value
85
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%TCU
Time to Trip
When the measured motor current exceeds the trip rating of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay, Overload Time to Trip (Parameter 2) indicates the estimated
time remaining before an overload trip occurs. When the measured current is
below the trip rating, the Overload Time to Trip value is reported as 9,999
seconds.
Table 169 - Overload Time to Trip (Parameter 2)
Overload Time to Trip (Parameter 2)
Default Value
9999
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
9999
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Time To Reset
After an overload trip, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay reports the time
remaining until the device can be reset through Overload Time to Reset
(Parameter 3). When the % Thermal Capacity Utilized value falls to or below the
Overload Reset Level (Parameter 174), the Overload Time to Reset value
indicates zero until the overload trip is reset. After an overload trip is reset, the
Overload Time to Reset value is reported as 0 seconds.
138
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 170 - Overload Time to Reset (Parameter 3)
Overload Time to Reset (Parameter 3)
Default Value
0
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
9999
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Nonvolatile Thermal Memory
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay includes a nonvolatile circuit to provide
thermal memory. The time constant of the circuit corresponds to a Trip Class 20
setting. During normal operation, the thermal memory circuit is continuously
monitored and updated to accurately reflect the thermal capacity utilization of
the connected motor. If power is removed, the thermal memory of the circuit
decays at a rate equivalent to the cooling of a Trip Class 20 application. When the
power is re-applied, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay checks the thermal
memory circuit voltage to determine the initial value of % Thermal Capacity
Utilized (Parameter 1).
Phase Loss Protection
A high current imbalance, or phase failure, can be caused by defective contacts in
a contactor or circuit breaker, loose terminals, blown fuses, sliced wires, or faults
in the motor. When a phase failure exists, the motor can experience an additional
temperature rise or excessive mechanical vibration. This may result in a
degradation of the motor insulation or increased stress on the motor bearings.
Rapid phase loss detection helps to minimize the potential damage and loss of
production.
Phase Loss Inhibit Time
Phase Loss Inhibit Time (Parameter 239) allows you to inhibit a phase loss trip
from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250
seconds.
Table 171 - Phase Loss Inhibit Time (Parameter 239)
Phase Loss Inhibit Time (Parameter 239)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
250
USINT
1
1
Seconds
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
139
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The phase loss inhibit timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for a phase loss
condition until the Phase Loss Inhibit Time expires.
Phase Loss Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a phase loss indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Phase Loss Protection is enabled
• Current is Present
• Phase Loss Inhibit Time has expired
• Current Imbalance is equal to or greater than 100% for a time period
greater than the programmed Phase Loss Trip Delay
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a phase loss, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashed a red short-2 blink pattern
• Bit 1 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 of Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
140
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Phase Loss Trip Delay
Phase Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 240) allows you to define the time period for
which a phase loss condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable
from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 172 - Phase Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 240)
Phase Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 240)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Ground Fault Current Protection
In isolated or high impedance-grounded systems, core-balanced current sensors
are typically used to detect low-level ground faults caused by insulation
breakdowns or entry of foreign objects. Detection of such ground faults can be
used to interrupt the system to prevent further damage or to alert the appropriate
personnel to perform timely maintenance.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides core-balanced ground fault
current detection capability, with the option of enabling Ground Fault Trip,
Ground Fault Warning, or both. The ground fault detection method and range
depends upon the catalog number of the E300 Sensing Module and Control
Module ordered.
Table 173 - Ground Fault Capabilities
Catalog Number
Ground Fault Method
Ground Fault Trip/Warning
Range
Internal
0.5…5.0 A
External вћЉ
0.02…5.0 A
193-ESM-IG-__-__
592-ESM-IG-__-__
193-ESM-VIG-__-__
592-ESM-VIG-__-__
193-EIOGP-22-___
193-EIOGP-42-___
вћЉ One of the following Catalog Number 193-CBCT_ Core Balance Ground Fault Sensors must be used:
1 — � 20 mm window
2 — � 40 mm window
3 — � 65 mm window
4 — � 85 mm window
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
141
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
ATTENTION: The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is not a ground fault circuit
interrupt or for personal protection as defined in Article 100 of the NEC.
ATTENTION: The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is not intended to signal a
disconnecting means to open the faulted current. A disconnecting device must
be capable of interrupting the maximum available fault current of the system
on which it is used.
Ground Fault Type
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has two options available to measure
ground fault current. Ground Fault Type (Parameter 241) allows you to select the
internal option or the external option with the appropriate measurement range.
Table 174 - Ground Fault Type (Parameter 241)
Ground Fault Type (Parameter 241)
Default Value
1 = Internal 0.500…5.000 A
Range
1 = Internal 0.500…5.000 A
2 = External 0.020…0.100 A
3 = External 0.100…0.500 A
4 = External 0.200…1.000 A
5 = External 1.000…5.000 A
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Ground Fault Maximum Inhibit
Ground faults can quickly rise from low-level arcing levels to short circuit
magnitudes. A motor starting contactor may not have the necessary rating to
interrupt a high magnitude ground fault. In these circumstances it is desirable for
an upstream circuit breaker with the proper rating to interrupt the ground fault.
When enabled, Ground Fault Maximum Inhibit (Parameter 248), inhibits a
ground fault trip from occurring when the ground fault current exceeds the
maximum range of the core-balance sensor (approximately 6.5 A).
142
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 175 - Overload Reset Level (Parameter 248)
Overload Reset Level (Parameter 248)
Default Value
0 = Disable
Minimum Value
0 = Disable
Maximum Value
1 = Enable
Parameter Type
BOOL
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Ground Fault Filter
An E300 Electronic Overload Relay can filter ground fault currents for High
Resistance Grounded (HRG) systems from its current-based protection trip and
warning functions, which include:
• Thermal overload
• Current imbalance
• Jam
• Stall
The Ground Fault Filter is useful for smaller-sized motors that trip unexpectedly
due to a controlled ground fault current that is significant relative to the current
draw of the electric motor. Ground Fault Filter (Parameter 131) allows you to
enable this filter.
Table 176 - Ground Fault Filter (Parameter 247
Ground Fault Filter (Parameter 247)
Default Value
0 = Disable
Minimum Value
0 = Disable
Maximum Value
1 = Enable
Parameter Type
BOOL
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
This filter only disables the effects of the ground fault current from the currentbased motor protection trip and warning functions. Current-based diagnostic
data is reported unfiltered when this feature is enabled.
Ground Fault Inhibit Time
Ground Fault Inhibit Time (Parameter 242) allows you to inhibit a ground fault
trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is
adjustable from 0…250 seconds. The ground fault inhibit time begins when the
Current Present (bit 3) or Ground Fault Current Present (bit 4) is set in Device
Status 0 (Parameter 20).
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
143
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 177 - Ground Fault Inhibit Time (Parameter 242
Ground Fault Inhibit Time (Parameter 242)
Default Value
0
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Table 178 - Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X Trip Present
Function
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В XВ В Warning Present
В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В Invalid Configuration
В В В В В В В В В В В В XВ В В В Current Present
В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В Ground Fault Current Present
В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В Voltage Present
В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В Emergency Start Enabled
В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В DeviceLogix Enabled
В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В Feedback Timeout Enabled
В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В Operator Station Present
В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В Voltage Sensing Present
В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В Internal Ground Fault Sensing
Present
External Ground Fault Sensing
Present
В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В PTC Sensing
В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В Ready
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В Reserved
Ground Fault Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a ground fault indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Ground fault protection is enabled
• Ground fault current is present
• Ground Fault Inhibit Time has expired
• Ground Fault Current is equal to or greater than the Ground Fault Trip
Level for a time period greater than the Ground Fault Trip Delay
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a ground fault, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-short blink pattern
• Bit 2 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
144
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
•
•
•
•
•
Chapter 6
Bit 0 of Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Ground Fault Trip Delay
Ground Fault Trip Delay (Parameter 243) allows you to define the time period a
ground fault condition must be present before a trip occurs and is adjustable from
0.0…25.0 s.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
145
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 179 - Ground Fault Trip Delay (Parameter 243)
Ground Fault Trip Delay (Parameter 243)
Default Value
0.5
Minimum Value
0.0
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Ground Fault Trip Level
Ground Fault Trip Level (Parameter 244) allows you to define the ground fault
current in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips and is adjustable
from:
• 0.500…5.00 A (Internal)
• 0.020…5.00 A (External)
Table 180 - Ground Fault Trip Level (Parameter 244)
Ground Fault Trip Level (Parameter 244)
Default Value
2.5
Minimum Value
0.5 (internal); 0.02 (external)
Maximum Value
5.00
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
100
Units
Amps
IMPORTANT
The ground fault inhibit timer starts after the maximum phase load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA rating of the device or the
ground fault current is greater than or equal to 50% of the minimum ground
fault current rating of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not
begin monitoring for a ground fault condition until the Ground Fault Current
Inhibit Time expires.
Ground Fault Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a ground fault warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Ground Fault Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Ground Fault Inhibit Time has expired
146
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
• Ground Fault Current is equal to or greater than the Ground Fault
Warning Level for a time period greater than the Ground Fault Warning
Delay.
When the ground fault warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a yellow 3-short blink pattern
• Bit 2 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 of Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Ground Fault Warning Level
Ground Fault Warning Level (Parameter 246) allows you to define the ground
fault current at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning
and is adjustable from 0.20…5.00 A.
Table 181 - Ground Fault Warning Level (Parameter 246)
Ground Fault Warning Level (Parameter 246)
Default Value
2.00
Minimum Value
0.20
Maximum Value
5.00
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
100
Units
Amps
Ground Fault Warning Delay
Ground Fault Warning Delay (Parameter 245) allows you to define the time
period (adjustable from 0.0…25.0 s) for which a ground fault condition must be
present before a warning occurs.
Table 182 - Ground Fault Warning Delay (Parameter 245)
Ground Fault Warning Delay (Parameter 245)
Default Value
0.0
Minimum Value
0.0
Maximum Value
25.00
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
147
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Stall Protection
A motor stalls when its inrush current lasts for a longer than normal period of
time during its starting sequence. As a result, the motor heats up rapidly and
reaches the temperature limit of its insulation. Rapid stall detection during the
starting sequence can extend the motor’s life, and minimize potential damage and
loss of production. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for this
condition with its Stall Trip function and stop the motor before damage and loss
of production can occur.
Stall Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a Stall Trip indication when:
• No trip currently exists
• Stall protection is enabled
• Current is present
• The maximum phase current is greater than the Stall Trip Level for a time
period greater than the Stall Enabled Time
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a stall, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-short blink pattern
• Bit 3 in Current Trip Status Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
148
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Stall Enabled Time
Stall Enabled Time (Parameter 249) allows you to adjust the time the E300
Electronic Overload Relay monitors for a stall condition during the motor
starting sequence and is adjustable from 0…250 s.
Table 183 - Stall Enabled Time (Parameter 249)
Stall Enabled Time (Parameter 249)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Stall Trip Level
Stall Trip Level (Parameter 250) allows you to define the locked rotor current
and is adjustable from 100…600% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
149
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 184 - Stall Trip Level (Parameter 250)
Stall Trip Level (Parameter 250)
Default Value
600
Minimum Value
100
Maximum Value
600
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%FLA
IMPORTANT
Stall Protection is only enabled during the motor starting sequence. If the
maximum phase of load current falls below the programmed Stall Trip Level
before the Stall Enabled Time elapses, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
disables Stall Protection until the next motor starting sequence.
IMPORTANT
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay considers a motor to have begun its
starting sequence if the maximum phase of motor current transitions from 0A
to approximately 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device.
Jam Protection
A motor goes into a jam condition when a running motor begins to consume
current greater than50% of the motor’s nameplate rating. An example of this
condition could be an overloaded conveyor or jammed gear. These conditions
can result in the overheating of the motor and equipment damage. The E300
Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for this condition with its Jam Trip and
Warning function to detect for a rapid jam fault to minimize damage and loss of
production.
Jam Inhibit Time
Jam Inhibit Time (Parameter 251) allows you to inhibit a jam trip and warning
from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 s.
Table 185 ‐ Jam Trip Inhibit Time (Parameter 251)
150
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Jam Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a jam indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Jam Trip is enabled
• Jam Inhibit Time has expired
• The maximum phase current is greater than the Jam Trip Level for a time
period greater than the Jam Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a jam, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 5-short blink pattern
• Bit 4 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Jam Trip Delay
Jam Trip Delay (Parameter 252) allows you to define the time period a jam
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from пЂ 0.1…25.0 s.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
151
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 186 - Jam Trip Delay (Parameter 252)
Default Value
5.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Jam Trip Level
Jam Trip Level (Parameter 253) allows you to define the current at which the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a jam. It is user-adjustable from
50…600% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 187 - Jam Trip Level (Parameter 253)
Default Value
250
Minimum Value
50
Maximum Value
600
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The Jam Inhibitor timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum fla SETTING of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for a jam condition
until the Jam Inhibit Time expires.
Jam Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a Jam warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Jam Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Jam Inhibit Time has expired
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Jam Warning
Level
When the Jam Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 5-short blink pattern
• Bit 4 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
152
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Jam Warn Level
Jam Warn Level (Parameter 254) allows you to define the current at which the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is user-adjustable from
50…600% for the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 188 - Jam Warning Level (Parameter 254)
Default Value
150
Minimum Value
50
Maximum Value
600
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The Jam Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once the Jam
Inhibit Time has expired, the Jam Warning indication is instantaneous.
Underload Protection
Motor current less than a specific level may indicate a mechanical malfunction in
the installation, such as a torn conveyor belt, damaged fan blade, broken shaft, or
worn tool. Such conditions may not harm the motor, but they can lead to loss of
production. Rapid underload fault detection helps to minimize damage and loss
of production.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for this condition with its
Underload Trip and Warning function to detect for a rapid underload fault to
minimize damage and loss of production.
Underload Inhibit Time
Underload Inhibit Time (Parameter 255) allows you to inhibit an underload trip
and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable
from 0…250 s.
Table 189 - Underload Inhibit Time (Parameter 255)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
153
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Underload Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an underload indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Underload Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Underload Inhibit Time has expired
• Minimum phase current is less than the Underload Trip Level for a time
period greater than the Underload Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an underload, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 6-short blink pattern
• Bit 5 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Underload Trip Delay
Underload Trip Delay (Parameter 256) allows you to define the time period an
underload condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.1…25.0 s.
154
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 190 - Underload Trip Delay (Parameter 256)
Default Value
5.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Underload Trip Level
Underload Trip Level (Parameter 257) allows you to define the current at which
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an underload. It is user-adjustable
from 10…100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 191 - Underload Trip Level (Parameter 257)
Default Value
50
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The Underload Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum fla SETTING of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an underload
condition until the Underload Inhibit Time expires.
IMPORTANT
For any given application, the practical limit of the Underload Trip Level
(Parameter 246) is dependent on the FLA Setting and the lower limit of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s current measurement capability.
Underload Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an underload warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Underload Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Underload Inhibit Time has expired
• The minimum phase current is less than the Underload Warning Level
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
155
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
When the Underload Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 6-short blink pattern
• Bit 5 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Underload Warning Level
Underload Warning Level (Parameter 258) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 10…100% for the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 192 - Underload Warning Level (Parameter 258)
Default Value
70
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The Underload Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Underload Inhibit Time has expired, the Underload Warning indication is
instantaneous.
Current Imbalance Protection
A current imbalance can be caused by an imbalance in the voltage supply, unequal
motor winding impedance, or long and varying wire lengths. When a current
imbalance exists, the motor can experience an additional temperature rise,
resulting in degradation of the motor insulation and reduction of life expectancy.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for this condition with its
Current Imbalance Trip and Warning function to detect for a rapid current
imbalance fault to minimize damage and loss of production.
Current Imbalance can be defined by the following equation:
%CI = 100% * (Id/Ia)пЂ where
%CI = Percent Current ImbalanceпЂ Id = Maximum Deviation from the Average CurrentпЂ Ia = Average Current
156
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Current Imbalance Inhibit Time
Current Imbalance Inhibit Time (Parameter 259) allows you to inhibit a current
imbalance trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It
is adjustable from 0…250 s.
Table 193 - Current Imbalance Inhibit Time (Parameter 259)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Current Imbalance Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a current imbalance indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Current Imbalance Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Current Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired
• The Current Imbalance (parameter 52) is greater than the Current
Imbalance Trip Level for a time period greater than the Current Imbalance
Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a current imbalance, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 7-short blink pattern
• Bit 6 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
157
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Current Imbalance Trip Delay
Current Imbalance Trip Delay (Parameter 260) allows you to define the time
period a current imbalance condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 s.
Table 194 - Current Imbalance Trip Delay (Parameter 260)
Default Value
5.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Current Imbalance Trip Level
Current Imbalance Trip Level (Parameter 261) allows you to define the
percentage at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a current
imbalance. It is user-adjustable from 10…100%.
158
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 195 - Current Imbalance Trip Level (Parameter 261)
Default Value
35
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%
IMPORTANT
The Current Imbalance Inhibit Timer starts after a phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for a current
imbalance condition until the Current Imbalance Inhibit Time expires.
Current Imbalance Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a current imbalance warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Current Imbalance Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Current Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired
• The current imbalance (parameter 52) is greater than the Current
Imbalance Warning Level
When the Current Imbalance Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 7-short blink pattern
• Bit 6 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Current Imbalance Warning Level
Current Imbalance Warning Level (Parameter 262) allows you to define the
percentage at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is
user-adjustable from 10…100%.
Table 196 - Current Imbalance Warning Level (Parameter 262)
Default Value
20
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
159
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Current Imbalance Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Current Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired, the Current Imbalance
Warning indication is instantaneous.
Line Under Current Protection
For non-motor applications when the measured current is less than a specific level
for a specific phase may indicate an electrical malfunction, such as bad resistive
heater element or non-operating incandescent light bulb. Such conditions may
not harm the power system, but it can lead to loss of production or certification
noncompliance.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for an undercurrent condition
per phase with its Line Under Current Trip and Warning function to detect for a
rapid under current in a specific phase to minimize damage and loss of
production.
Under Current Inhibit Time
Under Current Inhibit Time (Parameter 265) allows you to inhibit an L1, L2,
and L3 Under Current trip and warning from occurring during a load starting
sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 197 - Under Current Inhibit Time (Parameter 265)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
L1 Under Current Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L1 Under Current indication
if:
• No trip currently exists
• L1 Under Current Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is less than the L1 Under Current Trip
Level for a time period greater than the L1 Under Current Trip Delay.
• If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L1 Under Current, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 8-short blink pattern
160
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
•
•
•
•
•
•
Chapter 6
Bit 7 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
L1 Under Current Trip Delay
L1 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 266) allows you to define the time
period an L1 Under Current condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 198 - L1 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 266)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
161
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
L1 Under Current Trip Level
L1 Under Current Trip Level (Parameter 267) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L1 Under Current. It is
user-adjustable from 10…100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 199 - L1 Under Current Trip Level (Parameter 267)
Default Value
35
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The Under Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load
current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an
undercurrent condition until the Under Current Inhibit Time expires.
IMPORTANT
For any given application, the practical limit of the L1 Under Current Trip Level
(Parameter 267) is dependent on the FLA Setting and the lower limit of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s current measurement capability
L1 Under Current Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L1 Under Current warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• L1 Under Current Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• The Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is less than the L1 Under Current
Warning Level
When the L1 Under Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 8-short blink pattern
• Bit 7 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
L1 Under Current Warning Level
L1 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 268) allows you to define the
current at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L1 Under
162
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Current warning. It is user-adjustable from 10…100% for the FLA Setting
(Parameter 171).
Table 200 - L1 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 268)
Default Value
40
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The L1 Under Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L1 Under Current
Warning indication is instantaneous.
L2 Under Current Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L2 Under Current indication
if:
• No trip currently exists
• L2 Under Current Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• L2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is less than the L2 Under Current Trip
Level for a time period greater than the L2 Under Current Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L2 Under Current, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 9-short blink pattern
• Bit 8 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
163
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
L2 Under Current Trip Delay
L2 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 269) allows you to define the time
period an L2 Under Current condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 201 - L2 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 269)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
L2 Under Current Trip Level
L2 Under Current Trip Level (Parameter 270) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L2 Under Current. It is
user-adjustable from 10…100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
164
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 202 - L2 Under Current Trip Level Parameter 270)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
35
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The Under Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load
current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an
undercurrent condition until the Under Current Inhibit Time expires.
IMPORTANT
For any given application, the practical limit of the L2 Under Current Trip Level
(Parameter 270) is dependent on the FLA Setting and the lower limit of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s current measurement capability
L2 Under Current Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L2 Under Current warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• 2 Under Current Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• The Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• 2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is less than the L2 Under Current Warning
Level
When the L2 Under Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 9-short blink pattern
• Bit 8 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
L2 Under Current Warning Level
L2 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 271) allows you to define the
current at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L2 Under
Current warning. It is user-adjustable from 10…100% for the FLA Setting
(Parameter 171).
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
165
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 203 - L2 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 271)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
40
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA
The L2 Under Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L2 Under Current
Warning indication is instantaneous.
L3 Under Current Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L3 Under Current indication
if:
• No trip currently exists
• L3 Under Current Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is less than the L3 Under Current Trip Level
for a time period greater than the L3 Under Current Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L3 Under Current, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 10-short blink pattern
• Bit 9 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
166
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
IMPORTANT
L3 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 272) allows you to define the time
period that an L3 Under Current condition must be present before a trip occurs.
It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds
Table 204 - L3 Under Current Trip Delay (Parameter 272)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
L3 Under Current Trip Level
L3 Under Current Trip Level (Parameter 273) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L3 Under Current. It is
user-adjustable from 10…100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
167
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 205 - L3 Under Current Trip Level (Parameter 273)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
35
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The Under Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load
current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an
undercurrent condition until the Under Current Inhibit Time expires.
IMPORTANT
For any given application, the practical limit of the L3 Under Current Trip Level
(Parameter 273) is dependent on the FLA Setting and the lower limit of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s current measurement capability
L3 Under Current Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L3 Under Current warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• L3 Under Current Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• The Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is less than the L3 Under Current
Warning Level
When the L3 Under Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 10-short blink pattern
• Bit 9 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
L3 Under Current Warning Level
L3 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 274) allows you to define the
current at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L3 Under
Current warning. It is user-adjustable from 10…100% for the FLA Setting
(Parameter 171).
168
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 206 - L3 Under Current Warning Level (Parameter 274)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
40
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA
The L3 Under Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Under Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L3 Under Current
Warning indication is instantaneous.
Line Over Current Protection
For non-motor applications when the measured current is greater than a specific
level for a specific phase may indicate an electrical malfunction, such as bad
resistive heater element. Such conditions could harm the power system over a
period of time, which could lead to loss of production.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for an overcurrent condition
per phase with its Line Over Current Trip and Warning function to detect for a
rapid over current in a specific phase to minimize damage and loss of production.
Over Current Inhibit Time
Over Current Inhibit Time (Parameter 275) allows you to inhibit an L1, L2, and
L3 Over Current trip and warning from occurring during a load starting
sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 207 - Over Current Inhibit Time (Parameter 275)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
L1 Over Current Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L1 Over Current indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• L1 Over Current Trip is enabled
• Current is present
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
169
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
• Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is greater than the L1 Over Current Trip
Level for a time period greater than the L1 Over Current Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L1 Over Current, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 11-short blink pattern
• Bit 10 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
L1 Over Current Trip Delay
L1 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 276) allows you to define the time
period an L1 Over Current condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
170
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 208 - L1 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 276)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
L1 Over Current Trip Level
L1 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 277) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L1 Over Current. It is useradjustable from 10…100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 209 - L1 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 277)
Default Value
100
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The Over Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an overcurrent
condition until the Over Current Inhibit Time expires.
L1 Over Current Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L1 Over Current warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• 1 Over Current Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• The Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• 1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is greater than the L1 Over Current
Warning Level
When the L1 Over Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 11-short blink pattern
• Bit 10 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
171
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
L1 Over Current Warning Level
L1 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 278) allows you to define the current
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L1 Over Current
warning. It is user-adjustable from 10…100% for the FLA Setting (Parameter
171).
Table 210 - L1 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 278)
Default Value
90
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The L1 Over Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L1 Over Current Warning
indication is instantaneous.
L2 Over Current Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L2 Over Current indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• 2 Over Current Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• 2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is greater than the L2 Over Current Trip
Level for a time period greater than the L2 Over Current Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L2 Over Current, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 12-short blink pattern
• Bit 11 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
172
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
L2 Over Current Trip Delay
L2 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 279) allows you to define the time
period an L2 Over Current condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 211 - L2 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 279)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
L2 Over Current Trip Level
L2 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 280) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L2 Over Current. It is useradjustable from 10…100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
173
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 212 - L2 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 280).
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
100
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA
The Over Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an overcurrent
condition until the Over Current Inhibit Time expires.
L2 Over Current Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L2 Over Current warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• 2 Over Current Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• The Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• 2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is greater than the L2 Over Current
Warning Level
When the L2 Over Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 12-short blink pattern
• Bit 11 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
L2 Over Current Warning Level
L2 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 281) allows you to define the current
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L2 Over Current
warning. It is user-adjustable from 10…100% for the FLA Setting (Parameter
171).
Table 213 - L2 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 281)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
174
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
90
10
100
USINT
1
1
%FLA
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
.
IMPORTANT
The L2 Over Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L2 Over Current Warning
indication is instantaneous.
L3 Over Current Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L3 Over Current indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• L3 Over Current Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is greater than the L3 Over Current Trip
Level for a time period greater than the L3 Over Current Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L3 Over Current, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 13-short blink pattern
• Bit 12 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
175
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
L3 Over Current Trip Delay
L3 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 282) allows you to define the time
period an L3 Over Current condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 214 - L3 Over Current Trip Delay (Parameter 282)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
L3 Over Current Trip Level
L3 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 283) allows you to define the current at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L3 Over Current. It is useradjustable from 10…100% of the FLA Setting (Parameter 171).
Table 215 - L3 Over Current Trip Level (Parameter 283)
Default Value
100
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The Over Current Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load current
transitions from 0 A to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The
E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an overcurrent
condition until the Over Current Inhibit Time expires.
L3 Over Current Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L3 Over Current warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• L3 Over Current Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• The Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired
• L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is greater than the L3 Over Current
Warning Level
176
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
When the L2 Over Current Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 13-short blink pattern
• Bit 12 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
L3 Over Current Warning Level
L3 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 284) allows you to define the current
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a L3 Over Current
warning. It is user-adjustable from 10…100% for the FLA Setting (Parameter
171).
Table 216 - L3 Over Current Warning Level (Parameter 284)
Default Value
90
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%FLA
IMPORTANT
The L3 Over Current Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Over Current Inhibit Timer has expired, the L3 Over Current Warning
indication is instantaneous.
Line Loss Protection
For non-motor applications when the measured current is 0 amps a specific
phase, this may indicate an electrical malfunction such as bad resistive heater
element or non-operating incandescent light bulb. Such conditions may not
harm the power system, but it can lead to loss of production or certification
noncompliance.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for a current-based line loss
per phase with its Line Loss Trip and Warning function to detect for a rapid line
loss in a specific phase to minimize damage and loss of production.
Line Loss Inhibit Time
Line Loss Inhibit Time (Parameter 285) allows you to inhibit an L1, L2, and L3
Line Loss trip and warning from occurring during a load starting sequence. It is
adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
177
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 217 - Line Loss Inhibit Time (Parameter 285)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
L1 Line Loss Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L1 Line Loss indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• L1 Over Current Trip is enabled
• L1 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196…201, in Chapter 4)
• Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
• L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is
• equal to 0% for a time period greater than the L1 Line Loss Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L1 Line Loss, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 14-short blink pattern
• Bit 13 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
178
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
L1 Line Loss Trip Delay
L1 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 276) allows you to define the time period an
L1 Line Loss condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 218 - L1 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 286)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
IMPORTANT
The Line Loss Inhibit Timer starts when L1, L2, or L3 Line Loss protection is
activated by a programmed digital input (see Input Assignment Parameters
196-201). The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for
Line Loss condition until the Line Loss Inhibit Timer expires.
L1 Line Loss Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L1 Line Loss warning if:
• No warning currently exists
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
179
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
• L1 Line Loss Warning is enabled
• L1 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196…201, in Chapter 4)
• Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
• L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) is equal to 0%
When the L1 Line Loss Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 14-short blink pattern
• Bit 13 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
IMPORTANT
The L1 Line Loss Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired, the L1 Line Loss Warning indication is
instantaneous.
L2 Line Loss Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L2 Line Loss indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• L2 Over Current Trip is enabled
• L2 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196…201, in Chapter 4)
• Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
• L2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is equal to 0% for a time period greater
than the L2 Line Loss Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L2 Line Loss, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 15-short blink pattern
• Bit 14 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
180
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
L2 Line Loss Trip Delay
L2 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 287) allows you to define the time period an
L2 Line Loss condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 219 - L2 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 287)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
IMPORTANT
The Line Loss Inhibit Timer starts when L1, L2, or L3 Line Loss protection is
activated by a programmed digital input (see Input Assignment Parameters
196-201). The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for
Line Loss condition until the Line Loss Inhibit Timer expires.
L2 Line Loss Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L2 Line Loss warning if:
• No warning currently exists
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
181
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
• L2 Line Loss Warning is enabled
• L2 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196…201, in Chapter 4)
• Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
• L2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) is equal to 0%
When the L2 Line Loss Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 15-short blink pattern
• Bit 14 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
IMPORTANT
The L2 Line Loss Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired, the L2 Line Loss Warning indication is
instantaneous.
L3 Line Loss Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a L3 Line Loss indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• L3 Over Current Trip is enabled
• L3 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196…201, in Chapter 4)
• Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
• L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is equal to 0% for a time period greater
than the L3 Line Loss Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a L3 Line Loss, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 16-short blink pattern
• Bit 15 in Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
182
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
L3 Line Loss Trip Delay
L3 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 288) allows you to define the time period an
L3 Line Loss condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 220 - L3 Line Loss Trip Delay (Parameter 288)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
IMPORTANT
The Line Loss Inhibit Timer starts when L1, L2, or L3 Line Loss protection is
activated by a programmed digital input (see Input Assignment Parameters
196-201). The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for
Line Loss condition until the Line Loss Inhibit Timer expires.
L3 Line Loss Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an L3 Line Loss warning if:
• No warning currently exists
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
183
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
• L3 Line Loss Warning is enabled
• L3 Line Loss is activated via the appropriately programmed digital input
(see Input Assignments, Parameters 196…201, in Chapter 4)
• Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired
• L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) is equal to 0%
When the L3 Line Loss Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 16-short blink pattern
• Bit 15 in Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
IMPORTANT
Voltage-based Protection
The L3 Line Loss Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Line Loss Inhibit Timer has expired, the L3 Line Loss Warning indication is
instantaneous.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can digitally monitor the voltage supplied
to an electric motor to help protect against poor voltage quality. You can prevent
a contactor from energizing if the voltage is either too high, too low, or wrong
rotation. The following E300 Sensing Modules provide voltage monitoring
capabilities.
Table 221 - Voltage Capabilities
Catalog Number
Measurement Method
L-L Voltage Trip/Warning Range
193-ESM-VIG-__-__
Internal
20…800V
592-ESM-VIG-__-__
Internal
20…800V
193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT
External
20…6500V
This voltage information is used for the following protective trip and warning
functions:
• Undervoltage trip/warning
• Overvoltage trip/warning
• Voltage imbalance trip/warning
• Phase rotation mismatch trip
• Under frequency trip/warning
• Over frequency trip/warning
Voltage Trip Enable (Parameter 184) and Voltage Warning Enable (Parameter
190) are used to enable the respective voltage-based protective trip and warning
functions.
184
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 222 - Voltage Trip Enabled (Parameter 184)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Under Voltage Trip
X
Over Voltage Trip
X
Voltage Imbalance Trip
X
Phase Rotation Mismatch Trip
X
Under Frequency Trip
X
Over Frequency Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Table 223 - Voltage Warning Enable (Parameter 190)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Under Voltage Warning
X
X
X
X
X
Over Voltage Warning
Voltage Imbalance Warning
Phase Rotation Mismatch Warning
Under Frequency Warning
Over Frequency Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) and Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) are
used to view the status of the respective voltage-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
185
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 224 - Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Under Voltage Trip
X
Over Voltage Trip
X
Voltage Imbalance Trip
X
Phase Rotation Mismatch Trip
X
Under Frequency Trip
X
Over Frequency Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Table 225 - Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Under Voltage Warning
X
X
X
X
X
Over Voltage Warning
Voltage Imbalance Warning
Phase Rotation Mismatch Warning
Under Frequency Warning
Over Frequency Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
186
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Under Voltage Protection
Electric motors consume more electric current when the voltage supplied to the
motor is lower than the motor nameplate rating. This can damage to an electric
motor over an extended period of time. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can
monitor for this condition with its Under Voltage Trip and Warning function to
detect for low voltage levels to minimize motor damage and loss of production.
Under Voltage Inhibit Time
Under Voltage Inhibit Time (Parameter 355) allows you to inhibit an under
voltage trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is
adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 226 - Under Voltage Inhibit Time (Parameter 355)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Under Voltage Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an undervoltage indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Under Voltage Trip is enabled
• Voltage is present
• Under Voltage Inhibit Time has expired
• The minimum phase voltage is less than the Under Voltage Trip Level for a
time period greater than the Under Voltage Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under voltage, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 1-short blink
pattern
• Bit 0 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
187
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Under Voltage Trip Delay
Under Voltage Trip Delay (Parameter 356) allows you to define the time period
an under voltage condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable
from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 227 - Under Voltage Trip Delay (Parameter 356)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Under Voltage Trip Level
Under Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 357) allows you to define the voltage at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under voltage. It is useradjustable from 0…6553.5 volts.
188
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 228 - Under Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 357)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
100.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
The Under Voltage Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V
to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for
an under voltage condition until the Under Voltage Inhibit Time expires.
Under Voltage Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under Voltage warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Under Voltage Warning is enabled
• Voltage is present
• Under Voltage
• Inhibit Time has expired
• The minimum phase voltage is equal to or less than the Under Voltage
Warning Level
When the Under Voltage Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 1-long / 1-short blink pattern
• Bit 0 in Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Under Voltage Warn Level
Under Voltage Warn Level (Parameter 358) allows you to define the voltage at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 0…6553.5 volts.
Table 229 - Under Voltage Warn Level
Default Value
400.0
Minimum Value
0.0
Maximum Value
6553.5
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Volts
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
189
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Under Voltage Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Under Voltage Inhibit Time has expired, the Under Voltage Warning
indication is instantaneous.
Over Voltage Protection
The winding insulation for electric motors degrades faster when more voltage is
supplied to the motor than the motor nameplate rating. This can damage to an
electric motor over an extended period of time. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay can monitor for this condition with its Over Voltage Trip and Warning
function to detect for high voltage levels to minimize motor damage and loss of
production.
Over Voltage Inhibit Time
Over Voltage Inhibit Time (Parameter 359) allows you to inhibit an over voltage
trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is
adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Default Value
10.0
Minimum Value
0.0
Maximum Value
250.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
11
Units
Seconds
Over Voltage Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over Voltage indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Over Voltage Trip is enabled
• Voltage is present
• Over Voltage Inhibit Time has expired
• The minimum phase voltage is greater than the Over Voltage Trip Level
for a time period greater than the Over Voltage Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over voltage, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 2-short blink
pattern
• Bit 1 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
190
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Over Voltage Trip Delay
Over Voltage Trip Delay (Parameter 360) allows you to define the time period an
over voltage condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 230 - Over Voltage Trip Delay (Parameter 360)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Over Voltage Trip Level
Over Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 357) allows you to define the voltage at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over voltage. It is useradjustable from 0…6553.5 volts.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
191
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 231 - Over Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 361)
Default Value
500.0
Minimum Value
0.0
Maximum Value
6553.5
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Volts
IMPORTANT
The Over Voltage Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V
to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for
an over voltage condition until the Over Voltage Inhibit Time expires.
Over Voltage Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over Voltage warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Over Voltage Warning is enabled
• Voltage is present
• Over Voltage Inhibit Time has expired
• The maximum phase voltage is equal to or greater than the Over Voltage
Warning Level
When the Over Voltage Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 1-long / 2-short blink pattern
• Bit 1 in Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Over Voltage Warn Level
Over Voltage Warn Level (Parameter 362) allows you to define the voltage at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 0…6553.5 volts.
Table 232 - Over Voltage Warn Level (Parameter 362)
192
Default Value
490.0
Minimum Value
0.0
Maximum Value
6553.5
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Volts
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Over Voltage Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Over Voltage Inhibit Time has expired, the Over Voltage Warning indication
is instantaneous.
Voltage Imbalance Protection
A voltage imbalance can be caused by poor power quality and unequal
distribution of power. When a voltage imbalance exists, the motor can experience
an additional temperature rise, resulting in degradation of the motor insulation
and reduction of life expectancy. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can
monitor for this condition with its Voltage Imbalance Trip and Warning function
to detect for a rapid voltage imbalance fault to minimize damage and loss of
production.
Voltage Imbalance can be defined by the following equation:
%VImb = 100% * (Vd/Va)
where
%VImb = Percent Voltage Imbalance
Vd = Maximum Deviation from the Average Voltage
Va = Average Voltage
Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time
Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time (Parameter 365) allows you to inhibit a voltage
imbalance trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable
from 0…250 seconds.
Table 233 - Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time (Parameter 365)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Voltage Imbalance Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a voltage imbalance indication if:
• No trip currently exists
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
193
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
•
•
•
•
Voltage Imbalance Trip is enabled
Voltage is present
Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired
The Voltage Imbalance (Parameter 61) is greater than the Voltage
Imbalance Trip Level for a time period greater than the Voltage Imbalance
Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a voltage imbalance, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 3-short blink
pattern
• Bit 2 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Voltage Imbalance Trip Delay
Voltage Imbalance Trip Delay (Parameter 366) allows you to define the time
period a voltage imbalance condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
194
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 234 - Voltage Imbalance Trip Delay (Parameter 366)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Voltage Imbalance Trip Level
Voltage Imbalance Trip Level (Parameter 367) allows you to define the
percentage at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a voltage
imbalance. It is user-adjustable from 10…100%.
Table 235 - Voltage Imbalance Trip Level (Parameter 367)
Default Value
15
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%
IMPORTANT
The Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Timer starts after a phase voltage transitions
from 0V to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin
monitoring for a voltage imbalance condition until the Voltage Imbalance
Inhibit Time expires.
Voltage Imbalance Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a voltage imbalance warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Voltage Imbalance Warning is enabled
• Voltage is present
• Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired
• The Voltage Imbalance (Parameter 61) is greater than the Voltage
Imbalance Warning Level
When the Voltage Imbalance Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow red 1-long / 3-short blink pattern
• Bit 2 in Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
195
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Voltage Imbalance Warning Level
Voltage Imbalance Warning Level (Parameter 368) allows you to define the
percentage at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is
user-adjustable from 10…100%.
Table 236 - Voltage Imbalance Warning Level (Parameter 368)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
10
Maximum Value
100
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%
IMPORTANT
The Voltage Imbalance Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Voltage Imbalance Inhibit Time has expired, the Voltage Imbalance
Warning indication is instantaneous.
Phase Rotation Protection
Wiring of a three-phase voltage system can affect the rotational direction of an
electric motor. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can help protect against the
improper phase rotation so that an electric motor rotates in the proper direction,
ABC or ACB, to prevent equipment from being damaged.
Phase Rotation Inhibit Time
Phase Rotation Inhibit Time (Parameter 359) allows you to inhibit a phase
rotation mismatch trip and warning from occurring. It is adjustable from 0…250
seconds.
Table 237 - Phase Rotation Inhibit Time (Parameter 363)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Phase Rotation Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a Phase Rotation indication if:
• No trip currently exists
196
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
•
•
•
•
•
Chapter 6
Phase Rotation Trip is enabled
Voltage is present
Phase Rotation Inhibit Time has expired
The measured Voltage Phase Rotation (Parameter 63) does not match the
required Phase Rotation Type (Parameter 364).
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a phase rotation mismatch, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 4-short blink
pattern
• Bit 3 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Phase Rotation Trip Type
Phase Rotation Trip Type (Parameter 364) allows you to define the required
voltage phase rotation for the motor application. E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on a phase rotation mismatch when this parameter does not match the
measured voltage phase rotation. It is user-adjustable, ABC or ACB.
Table 238 - Phase Rotation Trip Type (Parameter 364)
Default Value
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
1 = ABC
197
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
1 = ABC
Range
2 = ACB
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
IMPORTANT
The Phase Rotation Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from
0V to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring
for a phase rotation mismatch condition until the Phase Rotation Inhibit Time
expires.
Frequency Protection
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has the capability to help protect against
poor voltage quality by offering frequency-based protection. This protection is
used when electric power is provided by stand-alone electric generators. You can
prevent a contactor from energizing if the voltage frequency is either too high or
too low. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can monitor for this condition
with its Over and Under Frequency Trip and Warning function, and it can detect
for an improper voltage frequency to minimize motor damage and loss of
production.
Under Frequency Inhibit Time
Under Frequency Inhibit Time (Parameter 369) allows you to inhibit an under
frequency trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It
is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 239 - Under Frequency Inhibit Time (Parameter 369)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Over Frequency Inhibit Time
Over Frequency Inhibit Time (Parameter 373) allows you to inhibit an over
frequency trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It
is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
198
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 240 - Over Frequency Inhibit Time (Parameter 373)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Under Frequency Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under Frequency indication
if:
• No trip currently exists
• Under Frequency Trip is enabled
• Voltage is present
• Under Frequency Inhibit Time has expired
• The voltage frequency is less than the Under Frequency Trip Level for a
time period greater than the Under Frequency Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under frequency, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 5-short blink
pattern
• Bit 4 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
199
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Under Frequency Trip Delay
Under Frequency Trip Delay (Parameter 370) allows you to define the time
period an under frequency condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 241 - Under Frequency Trip Delay (Parameter 370)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Under Frequency Trip Level
Under Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 371) allows you to define the frequency at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under frequency. It is useradjustable from 46…65 Hz.
200
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 242 - Under Frequency Trip Level (Parameter 371)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
57
46
65
USINT
1
1
Hz
The Under Frequency Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from
0V to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring
for an under frequency condition until the Under Frequency Inhibit Time
expires.
Under Frequency Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under Frequency warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Under Frequency Warning is enabled
• Voltage is present
• Under Frequency Inhibit Time has expired
• The voltage frequency is equal to or less than the Under Frequency
Warning Level
When the Under Frequency Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 1-long / 5-short blink pattern
• Bit 4 in Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Under Frequency Warn Level
• Under Frequency Warn Level (Parameter 372) allows you to define the
frequency at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a
warning. It is user-adjustable from 46…65 Hz.
Table 243 - Under Frequency Warn Level (Parameter 372)
Default Value
58
Minimum Value
46
Maximum Value
65
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Hz
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
201
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Over Frequency Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over Frequency indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Over Frequency Trip is enabled
• Voltage is present
• Over Frequency Inhibit Time has expired
• The voltage frequency is greater than the Over Frequency Trip Level for a
time period greater than the Over Frequency Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over frequency, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 1-long / 6-short blink
pattern
• Bit 5 in Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Over Frequency Trip Delay
Over Frequency Trip Delay (Parameter 374) allows you to define the time period
an over frequency condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable
from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
202
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 244 - Over Frequency Trip Delay (Parameter 374)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Over Frequency Trip Level
Over Voltage Trip Level (Parameter 375) allows you to define the frequency at
which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over frequency. It is useradjustable from 46…65 Hz.
Table 245 - Over Frequency Trip Level (Parameter 375)
Default Value
63
Minimum Value
46
Maximum Value
65
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Hz
IMPORTANT
The Over Frequency Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from
0V to 20V L-L. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does not begin monitoring
for an over frequency condition until the Over Frequency Inhibit Time expires.
Over Frequency Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over Frequency warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Over Frequency Warning is enabled
• Voltage is present
• Over Frequency Inhibit Time has expired
• The voltage frequency is equal to or greater than the Over Frequency
Warning Level
When the Over Frequency Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 1-long / 6-short blink pattern
• Bit 5 in Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
203
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Over Frequency Warn Level
Over Frequency Warn Level (Parameter 376) allows you to define the frequency
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 46…65 Hz.
Table 246 - Over Frequency Warn Level (Parameter 376)
Default Value
62
Minimum Value
46
Maximum Value
65
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Hz
IMPORTANT
Power-based Protection
The Over Frequency Warning function does not include a time delay feature.
Once the Over Frequency Inhibit Time has expired, the Over Frequency Warning
indication is instantaneous.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay can digitally monitor the power that is
supplied to an electric motor to help protect against poor power quality or alert
you when power consumed by the motor differs from what is expected. This
protection is useful for pump cavitation and pump material change detection.
The following E300 Sensing Modules provide power monitoring capabilities.
Table 247 - Power Capabilities
Catalog Number
Measurement Method L-L Voltage Trip/Warning Range
193-ESM-VIG-__-__
Internal
20-800V
592-ESM-VIG-__-__
Internal
20-800V
193-ESM-VIG-30A-CT
External
20-6500V
This power information is used for the following protective trip and warning
functions:
• Under Real Power (kW) Trip/Warning
• Over Real Power (kW) Trip/Warning
• Under Reactive Power (kVAR) Trip/Warning
• Over Real Power (kVAR) Trip/Warning
• Under Reactive Power (kVA) Trip/Warning
• Over Real Power (kVA) Trip/Warning
• Under Power Factor Trip/Warning
• Over Power Factor Trip/Warning
204
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Power Trip Enable (Parameter 185) and Power Warning Enable (Parameter 191)
are used to enable the respective power-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 248 - Power Trip Enable (Parameter 185)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Under kW Trip
X
X
Over kW Trip
Under kVAR Consumed Trip
X
Over kVAR Consumed Trip
X
Under kVAR Generated Trip
X
Over kVAR Generated Trip
X
Under kVA Trip
X
Over kVA Trip
X
Under PF Lagging Trip
X
Over PF Lagging Trip
X
Under PF Leading Trip
X
Over PF Leading Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Table 249 - Power Warning Enable (Parameter 191)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Under kW Warning
Over kW Warning
Under kVAR Consumed Warning
Over kVAR Consumed Warning
Under kVAR Generated Warning
Over kVAR Generated Warning
Under kVA Warning
Over kVA Warning
Under PF Lagging Warning
Over PF Lagging Warning
Under PF Leading Warning
Over PF Leading Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) and Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) are
used to view the status of the respective power-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
205
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 250 - Power Trip Status (Parameter 6)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Under kW Trip
Over kW Trip
Under kVAR Consumed Trip
Over kVAR Consumed Trip
Under kVAR Generated Trip
Over kVAR Generated Trip
Under kVA Trip
Over kVA Trip
Under PF Lagging Trip
Over PF Lagging Trip
Under PF Leading Trip
Over PF Leading Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Table 251 - Power Warning Status (Parameter 12)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Under kW Warning
Over kW Warning
Under kVAR Consumed Warning
Over kVAR Consumed Warning
Under kVAR Generated Warning
Over kVAR Generated Warning
Under kVA Warning
Over kVA Warning
Under PF Lagging Warning
Over PF Lagging Warning
Under PF Leading Warning
Over PF Leading Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Real Power (kW) Protection
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has the capability to help protect against
real power (kW) for specific applications that require the monitoring of both
voltage and current. You can help protect or issue a warning ifthe real power
(kW) consumption of an electric motor is either too high or too low.
206
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Under kW Inhibit Time
Under kW Inhibit Time (Parameter 378) allows you to inhibit an under real
power (kW) trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting
sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 252 - Under kW Inhibit Time (Parameter 378)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Over kW Inhibit Time
Over kW Inhibit Time (Parameter 382) allows you to inhibit an over real power
(kW) trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting sequence. It is
adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 253 - Over kW Inhibit Time (Parameter 382)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Under kW Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under kW indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Under kW Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Under kW Inhibit Time has expired
• The total real power (kW) is less than the Under kW Trip Level for a time
period greater than the Under kW Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under real power (kW), the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 1-short blink
pattern
• Bit 0 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
207
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
•
•
•
•
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Under kW Trip Delay
Under kW Trip Delay (Parameter 379) allows you to define the time period an
under real power (kW) condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 254 - Under kW Trip Delay (Parameter 379)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Under kW Trip Level
Under kW Trip Level (Parameter 380) allows you to define the real power (kW)
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under real power (kW).
It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
208
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 255 - UnderkW Trip Level (Parameter 380)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
0.000
0.000
2,000,000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW
The Under kW Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V to
20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the
minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does
not begin monitoring for an under real power (kW) condition until the Under
kW Inhibit Time expires.
Under kW Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under kW warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Under kW Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Under kW Inhibit Time has expired
• The total real power (kW) is equal to or less than the Under kW Warning
Level
When the Under kW Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 1-short blink pattern
• Bit 0 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Under kW Warn Level
Under kW Warn Level (Parameter 381) allows you to define the real power (kW)
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
209
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 256 - Under kW Warn Level (Parameter 381)
Default Value
0.000
Minimum Value
0.000
Maximum Value
2000000.000
Parameter Type
DINT
Size (Bytes)
4
Scaling Factor
1000
Units
kW
IMPORTANT
The Under kW Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Under kW Inhibit Time has expired, the Under kW Warning indication is
instantaneous.
Over kW Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over kW indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Over kW Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over kW Inhibit Time has expired
• The total real power (kW) is greater than the Over kW Trip Level for a
time period greater than the Over kW Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over real power (kW), the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 2-short blink
pattern
• Bit 1 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
210
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Over kW Trip Delay
Over kW Trip Delay (Parameter 383) allows you to define the time period an
over real power (kW) condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 257 - Over kW Trip Delay
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Over kW Trip Level
Over kW Trip Level (Parameter 384) allows you to define the total real power
(kW) at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on over real power
(kW). It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
211
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 258 - Over kW Trip Level (Parameter 384)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW
The Over kW Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V to
20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the
minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does
not begin monitoring for an over real power (kW) condition until the Over kW
Inhibit Time expires.
Over kW Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kW warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Over kW Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over kW Inhibit Time has expired
• The total real power (kW) is equal to or greater than the Over kW
Warning Level
When the Over kW Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 2-short blink pattern
• Bit 1 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Over kW Warn Level
Over kW Warn Level (Parameter 385) allows you to define the real power (kW)
at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is useradjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Table 259 - Over kW Warn Level
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
212
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Over kW Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once the
Over kW Inhibit Time has expired, the Over kW Warning indication is
instantaneous.
Reactive Power (kVAR) Protection
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has the capability to help protect against
reactive power (kVAR) for specific applications that require the monitoring of
both voltage and current. You can help protect or issue a warning if the reactive
power (kVAR) of an electric motor is either too high or too low.
Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time
Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time (Parameter 386) allows you to inhibit an
under reactive power (kVAR) consumed trip and warning from occurring during
the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 260 - Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time (Parameter 386)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time
Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time (Parameter 390) allows you to inhibit an
over reactive power (kVAR) consumed trip and warning from occurring during
the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 261 - Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time (Parameter 390)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
213
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time
Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time (Parameter 394) allows you to inhibit an
under power factor leading trip and warning from occurring during the motor
starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 262 - Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time (Parameter 394)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time
Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time (Parameter 398) allows you to inhibit an
over reactive power (kVAR) generated trip and warning from occurring during
the motor starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 263 - Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time (Parameter 398)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Under kVAR Consumed Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under kVAR Consumed
indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Under kVAR Consumed Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time has expired
• The total reactive power (kVAR) consumed is less than the Under kVAR
Consumed Trip Level for a time period greater than the Under kVAR
Consumed Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under reactive power (kVAR)
consumed, the:
214
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 3-short blink
pattern
• Bit 2 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Under kVAR Consumed Trip Delay
Under kVAR Consumed Trip Delay (Parameter 387) allows you to define the
time period an under reactive power (kVAR) consumed condition must be
present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 264 - Under kVAR Consumed Trip Delay (Parameter 387)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
215
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Under kVAR Consumed Trip Level
Under kVAR Consumed Trip Level (Parameter 388) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) consumed at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an under reactive power (kVAR) consumed. It is user-adjustable from
0…2,000,000 kW.
Table 265 - Under kVAR Consumed Trip Level (Parameter 388)
Default Value
0.000
Minimum Value
0.000
Maximum Value
2000000.000
Parameter Type
DINT
Size (Bytes)
4
Scaling Factor
1000
Units
kVAR
IMPORTANT
The Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions
from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of
the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay
does not begin monitoring for an under reactive power (kVAR) consumed
condition until the Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time expires.
Under kVAR Consumed Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under kVAR Consumed
warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Under kVAR Consumed Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Under kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time has expired
• The total reactive power (kVAR) consumed is equal to or less than the
Under kVAR Consumed Warning Level
When the Under kVAR Consumed Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 3-short blink pattern
• Bit 2 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Under kVAR Consumed Warn Level
Under kVAR Consumed Warn Level (Parameter 389) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) consumed at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
indicates a warning. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
216
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 266 - Under kVAR Consumed Warn Level (Parameter 389)
Default Value
0.000
Minimum Value
0.000
Maximum Value
2000000.000
Parameter Type
DINT
Size (Bytes)
4
Scaling Factor
1000
Units
kVAR
IMPORTANT
The Under kVAR Consumed Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Under kVAR consumed Inhibit Time has expired, the Under
kVAR Consumed Warning indication is instantaneous.
Over kVAR ConsumedTrip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over kVAR Consumed
indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Over kVAR Consumed Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time has expired
• The total reactive power (kVAR) consumed is greater than the Over kVAR
Consumed Trip Level for a time period greater than the Over kVAR
Consumed Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over reactive power (kVAR)
consumed, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 4-short blink
pattern
• Bit 3 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
217
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Over kVAR Consumed Trip Delay
Over kVAR Consumed Trip Delay (Parameter 399) allows you to define the time
period an over reactive power (kVAR) consumed condition must be present
before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 267 - Over kVAR Consumed Trip Delay (Parameter 391)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Over kVAR Consumed Trip Level
Over kVAR Consumed Trip Level (Parameter 392) allows you to define the total
reactive power (kVAR) consumed at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on over reactive power (kVAR) consumed. It is user-adjustable from
0…2,000,000 kW.
218
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 268 - Over kVAR Consumed Trip Level (Parameter 392)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR
The Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions
from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of
the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay
does not begin monitoring for an over reactive power (kVAR) consumed
condition until the Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time expires.
Over kVAR Consumed Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kVAR warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Over kVAR Consumed Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time has expired
• The total reactive power (kVAR) consumed is equal to or greater than the
Over kVAR Consumed Warning Level
When the Over kVAR Consumed Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 4-short blink pattern
• Bit 3 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Over kVAR Consumed Warn Level
Over kVAR Consumed Warn Level (Parameter 393) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) consumed at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
indicates a warning. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Table 269 - Over kVAR Consumed Warn Level (Parameter 393)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
219
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Over kVAR Consumed Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Over kVAR Consumed Inhibit Time has expired, the Over kVAR
Consumed Warning indication is instantaneous.
Under kVAR Generated Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under kVAR Generated
indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Under kVAR Generated Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time has expired
• The total reactive power (kVAR) generated is less than the Under
• kVAR Generated Trip Level for a time period greater than the Under
kVAR Generated Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under reactive power (kVAR)
generated, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 5-short blink
pattern
• Bit 4 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
220
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Under kVAR Generated Trip Delay
Under kVAR Generated Trip Delay (Parameter 395) allows you to define the
time period an under reactive power (kVAR) generated condition must be
present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 270 - Under kVAR Generated Trip Delay (Parameter 395)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Under kVAR Generated Trip Level
Under kVAR Generated Trip Level (Parameter 396) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) generated at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an under reactive power (kVAR) generated. It is user-adjustable from
0…2,000,000 kW.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
221
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 271 - Under kVAR Generated Trip Level (Parameter 396)
Default Value
0.000
Minimum Value
0.000
Maximum Value
2000000.000
Parameter Type
DINT
Size (Bytes)
4
Scaling Factor
1000
Units
kVAR
IMPORTANT
The Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions
from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of
the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay
does not begin monitoring for an under reactive power (kVAR) generated
condition until the Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time expires.
Under kVAR Generated Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under kVAR Generated
warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Under kVAR Generated Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Under kVAR Generated Inhibit Time has expired
• The total reactive power (kVAR) generated is equal to or less than the
Under kVAR Generated Warning Level
When the Under kVAR Generated Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 5-short blink pattern
• Bit 4 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Under kVAR Generated Warn Level
Under kVAR Generated Warn Level (Parameter 397) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) generated at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
indicates a warning. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
222
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 272 - Under kVAR Generated Warn Level (Parameter 397)
Default Value
0.000
Minimum Value
0.000
Maximum Value
2000000.000
Parameter Type
DINT
Size (Bytes)
4
Scaling Factor
1000
Units
kVAR
IMPORTANT
The Under kVAR Generated Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Under kVAR generated Inhibit Time has expired, the Under
kVAR Generated Warning indication is instantaneous.
Over kVAR Generated Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over kVAR Generated
indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Over kVAR Generated Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time has expired
• The total reactive power (kVAR) generated is greater than the Over
• kVAR Generated Trip Level for a time period greater than the Over kVAR
Generated Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over reactive power (kVAR)
generated, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 6-short blink
pattern
• Bit 5 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
223
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Over kVAR Generated Trip Delay
Over kVAR Generated Trip Delay (Parameter 399) allows you to define the time
period an over reactive power (kVAR) generated condition must be present
before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 273 - Over kVAR Generated Trip Display (Parameter 399)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Over kVAR Generated Trip Level
Over kVAR Generated Trip Level (Parameter 400) allows you to define the total
reactive power (kVAR) generated at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on over reactive power (kVAR) generated. It is user-adjustable from
0…2,000,000 kW.
224
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 274 - Over kVAR Generated Trip Level (Parameter 400)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR
The Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions
from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of
the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay
does not begin monitoring for an over reactive power (kVAR) generated
condition until the Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time expires.
Over kVAR Generated Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kVAR warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Over kVAR Generated Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time has expired
• The total reactive power (kVAR) generated is equal to or greater than the
Over kVAR Generated Warning Level
When the Over kVAR Generated Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 6-short blink pattern
• Bit 5 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Over kVAR Generated Warn Level
Over kVAR Generated Warn Level (Parameter 401) allows you to define the
reactive power (kVAR) generated at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
indicates a warning. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Table 275 - Over kVAR Generated Warn Level (Parameter 401)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
225
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Over kVAR Generated Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Over kVAR Generated Inhibit Time has expired, the Over kVAR
Generated Warning indication is instantaneous.
Apparent Power (kVA) Protection
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has the capability to help protect against
apparent power (kVA) for specific applications that require the monitoring of
both voltage and current. You can help protect or issue a warning if the apparent
power (kVA) consumption of an electric motor is either too high or too low.
Under kVA Inhibit Time
Under kVA Inhibit Time (Parameter 402) allows you to inhibit an under
apparent power (kVA) trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting
sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 276 - Under kVA Inhibit Time (Parameter 402)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Over kVA Inhibit Time
Over kVA Inhibit Time (Parameter 406) allows you to inhibit an over apparent
power (kVA) trip and warning from occurring during the motor starting
sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 277 - Over kVA Inhibit Time (Parameter 406)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Under kVA Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under kVA indication if:
226
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
•
•
•
•
•
•
Chapter 6
No trip currently exists
Under kVA Trip is enabled
Current is present
Voltage is present
Under kVA Inhibit Time has expired
The total apparent power (kVA) is less than the Under kVA Trip Level for
a time period greater than the Under kVA Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under apparent power (kVA),
the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 7-short blink
pattern
• Bit 6 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Under kVA Trip Delay
Under kVA Trip Delay (Parameter 403) allows you to define the time period an
under apparent power (kVA) condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
227
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 278 - Under kVA Trip Delay (Parameter 403)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Under kVA Trip Level
Under kVA Trip Level (Parameter 404) allows you to define the apparent power
(kVA) at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under apparent
power (kVA). It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kVA.
Table 279 - Under kVA Trip Level (Parameter 404)
Default Value
0.000
Minimum Value
0.000
Maximum Value
2,000,000.000
Parameter Type
DINT
Size (Bytes)
4
Scaling Factor
1000
Units
kVA
IMPORTANT
The Under kVA Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V to
20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the
minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does
not begin monitoring for an under apparent power (kVA) condition until the
Under kVA Inhibit Time expires.
Under kVA Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under kVA warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Under kVA Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Under kVA Inhibit Time has expired
• The total apparent power (kVA) is equal to or less than the Under kVA
Warning Level
When the Under kVA Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 7-short blink pattern
• Bit 6 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
228
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Under kVA Warn Level
Under kVA Warn Level (Parameter 405) allows you to define the apparent power
(kVA) at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is
user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kVA.
Table 280 - Under kVA Warn Level (Parameter 405)
Default Value
0.000
Minimum Value
0.000
Maximum Value
2,000,000.000
Parameter Type
DINT
Size (Bytes)
4
Scaling Factor
1000
Units
kVA
IMPORTANT
The Under kVA Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once
the Under kVA Inhibit Time has expired, the Under kVA Warning indication is
instantaneous.
Over kVA Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over kVA indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Over kVA Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over kVA Inhibit Time has expired
• The total apparent power (kVA) is greater than the Over kVA Trip Level
for a time period greater than the Over kVA Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over apparent power (kVA),
the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 8-short blink
pattern
• Bit 7 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
229
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Over kVA Trip Delay
Over kVA Trip Delay (Parameter 407) allows you to define the time period an
over apparent power (kVA) condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is
adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 281 - Over kVA Trip Delay (Parameter 407)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Over kVA Trip Level
Over kVA Trip Level (Parameter 408) allows you to define the total apparent
power (kVA) at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on over apparent
power (kVA). It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kVA.
230
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 282 - Over kVA Trip Level (Parameter 408)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
0.000
0.000
2,000,000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA
The Over kVA Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage transitions from 0V to
20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30% of the
minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay does
not begin monitoring for an over apparent power (kVA) condition until the
Over kVA Inhibit Time expires.
Over kVA Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kVA warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Over kVA Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over kVA Inhibit Time has expired
• The total apparent power (kVA) is equal to or greater than the Over kVA
Warning Level
When the Over kVA Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 8-short blink pattern
• Bit 7 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Over kVA Warn Level
Over kVA Warn Level (Parameter 409) allows you to define the apparent power
(kVA) at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a warning. It is
user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kVA.
Table 283 - Over kVA Warn Level (Parameter 409)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
0.000
2,000,000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
231
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Over kVA Warning function does not include a time delay feature. Once the
Over kVA Inhibit Time has expired, the Over kVA Warning indication is
instantaneous.
Power Factor Protection
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has the capability to help protect against
power factor for specific applications that require the monitoring of both voltage
and current. You can help protect or issue a warning if the power factor of an
electric motor is either too high or too low.
Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time
Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time (Parameter 410) allows you to inhibit
an under power factor lagging trip and warning from occurring during the motor
starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 284 - Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time (Parameter 410)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time
Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time (Parameter 414) allows you to inhibit
an over power factor lagging trip and warning from occurring during the motor
starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 285 - Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time (Parameter 414)
Default Value
232
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time
Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time (Parameter 418) allows you to inhibit
an under power factor leading trip and warning from occurring during the motor
starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 286 - Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time (Parameter 418)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time
Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time (Parameter 422) allows you to inhibit
an over power factor leading trip and warning from occurring during the motor
starting sequence. It is adjustable from 0…250 seconds.
Table 287 - Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time (Parameter 422)
Default Value
10
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
250
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Under Power Factor Lagging Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under Power Factor Lagging
indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Under Power Factor Lagging Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired
• The total power factor lagging is less than the Under Power Factor Lagging
Trip Level for a time period greater than the Under Power Factor Lagging
Trip Delay.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
233
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under power factor lagging,
the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 9-short blink
pattern
• Bit 8 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay
Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay (Parameter 411) allows you to define the
time period an under power factor lagging condition must be present before a trip
occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 288 - Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay (Parameter 411)
234
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Level
Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Level (Parameter 412) allows you to define the
power factor lagging at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an
under power factor lagging. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Table 289 - Under Power Factor Lagging Trip Level (Parameter 412)
Default Value
-90
Minimum Value
-100
Maximum Value
0
Parameter Type
SINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%
IMPORTANT
The Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage
transitions from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A
to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay does not begin monitoring for an under power factor lagging condition
until the Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time expires.
Under Power Factor Lagging Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under Power Factor Lagging
warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Under Power Factor Lagging Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired
• The total power factor lagging is equal to or less than the Under Power
Factor Lagging Warning Level
When the Under Power Factor Lagging Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 9-short blink pattern
• Bit 8 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Under Power Factor Lagging Warn Level
Under Power Factor Lagging Warn Level (Parameter 413) allows you to define
the power factor lagging at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a
warning. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
235
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 290 - Under Power Factor Lagging Warn Level (Parameter 413)
Default Value
-95
Minimum Value
-100
Maximum Value
0
Parameter Type
SINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%
IMPORTANT
The Under Power Factor Lagging Warning function does not include a time
delay feature. Once the Under Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired,
the Under Power Factor Lagging Warning indication is instantaneous.
Over Power Factor Lagging Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over Power Factor Lagging
indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Over Power Factor Lagging Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired
• The total power factor lagging is greater than the Over Power Factor
Lagging Trip Level for a time period greater than the Over Power Factor
Lagging Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over power factor lagging, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 10-short blink
pattern
• Bit 9 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
236
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay
Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay (Parameter 415) allows you to define the
time period an over power factor lagging condition must be present before a trip
occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 291 - Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Delay (Parameter 415)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Level
Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Level (Parameter 416) allows you to define the
total power factor lagging at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on
over power factor lagging. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
237
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 292 - Over Power Factor Lagging Trip Level (Parameter 416)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
-95
-100
0
SINT
1
1
%
The Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage
transitions from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A
to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay does not begin monitoring for an over power factor lagging condition
until the Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time expires.
Over Power Factor Lagging Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kVAR warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Over Power Factor Lagging Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired
• The total power factor lagging is equal to or greater than the Over Power
Factor Lagging Warning Level
When the Over Power Factor Lagging Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 10-short blink pattern
• Bit 9 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Over Power Factor Lagging Warn Level
Over Power Factor Lagging Warn Level (Parameter 417) allows you to define the
power factor lagging at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a
warning. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Table 293 - Over Power Factor Lagging Warn Level (Parameter 417)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
238
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
-90
-100
0
SINT
1
1
%
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Over Power Factor Lagging Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Over Power Factor Lagging Inhibit Time has expired, the Over
Power Factor Lagging Warning indication is instantaneous.
Under Power Factor Leading Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Under Power Factor Leading
indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Under Power Factor Leading Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired
• The total power factor leading is less than the Under Power Factor Leading
Trip Level for a time period greater than the Under Power Factor Leading
Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an under power factor leading,
the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 11-short blink
pattern
• Bit 10 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
239
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Under Power Factor Leading Trip Delay
Under Power Factor Leading Trip Delay (Parameter 419) allows you to define the
time period an under power factor leading condition must be present before a
trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 294 - Under Power Factor Leading Trip Delay (Parameter 419)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Under Power Factor Leading Trip Level
Under Power Factor Leading Trip Level (Parameter 420) allows you to define the
power factor leading at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an
under power factor leading. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
240
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 295 - Under Power Factor Leading Trip Level (Parameter 420)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
90
100
0
USINT
1
1
%
The Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage
transitions from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A
to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay does not begin monitoring for an under power factor leading condition
until the Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time expires.
Under Power Factor Leading Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Under Power Factor Leading
warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Under Power Factor Leading Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired
• The total power factor leading is equal to or less than the Under Power
Factor Leading Warning Level
When the Under Power Factor Leading Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 11-short blink pattern
• Bit 10 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Under Power Factor Leading Warn Level
Under Power Factor Leading Warn Level (Parameter 421) allows you to define
the power factor leading at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a
warning. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
241
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 296 - Under Power Factor Leading Warn Level (Parameter 421)
Default Value
95
Minimum Value
100
Maximum Value
0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
%
IMPORTANT
The Under Power Factor Leading Warning function does not include a time
delay feature. Once the Under Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired,
the Under Power Factor Leading Warning indication is instantaneous.
Over Power Factor Leading Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Over Power Factor Leading
indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Over Power Factor Leading Trip is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired
• The total power factor leading is greater than the Over Power Factor
Leading Trip Level for a time period greater than the Over Power Factor
Leading Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an over power factor leading, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 2-long / 12-short blink
pattern
• Bit 11 in Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
242
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Over Power Factor Leading Trip Delay
Over Power Factor Leading Trip Delay (Parameter 423) allows you to define the
time period an over power factor leading condition must be present before a trip
occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 297 - Over Power Factor Leading Trip Delay (Parameter 423)
Default Value
1.0
Minimum Value
0.1
Maximum Value
25.0
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
10
Units
Seconds
Over Power Factor Leading Trip Level
Over Power Factor Leading Trip Level (Parameter 424) allows you to define the
total power factor leading at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on
over power factor leading. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
243
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 298 - Over Power Factor Leading Trip Level (Parameter 424)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
IMPORTANT
95
100
0
USINT
1
1
%
The Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time starts after a phase voltage
transitions from 0V to 20V L-L and a phase of load current transitions from 0 A
to 30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay does not begin monitoring for an over power factor leading condition
until the Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time expires.
Over Power Factor Leading Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Over kVAR warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Over Power Factor Leading Warning is enabled
• Current is present
• Voltage is present
• Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired
• The total power factor leading is equal to or greater than the Over Power
Factor Leading Warning Level
When the Over Power Factor Leading Warning conditions are satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 2-long / 12-short blink pattern
• Bit 11 in Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Over Power Factor Leading Warn Level
Over Power Factor Leading Warn Level (Parameter 425) allows you to define the
power factor leading at which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates a
warning. It is user-adjustable from 0…2,000,000 kW.
Table 299 - Over Power Factor Leading Warn Level (Parameter 425)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
244
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
90
100
0
USINT
1
1
%
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
I
IMPORTANT
The Over Power Factor Leading Warning function does not include a time delay
feature. Once the Over Power Factor Leading Inhibit Time has expired, the Over
Power Factor Leading Warning indication is instantaneous.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides a number of control-based
protection functions including:
• Test Trip
• Operator Station Trip
• Remote Trip
• Start Inhibit
• Preventive Maintenance
• Configuration Trip
• Option Match Trip/Warning
• Expansion Bus Trip/Warning
• Non Volatile Storage Trip
• Test Mode Trip
Control-Based Protection
Control Trip Enable (Parameter 186) and Control Warning Enable (Parameter
192) are used to enable the respective control-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 300 - Control Trip Enable (Parameter 186)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Test Trip Enable
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PTC Trip Enable
DeviceLogix Trip Enable
Operator Station Trip Enable
Remote Trip Enable
Blocked Start Trip Enable
Hardware Fault Trip Enable
Configuration Trip Enable
Option Match Trip Enable
Feedback Timeout Trip Enable
Expansion Bus Trip Enable
Reserved
Reserved
X
X
Nonvolatile Memory Trip Enable
Test Mode Trip Enable
Reserved
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
245
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) and Control Warning Status (Parameter 13)
are used to monitor the respective current-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 301 - Control Warning Enable (Parameter 192)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
Reserved
Reserved
X
DeviceLogix Warning Enable
X
Operator Station Warning Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
X
Option Match Warning Enable
X
Feedback Timeout Warning Enable
X
Expansion Bus Warning Enable
X
Number Of Starts Warning Enable
X
Operating Hours Warning Enable
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Table 302 - Control Trip Status (Parameter 7)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
X Test Trip
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PTC Trip
DeviceLogix Trip
Operator Station Trip
Remote Trip
Blocked Start Trip
Hardware Fault Trip
Configuration Trip
Option Match Trip
Feedback Timeout Trip
Expansion Bus Trip
Reserved
Reserved
X
X
Nonvolatile Memory Trip
Test Mode Trip
Reserved
246
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 303 - Control Warning Status (Parameter 13)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Function
Reserved
X
X
X
PTC Warning
DeviceLogix Warning
Operator Station Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
X
X
X
X
X
Option Match Warning
Feedback Timeout Warning
Expansion Bus Warning
Number Of Starts Warning
Operating Hours Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Test Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides the capability to put the overload
relay into a Test Trip state. You can implement this feature when commissioning a
motor control circuit to verify the response of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay, its associated Expansion I/O modules, and the networked automation
system.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a test trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Test Trip protection is enabled
• You press the blue reset button on the Communication Module for more
than 3 seconds.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a test trip, the following occurs:
• The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 1-short blink pattern
• Bit 0 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
247
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Operator Station Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides the capability to plug and play its
optional operator stations. The operator station protection feature trips the E300
Electronic Overload Relay when you press the red O (stop) button. This feature
is a failsafe mechanism to allow you to de-energize a contactor coil anytime the
red O (stop) button is pressed.
Operator Station Trip should be disabled when an operator station is being used
to send start and stop signals to an automation control system.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an operator station trip
indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Operator Station Trip is enabled
• You press the red O button on an operator station
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an operator station trip, the
following occurs:
• The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 4-short blink pattern
• Bit 3 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
248
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Remote Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides the capability to remotely cause
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay to trip via a network command or assigned
digital input on the Control Module (see Chapter 4 for digital input
assignments). This feature allows the capability of tripping the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay from a remote source such as a vibration switch or external
monitoring relay.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a remote trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Remote Trip is enabled
• A Control Module’s digital input with a remote trip assignment is
activated or the Communication Module receives a remote trip command
from the communications network
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a remote trip, the following
occurs:
• The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 5-short blink pattern
• Bit 4 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
249
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Start Inhibit Protection
This protective function allows you to limit the number of starts in a given time
period and limit the operating hours for an electric motor. A start is defined as
the E300 Electronic Overload Relay sensing a transition in current from 0 A to
30% of the minimum FLA rating of the device. The Blocked Start protective
function is set by Starts Per Hour (Parameter 205) and/or Starts Interval
(Parameter 206).
Blocked Start Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a blocked start trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Blocked Start Trip is enabled
• The number of starts within the past hour equals the value set in Starts Per
Hour (Parameter 205)
• The time between starts is less than the value set in Starts Interval
(Parameter 206)
250
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a blocked start trip, the following
occurs:
• The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 6-short blink pattern
• Bit 5 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Starts Per Hour
Starts Per Hour (Parameter 205) is the number of starts within the last hour (60
minutes). This value is adjustable from 0…120 starts.
Table 304 - Starts Per Hour (Parameter 205)
Default Value
2
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
120
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
251
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Starts Interval
Starts Interval (Parameter 206) is the time that you must wait between starts.
This value is adjustable from 0…3600 seconds.
Table 305 - Starts Interval (Parameter 206)
Default Value
600
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
3600
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Starts Available
Starts Available (Parameter 30) reports the number of starts currently available
based on the blocked start settings and the actual motor starting events.
Table 306 - Starts Available (Parameter 30)
Default Value
0
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
120
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Time to Start
Time to Start (Parameter 31) reports the amount of the time remaining until a
new start can be issued. If the Time to Start time has elapsed, this parameter
reports zero until the next Blocked Start trip occurs.
Table 307 - Time to Start (Parameter 31)
Default Value
252
0
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
3600
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Seconds
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Preventive Maintenance
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay offers preventive maintenance warnings
based on the number of start cycles and the number of operating hours. These
warnings can be used to alert you that the number of starts or number of
operating hours has been reached, and it is time to perform preventive
maintenance.
Number of Starts Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay warns with a number of starts warning
indication if:
• No warning currently exists
• Number of Starts Warning is enabled
• The value in Starts Counter (Parameter 29) is greater than the value set in
Total Starts (Parameter 207)
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay warns on a number of starts warning, the
following occurs:
• The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 12-short blink pattern
• Bit 11 in Control Warning Status (Parameter 13) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Total Starts
Total Starts (Parameter 207) allows you to set the number starts until the starts
counter warning occurs.
Table 308 - Total Starts (Parameter 207)
Default Value
0
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
65535
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Starts Counter
Starts Counter (Parameter 29) represents the number of times a motor has been
started. This value can be reset to zero using the Clear Command (Parameter
165) function Clear Operating Statistics.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
253
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 309 - Starts Counter (Parameter 29)
Default Value
0
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
65535
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Operating Hours Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay warns with an operating hours warning
indication if:
• No warning currently exists
• Operating Hours Warning is enabled
• The value in Operating Time (Parameter 28) is greater than the value set
in Total Operating Hours (Parameter 208)
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay warns on an operating hours warning, the
following occurs:
• The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 13-short blink pattern
• Bit 12 in Control Warning Status (Parameter 13) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Total Operating Hours
Total Operating Hours (Parameter 208) allows you to set the number operating
hours that a motor can operate until the operating hours warning occurs.
Table 310 - Total Operating Hours (Parameter 208)
Default Value
0
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
65535
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Hours
Operating Time
Operating Time (Parameter 28) represents the number hours that a motor has
been running. This value can be reset to zero using the Clear Command
(Parameter 165) function Clear Operating Statistics.
254
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 311 - Operating Time (Parameter 28)
Default Value
0
Minimum Value
0
Maximum Value
65535
Parameter Type
UINT
Size (Bytes)
2
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Hours
Hardware Fault
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay continuously monitors the status of the
Control, Sensing, and Communication Modules. The E300 Electronic Overload
Relay issues a hardware fault trip if there is an issue with the Control, Sensing,
and Communications Modules or if one of the modules is missing or
incompatible. The Hardware Fault Trip is always enabled.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a hardware fault trip indication
if:
• No trip currently exists
• Hardware Fault Trip is enabled
• An issue exists between the Control Module, Sensing Module, and/or
Communication Module
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a hardware fault trip, the
following occurs:
• The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 7-short blink pattern
• Bit 6 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
255
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Configuration Trip
See Invalid Configuration Mode in Chapter 4 for more information on
Configuration Trip.
Option Match
See Option Match in Chapter 4 for more information on Option Match Trip and
Warning.
Expansion Bus Fault
See Expansion Bus Fault in Chapter 4 for more information on Expansion Bus
Trip and Warning.
Nonvolatile Storage Fault
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay continuously monitors the status of its
nonvolatile storage. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay issues a nonvolatile
storage fault trip if there is an issue with its nonvolatile storage or if it becomes
corrupt. The Nonvolatile Storage Fault Trip is always enabled.
256
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a hardware fault trip indication
if:
• No trip currently exists
• Nonvolatile Storage Fault Trip is enabled
• An issue exists in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s nonvolatile storage
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a nonvolatile storage fault trip, the
following occurs:
• The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 14-short blink pattern
• Bit 13 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Test Mode Trip
Some motor control center enclosures include a Test Position in which the motor
power is disconnected from the enclosure, but the control power is still active.
This allows motor control center commissioning staff to verify that the motor
starter is mechanically working and communications are established with the
automation control system. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides the
capability to put the overload relay into a Test Mode Trip state if motor control
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
257
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
center enclosure is in a test position, and the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
detects motor current and/or voltage is present.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with a test mode trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists.
• Test Mode Trip protection is enabled.
• The digital input that is assigned to read the Test Position feedback is
active. See Input Assignments (Parameters 196…201) in Chapter 4.
• Motor current and/or voltage is present.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on a test mode trip, the following
occurs:
• The TRIP/WARN LED flashes a red 3-long / 15-short blink pattern
• Bit 14 in Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
258
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
IMPORTANT
Motor current is detected when a phase of load current transitions from 0 A to
30% of the minimum FLA setting of the device
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s Analog I/O Expansion Modules scan up
to three analog signals per module. This information can be used to trigger an
over analog level Trip or Warning. The analog-based protection features can be
used with the following analog applications:
• Monitoring motor winding and bearing temperatures that are measured by
RTD sensors
• Monitoring liquid, air, or steam flow
• Monitoring temperature
• Monitoring weight
• Monitoring levels
• Monitoring a potentiometer
• Monitoring PTC or NTC thermistor sensors
Analog-based Protection
Analog Trip Enable (Parameter 187) and Analog Warning Enable (Parameter
193) are used to enable the respective analog-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 312 - Analog Trip Enable (Parameter 187)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Trip
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Trip
В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Trip
В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Trip
В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Trip
В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Trip
В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Trip
В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Trip
В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Trip
В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Trip
В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Trip
В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Trip
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Function
259
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 313 - Analog Warning Enable (Parameter 193)
Bit
15
В В В В В В В В В В В В 14
В В В В В В В В В В В В 13
В В В В В В В В В В В В 12
В В В В В В В В В В В В 11
В В В В В В В В В В В X
10
В В В В В В В В В В X
В 9
В В В В В В В В В X
В В 8
В В В В В В В В X
В В В 7
В В В В В В В X
В В В В 6
В В В В В В X
В В В В В 5
В В В В В X
В В В В В В 4
В В В В X
В В В В В В В 3
В В В X
В В В В В В В В 2
В В X
В В В В В В В В В 1
В X
В В В В В В В В В В 0
X
В В В В В В В В В В В Function
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) and Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) are
used to monitor the respective analog-based protective trip and warning
functions.
Table 314 - Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8)
Bit
260
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Trip
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Trip
В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Trip
В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Trip
В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Trip
В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Trip
В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Trip
В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Trip
В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Trip
В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Trip
В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Trip
В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Trip
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Function
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 315 - Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14)
Bit
15
В В В В В В В В В В В В 14
В В В В В В В В В В В В 13
В В В В В В В В В В В В 12
В В В В В В В В В В В В 11
В В В В В В В В В В В X
10
В В В В В В В В В В X
В 9
В В В В В В В В В X
В В 8
В В В В В В В В X
В В В 7
В В В В В В В X
В В В В 6
В В В В В В X
В В В В В 5
В В В В В X
В В В В В В 4
В В В В X
В В В В В В В 3
В В В X
В В В В В В В В 2
В В X
В В В В В В В В В 1
В X
В В В В В В В В В В 0
X
В В В В В В В В В В В Function
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 1
The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module scans up to three analog signals. An
over level trip or warning can be configured for each input channel.
Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 1 – Channel
00 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip is enabled
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 1 –
Channel 00 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 1
– Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 – Channel
00 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 1-short blink
pattern
• Bit 0 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
261
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 443) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0
seconds.
Table 316 - Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 443)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Trip Level
Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 444) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
262
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 317 - Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 444)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 1 – Channel
00 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 1 – Channel 00 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 1-short blink pattern
• Bit 0 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Warning Level
Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 445) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
Table 318 - Analog Module 1 – Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 445)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 1 – Channel
01 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip is enabled
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
263
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 1 –
Channel 01 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 1
– Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 – Channel
01 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 2-short blink
pattern
• Bit 1 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 452) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0
seconds.
264
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 319 - Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 452)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Trip Level
Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 453) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
Table 320 - Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 453)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 1 – Channel
01 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 1 – Channel 01 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 2-short blink pattern
• Bit 1 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Warning Level
Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 454) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
265
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 321 - Analog Module 1 – Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 454)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 1 – Channel
02 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip is enabled
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 1 –
Channel 02 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 1
– Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 – Channel
02 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 3-short blink
pattern
• Bit 2 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
266
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 461) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 322 - Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 461)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Trip Level
Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 462) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
267
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 323 - Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 462)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 1 – Channel
02 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 1 – Channel 02 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 3-short blink pattern
• Bit 2 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Warning Level
Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 463) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
Table 324 - Analog Module 1 – Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 463)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
В Analog Module 2
The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module scans up to three analog signals. An
over level trip or warning can be configured for each input channel.
268
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 2 – Channel
00 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip is enabled
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 2 –
Channel 00 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 2
– Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 – Channel
00 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 4-short blink
pattern
• Bit 3 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 474) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Over Level
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
269
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0
seconds.
Table 325 - Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 474)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Trip Level
Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 475) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
Table 326 - Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 475)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 2 – Channel
00 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 2 – Channel 00 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 4-short blink pattern
• Bit 3 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Warning Level
Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 476) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
270
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
Table 327 - Analog Module 2 – Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 476)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 2 – Channel
01 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip is enabled
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 2 –
Channel 01 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 2
– Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 – Channel
01 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 5-short blink
pattern
• Bit 1 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 4 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
271
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 483) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.1…25.0 seconds.
Table 328 - Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 483)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Trip Level
Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 484) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
272
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 329 - Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 484)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 2 – Channel
01 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 2 – Channel 01 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 5-short blink pattern
• Bit 4 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Warning Level
Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 485) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
Table 330 - Analog Module 2 – Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 485)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 2 – Channel
02 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip is enabled
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
273
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 2 –
Channel 02 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 2
– Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 – Channel
02 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 6-short blink
pattern
• Bit 5 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 492) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from
0.1…25.0 seconds.
274
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 331 - Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 492)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Trip Level
Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 493) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
Table 332 - Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 493)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 2 – Channel
02 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 2 – Channel 02 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 6-short blink pattern
• Bit 5 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Warning Level
Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 494) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
275
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 333 - Analog Module 2 – Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 494)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
В Analog Module 3
The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module scans up to three analog signals. An
over level trip or warning can be configured for each input channel.
Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 3 – Channel
00 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip is enabled
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 3 –
Channel 00 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 3
– Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 – Channel
00 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 7-short blink
pattern
• Bit 6 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
276
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 505) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0
seconds.
Table 334 - Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 505)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Trip Level
Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 506) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
277
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 335 - Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 506)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 3 – Channel
00 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 3 – Channel 00 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 7-short blink pattern
• Bit 6 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Warning Level
Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 507) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
Table 336 - Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 507)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 3 – Channel
01 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip is enabled
278
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 3 –
Channel 01 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 3
– Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 – Channel
01 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 8-short blink
pattern
• Bit 7 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 514) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0
seconds.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
279
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 337 - Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 514)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Trip Level
Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 515) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
Table 338 - Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 515)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 3 – Channel
01 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 3 – Channel 01 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 8-short blink pattern
• Bit 7 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Warning Level
Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 516) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
280
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 339 - Analog Module 3 – Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 516)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 3 – Channel
02 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip is enabled
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 3 –
Channel 02 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 3
– Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 – Channel
02 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 9-short blink
pattern
• Bit 8 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
281
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 523) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0
seconds.
Table 340 - Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 523)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Trip Level
Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 524) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
282
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Table 341 - Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 524)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 3 – Channel
02 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 3 – Channel 02 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 9-short blink pattern
• Bit 8 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Warning Level
Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 525) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
Table 342 - Analog Module 3 – Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 525)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
В Analog Module 4
The E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module scans up to three analog signals. An
over level trip or warning can be configured for each input channel.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
283
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 4 – Channel
00 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip is enabled
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 4 –
Channel 00 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 4
– Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 – Channel
00 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 10-short blink
pattern
• Bit 9 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 536) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Over Level
284
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0
seconds.
Table 343 - Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 536)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Trip Level
Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 537) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
Table 344 - Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Trip Level (Parameter 537)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 4 – Channel
00 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 3 – Channel 00 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 3 – Channel 00 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 10-short blink pattern
• Bit 9 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm closes
Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Warning Level
Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 538) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
285
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
Table 345 - Analog Module 4 – Channel 00 Warning Level (Parameter 538)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 4 – Channel
01 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip is enabled
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 4 –
Channel 01 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 4
– Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 – Channel
01 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 11-short blink
pattern
• Bit 10 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
286
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
IMPORTANT
Chapter 6
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 545) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0
seconds.
Table 346 - Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 545)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Trip Level
Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 546) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
287
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 347 - Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Trip Level (Parameter 546)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 4 – Channel
01 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 4 – Channel 01 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 11-short blink pattern
• Bit 10 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Warning Level
Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 547) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
Table 348 - Analog Module 4 – Channel 01 Warning Level (Parameter 547)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips with an Analog Module 4 – Channel
02 Over Level Trip indication if:
• No trip currently exists
• Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip is enabled
288
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
• The measured analog input signal is greater than the Analog Module 4 –
Channel 02 Trip Level for a time period greater than the Analog Module 4
– Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay.
If the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 – Channel
02 Over Level, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED status indicator flashes a red 4-long / 12-short blink
pattern
• Bit 11 in Analog Trip Status (Parameter 8) sets to 1
• Bit 0 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Control Relay open
• Any relay outputs configured as a Trip Alarm close
• Any relay outputs configured as a Normal Relay are placed in their
Protection Fault state (if so programmed)
IMPORTANT
The Protection Fault State of Relay 0, Relay 1, Relay 2, Digital Module 1 Output
Relays, Digital Module 2 Output Relays, Digital Module 3 Output Relays, and
Digital Module 4 Output Relays are defined by the respective parameters:
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 304)
• Output PT00 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 305)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 310)
• Output PT01 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 311)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 316)
• Output PT02 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 317)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 322)
• Output Digital Module 1 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 323)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 328)
• Output Digital Module 2 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 329)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 334)
• Output Digital Module 3 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 335)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Action (Parameter 340)
• Output Digital Module 4 Protection Fault Value (Parameter 342)
Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay
Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 554) allows
you to define the time period an Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Over Level
condition must be present before a trip occurs. It is adjustable from 0.1…25.0
seconds.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
289
Chapter 6
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Table 349 - Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Over Level Trip Delay (Parameter 554)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
1.0
0.1
25.0
USINT
1
10
Seconds
Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Trip Level
Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 555) allows you to define
the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
trips on an Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Over Level trip. It is user-adjustable
from -32768…+32767.
Table 350 - Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Trip Level (Parameter 555)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay indicates an Analog Module 4 – Channel
02 Over Level warning if:
• No warning currently exists
• Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning is enabled
• The maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the Analog
Module 4 – Channel 02 Warning Level
When the Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Over Level Warning conditions are
satisfied, the:
• TRIP/WARN LED flashes a yellow 4-long / 12-short blink pattern
• Bit 11 in Analog Warning Status (Parameter 14) sets to 1
• Bit 1 in Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) sets to 1
• Any relay outputs configured as a Warning Alarm close
290
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Chapter 6
Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Warning Level
Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 556) allows you to
define the magnitude of the analog signal in which the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay trips on an Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Over Level warning. It is useradjustable from -32768…+32767.
Table 351 - Analog Module 4 – Channel 02 Warning Level (Parameter 556)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
В Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
291
Chapter 6
292
Protective Trip and Warning Functions
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Chapter
7
Commands
Introduction
This chapter provides detailed information aboutthe resetting, clearing, and preconfiguration functions of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. The E300
Electronic Overload Relay provides three types of commands:
• Trip reset
• Configuration preset
• Clear command
Trip Reset
Trip Reset (Parameter 163) allows you to reset an E300 Electronic Overload
Relay when it is in a tripped state. Trip Reset has the same functionality as
pressing the blue reset button on E300 communication module and using the
Trip Reset bit in the consumed output assemblies of a communications network.
A trip reset can only be performed when all conditions for the trip event have
been cleared. For an overload trip event, the % Thermal Capacity Utilized
(Parameter 1) must be below the value that is specified in Overload Reset Level
(Parameter 174).
Table 352 - Trip Reset (Parameter 163)
Default Value
0 = Ready
Range
0 = Ready
1 = Trip Reset
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Configuration Preset
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has a number of preset configurations that
allow you to quickly configure all of the configuration parameters that are needed
for a specific operating mode in one command. This also allows you to restore the
factory default values for all configuration parameters in the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
293
Chapter 7
Commands
Table 353 - Config Preset (Parameter 164)
Default Value
0 = Ready
Range
0 = Ready
1 = Factory Defaults
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
The following pages list the available configuration presets and the values for the
associated pre-configured configuration values.
Factory Defaults
When the Factory Defaults configuration preset command is selected, the E300
Electronic Overload Relay restores all configuration parameters back to their
original factory default values.
Figure 48 - Factory Default Values
Number Parameter Name
139
TripHistoryMaskI
Default Units
Value
0xFFFF
Number Parameter Name
304
OutPt00PrFltAct
140
TripHistoryMaskV
0x003F
305
OutPt00PrFltVal
141
TripHistoryMaskP
0x0FFF
306
OutPt00ComFltAct
142
TripHistoryMaskC
0x27FF
307
OutPt00ComFltVal
143
TripHistoryMaskA
0x0FFF
308
OutPt00ComIdlAct
145
WarnHistoryMaskI
0xFFFF
309
OutPt00ComIdlVal
146
WarnHistoryMaskV
0x003F
310
OutPt01PrFltAct
147
WarnHistoryMaskP
0x0FFF
311
OutPt01PrFltVal
148
WarnHistoryMaskC
0x1FFF
312
OutPt01ComFltAct
149
WarnHistoryMaskA
0x0FFF
171
FLASetting
0.50
172
173
174
Default Units
Value
Goto
Value
Open
Number Parameter Name
428
Screen1Param1
Default
Value
1
429
Screen1Param2
50
Goto
Value
Open
430
Screen2Param1
2
431
Screen2Param2
3
Goto
Value
Open
432
Screen3Param1
51
433
Screen3Param2
52
Goto
Value
Open
434
Screen4Param1
38
435
Screen4Param2
39
Goto
Value
436
DisplayTimeout
300
Second
s
313
OutPt01ComFltVal
Open
437
InAnMod1Ch00Type
Disable
Amps
314
OutPt01ComIdlAct
438
InAMod1Ch0Format
Eng Units
TripClass
10
315
OutPt01ComIdlVal
Goto
Value
Open
439
InAMod1C0TmpUnit
Degrees C
OLPTCResetMode
316
OutPt02PrFltAct
InAMod1C0FiltFrq
17 Hz
317
OutPt02PrFltVal
Goto
Value
Open
440
OLResetLevel
Automati
c
75
%TCU
441
InAMod1C0OpCktSt
Upscale
175
OLWarningLevel
85
318
OutPt02ComFltAct
442
InAnMod1Ch0RTDEn
3-Wire
176
SingleOrThreePh
Three
Phase
319
OutPt02ComFltVal
Goto
Value
Open
443
InAMod1C0TripDly
1.0
177
FLA2Setting
0.50
183
TripEnableI
0x0003
294
%TCU
Units
Second
s
Amps
320
OutPt02ComIdlAct
321
OutPt02ComIdlVal
Goto
Value
Open
444
InAMod1C0TripLvl
0
445
InAMod1C0WarnLvl
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Commands
Number Parameter Name
184
TripEnableV
Default Units
Value
0
Number Parameter Name
322
OutDig1PrFltAct
185
TripEnableP
0
323
OutDig1PrFltVal
186
TripEnableC
0x20C9
324
OutDig1ComFltAct
187
TripEnableA
0
325
OutDig1ComFltVal
189
WarningEnableI
0
326
OutDig1ComIdlAct
190
WarningEnableV
0
327
OutDig1ComIdlVal
191
WarningEnableP
0
328
OutDigp2PrFltAct
Default Units
Value
Goto
Value
Open
Number Parameter Name
InAnMod1Ch01Type
Default
Value
Disable
Goto
Value
Open
447
InAMod1Ch1Format
Eng Units
448
InAMod1C1TmpUnit
Degrees C
449
InAMod1C1FiltFrq
17 Hz
Goto
Value
Open
450
InAMod1C1OpCktSt
Upscale
451
InAnMod1Ch1RTDEn
3-Wire
Goto
Value
452
InAMod1C1TripDly
1.0
446
Chapter 7
Units
Second
s
192
WarningEnableC
0
329
OutDig2PrFltVal
Open
453
InAMod1C1TripLvl
0
193
WarningEnableA
0
330
OutDig2ComFltAct
454
InAMod1C1WarnLvl
0
195
SetOperatingMode
331
OutDig2ComFltVal
455
InAnMod1Ch02Type
Disable
196
InPt00Assignment
Net
Overload
Normal
Goto
Value
Open
332
OutDig2ComIdlAct
456
InAMod1Ch2Format
Eng Units
197
InPt01Assignment
Normal
333
OutDig2ComIdlVal
Goto
Value
Open
457
InAMod1C2TmpUnit
Degrees C
198
InPt02Assignment
Normal
334
OutDig3PrFltAct
458
InAMod1C2FiltFrq
17 Hz
199
InPt03Assignment
Normal
335
OutDig3PrFltVal
Goto
Value
Open
459
InAMod1C2OpCktSt
Upscale
200
InPt04Assignment
Normal
336
OutDig3ComFltAct
460
InAnMod1Ch2RTDEn
3-Wire
201
InPt05Assignment
Normal
337
OutDig3ComFltVal
461
InAMod1C2TripDly
1.0
Goto
Value
Open
Second
s
202
OutPt0Assignment *
Trip Relay
338
OuDig3ComIdlAct
Goto
Value
Open
462
InAMod1C2TripLvl
0
203
OutPt1Assignment
Normal
339
OutDig3ComIdlVal
463
InAMod1C2WarnLvl
0
204
OutPt2Assignment
Normal
340
OutDig4PrFltAct
Goto
Value
Open
464
OutAnMod1Type
Disable
205
StartsPerHour
2
341
OutDig4PrFltVal
465
OutAnMod1Select
Ave %FLA
206
StartsInterval
600
342
OutDig4ComFltAct
Goto
Value
466
OutAnMod1FltActn
Zero
343
OutDig4ComFltVal
Open
467
OutAnMod1IdlActn
Zero
344
OutDig4ComIdlAct
468
InAnMod2Ch00Type
Disable
469
InAMod2Ch0Format
Eng Units
Second
s
207
PMTotalStarts
0
208
PMOperatingHours
0
209
ActFLA2wOutput
Disable
345
OutDig4ComIdlVal
Goto
Value
Open
211
SecurityPolicy
0x801F
346
CommOverride
Disable
470
InAMod2C0TmpUnit
Degrees C
212
Language
English
347
NetworkOverride
Disable
471
InAMod2C0FiltFrq
17 Hz
213
FeedbackTimeout
500
350
PtDevOutCOSMask
0x0000
472
InAMod2C0OpCktSt
Upscale
214
TransitionDelay
10000
352
VoltageMode
Delta
473
InAnMod2Ch0RTDEn
3-Wire
215
InterlockDelay
100
353
PTPrimary
480
474
InAMod2C0TripDly
1.0
Hrs
Second
s
216
EmergencyStartEn
Disable
354
PTSecondary
480
221
ControlModuleTyp
Ignore
355
UVInhibitTime
10
475
InAMod2C0TripLvl
0
476
InAMod2C0WarnLvl
0
Second
s
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
295
Chapter 7
Commands
Number Parameter Name
222
SensingModuleTyp
Default Units
Value
Ignore
223
CommsModuleType
Ignore
Number Parameter Name
Number Parameter Name
UVTripLevel
Default Units
Value
1.0
Second
s
100.0
Volt
356
UVTripDelay
357
224
OperStationType
Ignore
358
UVWarningLevel
400.0
225
DigitalMod1Type
Ignore
359
OVInhibitTime
10
Volt
477
InAnMod2Ch01Type
Default
Value
Disable
478
InAMod2Ch1Format
Eng Units
479
InAMod2C1TmpUnit
Degrees C
480
InAMod2C1FiltFrq
17 Hz
Units
Second
s
226
DigitalMod2Type
Ignore
360
OVTripDelay
1.0
227
DigitalMod3Type
Ignore
361
OVTripLevel
500.0
Second
s
Volt
228
DigitalMod4Type
Ignore
362
OVWarningLevel
490.0
Volt
481
InAMod2C1OpCktSt
Upscale
482
InAnMod2Ch1RTDEn
3-Wire
483
InAMod2C1TripDly
1.0
Second
s
229
AnalogMod1Type
Ignore
363
PhRotInhibitTime
10
484
InAMod2C1TripLvl
0
485
InAMod2C1WarnLvl
0
486
InAnMod2Ch02Type
Disable
Second
s
230
AnalogMod2Type
Ignore
364
PhaseRotTripType
ABC
231
AnalogMod3Type
Ignore
365
VIBInhibitTime
10
Second
s
232
AnalogMod4Type
Ignore
233
MismatchAction
0x0000
239
PLInhibitTime
0
366
VIBTripDelay
1.0
367
VIBTripLevel
15
Second
s
%
368
VIBWarningLevel
10
%
369
UFInhibitTime
10
487
InAMod2Ch2Format
Eng Units
488
InAMod2C2TmpUnit
Degrees C
489
InAMod2C2FiltFrq
17 Hz
490
InAMod2C2OpCktSt
Upscale
491
InAnMod2Ch2RTDEn
3-Wire
492
InAMod2C2TripDly
1.0
Second
s
240
PLTripDelay
1
Second
s
241
242
GroundFaultType
GFInhibitTime
Internal
Second
s
370
10
371
UFTripDelay
UFTripLevel
1.0
57
Second
s
Hz
Second
s
243
244
GFTripDelay
GFTripLevel
0.5
2.50
Second
s
Amps
Second
s
372
UFWarningLevel
58
373
OFInhibitTime
10
Hz
493
InAMod2C2TripLvl
0
494
InAMod2C2WarnLvl
0
495
OutAnMod2Type
Disable
Second
s
245
GFWarningDelay
0
374
OFTripDelay
1.0
246
GFWarningLevel
2.00
375
OFTripLevel
63
Second
s
Hz
247
GFFilter
Disable
376
OFWarningLevel
62
Hz
248
GFMaxInhibit
Disable
377
PowerScale
kW
249
StallEnabledTime
10
378
UWInhibitTime
10
250
StallTripLevel
600
Second
s
Amps
Second
s
%FLA
496
OutAnMod2Select
Ave %FLA
497
OutAnMod2FltActn
Zero
498
OutAnMod2dlActn
Zero
499
InAnMod3Ch00Type
Disable
500
InAMod3Ch0Format
Eng Units
Second
s
379
UWTripDelay
1.0
Second
s
296
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Commands
Number Parameter Name
251
JamInhibitTime
252
JamTripDelay
253
JamTripLevel
Default Units
Value
10
Second
s
5.0
Second
s
250
%FLA
Number Parameter Name
380
UWTripLevel
Default Units
Value
0.000
kW
381
UWWarningLevel
0.000
382
OWInhibitTime
10
kW
Chapter 7
Number Parameter Name
501
InAMod3C0TmpUnit
Default Units
Value
Degrees C
502
InAMod3C0FiltFrq
17 Hz
503
InAMod3C0OpCktSt
Upscale
504
InAnMod3Ch0RTDEn
3-Wire
505
InAMod3C0TripDly
1.0
Second
s
254
255
JamWarningLevel
ULInhibitTime
150
%FLA
10
383
384
OWTripDelay
OWTripLevel
1.0
0.000
Second
s
kW
Second
s
256
257
ULTripDelay
ULTripLevel
5.0
50
Second
s
%FLA
Second
s
385
OWWarningLevel
0.000
386
UVARCInhibitTime
10
kW
506
InAMod3C0TripLvl
0
507
InAMod3C0WarnLvl
0
Second
s
258
259
ULWarningLevel
CIInhibitTime
70
%FLA
10
387
UVARCTripDelay
1.0
388
UVARCTripLevel
0.000
Second
s
kVAR
389
UVARCWarnLevel
0.000
kVAR
390
OVARCInhibitTime
10
508
InAnMod3Ch01Type
Disable
509
InAMod3Ch1Format
Eng Units
510
InAMod3C1TmpUnit
Degrees C
511
InAMod3C1FiltFrq
17 Hz
Second
s
260
261
CITripDelay
CITripLevel
5.0
35
Second
s
%
Second
s
262
CIWarningLevel
20
%
391
OVARCTripDelay
1.0
263
CTPrimary
5
392
OVARCTripLevel
0.000
Second
s
kVAR
264
CTSecondary
5
393
OVARCWarnLevel
0.000
kVAR
512
InAMod3C1OpCktSt
Upscale
513
InAnMod3Ch1RTDEn
3-Wire
514
InAMod3C1TripDly
1.0
Second
s
265
UCInhibitTime
10
394
UVARGInhibitTime
10
Second
s
266
L1UCTripDelay
1.0
395
267
L1UCTripLevel
35
Second
s
%
268
L1UCWarningLevel
40
%
269
L2UCTripDelay
1.0
270
L2UCTripLevel
35
271
L2UCWarningLevel
40
272
L3UCTripDelay
1.0
Second
s
%
%
515
InAMod3C1TripLvl
0
Second
s
UVARGTripDelay
516
InAMod3C1WarnLvl
0
0.000
Second
s
kVAR
517
InAnMod3Ch02Type
Disable
UVARGWarnLevel
0.000
kVAR
518
InAMod3Ch2Format
Eng Units
OVARGInhibitTime
10
519
InAMod3C2TmpUnit
Degrees C
396
UVARGTripLevel
397
398
1.0
Second
s
399
OVARGTripDelay
1.0
400
OVARGTripLevel
0.000
Second
s
kVAR
401
OVARGWarnLevel
0.000
kVAR
520
InAMod3C2FiltFrq
17 Hz
521
InAMod3C2OpCktSt
Upscale
522
InAnMod3Ch2RTDEn
3-Wire
Second
s
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
297
Chapter 7
Commands
Number Parameter Name
273
L3UCTripLevel
Default Units
Value
35
%
274
L3UCWarningLevel
40
275
OCInhibitTime
10
%
Number Parameter Name
403
UVATripDelay
404
UVATripLevel
Default Units
Value
10
Second
s
1.0
Second
s
0.000
kVA
405
UVAWarningLevel
0.000
406
OVAInhibitTime
10
402
UVAInhibitTime
Number Parameter Name
523
InAMod3C2TripDly
Default
Value
1.0
Units
Second
s
524
InAMod3C2TripLvl
0
525
InAMod3C2WarnLvl
0
526
OutAnMod3Type
Disable
527
OutAnMod3Select
Ave %FLA
Second
s
276
277
L1OCTripDelay
L1OCTripLevel
1.0
100
Second
s
%
kVA
Second
s
278
279
L1OCWarningLevel
L2OCTripDelay
90
%
1.0
280
L2OCTripLevel
100
Second
s
%
281
L2OCWarningLevel
90
%
407
OVATripDelay
1.0
408
OVATripLevel
0.000
Second
s
kVA
409
OVAWarningLevel
0.000
kVA
410
UPFLagInhibTime
10
528
OutAnMod3FltActn
Zero
529
OutAnMod3dlActn
Zero
530
InAnMod4Ch00Type
Disable
531
InAMod4Ch0Format
Eng Units
Second
s
282
283
L3OCTripDelay
L3OCTripLevel
1.0
411
UPFLagTripDelay
532
InAMod3C0TmpUnit
Degrees C
-90
Second
s
%
533
InAMod4C0FiltFrq
17 Hz
UPFLagWarnLevel
-95
%
534
InAMod4C0OpCktSt
Upscale
OPFLagInhibTime
10
535
InAnMod4Ch0RTDEn
3-Wire
536
InAMod4C0TripDly
1.0
100
Second
s
%
412
UPFLagTripLevel
%
413
414
284
L3OCWarningLevel
90
285
LineLossInhTime
10
1.0
Second
s
286
L1LossTripDelay
1.0
Second
s
415
OPFLagTripDelay
1.0
Second
s
287
L2LossTripDelay
1.0
416
OPFLagTripLevel
-95
Second
s
%
417
OPFLagWarnLevel
-90
%
418
UPFLeadInhibTime
10
Second
s
537
InAMod4C0TripLvl
0
538
InAMod4C0WarnLvl
0
539
InAnMod4Ch01Type
Disable
Second
s
288
L3LossTripDelay
1.0
Second
s
291
Datalink0
0
Second
s
292
Datalink1
0
419
UPFLeadTripDelay
1.0
293
Datalink2
0
420
UPFLeadTripLevel
90
Second
s
%
294
Datalink3
0
421
UPFLeadWarnLevel
95
%
295
Datalink4
0
422
OPFLeadInhibTime
10
540
InAMod4Ch1Format
Eng Units
541
InAMod4C1TmpUnit
Degrees C
542
InAMod4C1FiltFrq
17 Hz
543
InAMod4C1OpCktSt
Upscale
544
InAnMod4Ch1RTDEn
3-Wire
545
InAMod4C1TripDly
1.0
Second
s
296
297
Datalink5
Datalink6
0
0
423
424
OPFLeadTripDelay
OPFLeadTripLevel
1.0
95
Second
s
%
Second
s
298
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Commands
Number Parameter Name
298
Datalink7
Default Units
Value
0
Number Parameter Name
425
OPFLeadWarnLevel
Default Units
Value
90
%
426
DemandPeriod
15
427
NumberOfPeriods
1
Min
Number Parameter Name
546
InAMod4C1TripLvl
Default
Value
0
547
InAMod4C1WarnLvl
0
548
InAnMod4Ch02Type
Disable
549
InAMod4Ch2Format
Eng Units
550
InAMod4C2TmpUnit
Degrees C
551
InAMod4C2FiltFrq
17 Hz
552
InAMod4C2OpCktSt
Upscale
553
InAnMod4Ch2RTDEn
3-Wire
554
InAMod4C2TripDly
1.0
Chapter 7
Units
Second
s
Clear Command
555
InAMod4C2TripLvl
0
556
InAMod4C2WarnLvl
0
557
OutAnMod4Type
Disable
558
OutAnMod4Select
Ave %FLA
559
OutAnMod4FltActn
Zero
560
OutAnMod4dlActn
Zero
Clear Command (Parameter 165) allows you to clear historical logs, operating
statistics, and energy data within the nonvolatile memory of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay.
Table 354 - Clear Command (Parameter 165)
Default Value
0 = Ready
Range
0 = Ready
1 = Clear Operating Statistics
2 = Clear History Logs
3 = Clear %TCU
4 = Clear kWh
5 = Clear kVARh
6 = Clear kVAh
7 = Clear Max kW Demand
8 = Clear Max kVAR Demand
9 = Clear Max kVA Demand
10 = Clear All
Parameter Type
USINT
Size (Bytes)
1
Scaling Factor
1
Units
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
299
Chapter 7
Commands
Clear Operating Statistics
When the Clear Operating Statistics command is issued, the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay sets the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
• Operating Time (Parameter 28)
• Starts Counter (Parameter 29)
Clear History Logs
When the Clear History Logs command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay sets the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
• Trip History 0 (Parameter 127)
• Trip History 1 (Parameter 128)
• Trip History 2 (Parameter 129)
• Trip History 3 (Parameter 130)
• Trip History 4 (Parameter 131)
• Warning History 0 (Parameter 132)
• Warning History 1 (Parameter 133)
• Warning History 2 (Parameter 134)
• Warning History 3 (Parameter 135)
• Warning History 4 (Parameter 136)
Clear %TCU
When the Clear %TCU command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets % Thermal Capacity Utilized (Parameter 1) to a value of zero (0).
Clear kWh
When the Clear kWh command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
• kWh x 109 (Parameter 80)
• kWh x 106 (Parameter 81)
• kWh x 103 (Parameter 82)
• kWh x 100 (Parameter 83)
• kWh x 10-3 (Parameter 84)
300
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Commands
Chapter 7
Clear kVARh
When the Clear kVARh command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
• kVARh Consumed x 109 (Parameter 85)
• kVARh Consumed x 106 (Parameter 86)
• kVARh Consumed x 103 (Parameter 87)
• kVARh Consumed x 100 (Parameter 88)
• kVARh Consumed x 10-3 (Parameter 89)
• kVARh Generated x 109 (Parameter 90)
• kVARh Generated x 106 (Parameter 91)
• kVARh Generated x 103 (Parameter 92)
• kVARh Generated x 100 (Parameter 93)
• kVARh Generated x 10-3 (Parameter 94)
• kVARh Net x 109 (Parameter 95)
• kVARh Net x 106 (Parameter 96)
• kVARh Net x 103 (Parameter 97)
• kVARh Net x 100 (Parameter 98)
• kVARh Net x 10-3 (Parameter 99)
Clear kVAh
When the Clear kVAh command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
• kVAh x 109 (Parameter 100)
• kVAh x 106 (Parameter 101)
• kVAh x 103 (Parameter 102)
• kVAh x 100 (Parameter 103)
• kVAh x 10-3 (Parameter 104)
Clear Max kW Demand
When the Clear %TCU command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets Max kW Demand (Parameter 106) to a value of zero (0).
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
301
Chapter 7
Commands
Clear Max kVAR Demand
When the Clear %TCU command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets Max kVAR Demand (Parameter 108) to a value of zero (0).
Clear Max kVA Demand
When the Clear %TCU command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
sets Max kVA Demand (Parameter 110) to a value of zero (0).
Clear All
When the Clear All command is issued, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay sets
the following parameters to a value of zero (0):
• % Thermal Capacity Utilized (Parameter 1)
• Operating Time (Parameter 28)
• Starts Counter (Parameter 29)
• kWh x 109 (Parameter 80)
• kWh x 106 (Parameter 81)
• kWh x 103 (Parameter 82)
• kWh x 100 (Parameter 83)
• kWh x 10-3 (Parameter 84)
• kVARh Consumed x 109 (Parameter 85)
• kVARh Consumed x 106 (Parameter 86)
• kVARh Consumed x 103 (Parameter 87)
• kVARh Consumed x 100 (Parameter 88)
• kVARh Consumed x 10-3 (Parameter 89)
• kVARh Generated x 109 (Parameter 90)
• kVARh Generated x 106 (Parameter 91)
• kVARh Generated x 103 (Parameter 92)
• kVARh Generated x 100 (Parameter 93)
• kVARh Generated x 10-3 (Parameter 94)
• kVARh Net x 109 (Parameter 95)
• kVARh Net x 106 (Parameter 96)
• kVARh Net x 103 (Parameter 97)
• kVARh Net x 100 (Parameter 98)
• kVARh Net x 10-3 (Parameter 99)
302
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Commands
Chapter 7
• kVAh x 109 (Parameter 100)
• kVAh x 106 (Parameter 101)
• kVAh x 103 (Parameter 102)
• kVAh x 100 (Parameter 103)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
kVAh x 10-3 (Parameter 104)
Max kW Demand (Parameter 106)
Max kVAR Demand (Parameter 108)
Max kVA Demand (Parameter 110)
Trip History 0 (Parameter 127)
Trip History 1 (Parameter 128)
Trip History 2 (Parameter 129)
Trip History 3 (Parameter 130)
Trip History 4 (Parameter 131)
Warning History 0 (Parameter 132)
Warning History 1 (Parameter 133)
Warning History 2 (Parameter 134)
Warning History 3 (Parameter 135)
Warning History 4 (Parameter 136)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
303
Chapter 7
Commands
Notes:
304
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Chapter
8
Metering and Diagnostics
Introduction
This chapter provides detailed information aboutthe metering and diagnostic
information that the E300 Electronic Overload Relay generates. The metering
and diagnostic functions are organized into seven sections:
• Device Monitor
• Current Monitor
• Voltage Monitor
• Power Monitor
• Energy Monitor
• Trip/Warning History
• Trip Snapshot
Device Monitor
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay's device monitor diagnostics provides
information on the status of the device, which includes:
• Thermal overload protection
• Trip and warning protection functions
• Digital inputs and relay outputs
• Operator station
• Hardware options
• Time and date
Percent Thermal Capacity Utilized
Percent Thermal Capacity Utilized (Parameter 1) reports the calculated percent
thermal capacity utilization of the motor being monitored. When the percent
thermal capacity utilization equals 100%, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
issues an overload trip.
Table 355 - Percent Thermal Capacity Utilization (Parameter 1)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
100
USINT
1
1
%
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
305
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Time to Trip
When the measured motor current exceeds the trip rating of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay, Overload Time to Trip (Parameter 2) indicates the estimated
time remaining before an overload trip occurs. When the measured current is
below the trip rating, the Overload Time to Trip value is reported as 9,999
seconds.
Table 356 - Overload Time to Trip (Parameter 2)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
9999
0
9999
UINT
2
1
Seconds
Time To Reset
After an overload trip, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay reports the time
remaining until the device can be reset through Overload Time to Reset
(Parameter 3). When the % Thermal Capacity Utilized value falls to or below the
Overload Reset Level (Parameter 174), the Overload Time to Reset value
indicates zero until the overload trip is reset. After an overload trip is reset, the
Overload Time to Reset value is reported as 0 seconds.
Table 357 - Overload Time to Reset (Parameter 3)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
306
0
0
9999
UINT
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Current Trip Status
Current Trip Status (Parameter 4) reports the status of the current-based
protective trip functions.
Table 358 - Current Trip Status (Parameter 4)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
Function
X Overload Trip
Phase Loss Trip
Ground Fault Current Trip
Stall Trip
Jam Trip
Underload Trip
Current Imbalance Trip
L1 Under Current Trip
L2 Under Current Trip
L3 Under Current Trip
L1 Over Current Trip
L2 Over Current Trip
L3 Over Current Trip
L1 Line Loss Trip
L2 Line Loss Trip
L3 Line Loss Trip
307
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Voltage Trip Status
Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5) reports the status of the voltage-based
protective trip functions.
Table 359 - Voltage Trip Status (Parameter 5)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
308
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
Function
X Under Voltage Trip
Over Voltage Trip
Voltage Imbalance Trip
Phase Rotation Mismatch Trip
Under Frequency Trip
Over Frequency Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Power Trip Status
Power Trip Status (Parameter 6) reports the status of the voltage-based protective
trip functions.
Table 360 - Power Trip Status (Parameter 6)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Under kW Trip
Over kW Trip
Under kVAR Consumed Trip
Over kVAR Consumed Trip
Under kVAR Generated Trip
Over kVAR Generated Trip
Under kVA Trip
Over kVA Trip
Under PF Lagging Trip
Over PF Lagging Trip
Under PF Leading Trip
Over PF Leading Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Control Trip Status
Control Trip Status (Parameter 7) reports the status of the control-based
protective trip functions.
Table 361 - Control Trip Status (Parameter 7)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
Function
X Test Trip
PTC Trip
DeviceLogix Trip
Operator Station Trip
Remote Trip
Blocked Start Trip
Hardware Fault Trip
Configuration Trip
Option Match Trip
Feedback Timeout Trip
Expansion Bus Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Nonvolatile Memory Trip
Test Mode Trip Enable
Reserved
309
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Current Warning Status
Current Warning Status (Parameter 10) reports the status of the current-based
protective warning functions.
Table 362 - Current Warning Status (Parameter 10)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Overload Warning
Reserved
Ground Fault Warning
Reserved
Jam Warning
Underload Warning
Current Imbalance Warning
L1 Under Current Warning
L2 Under Current Warning
L3 Under Current Warning
L1 Over Current Warning
L2 Over Current Warning
L3 Over Current Warning
L1 Line Loss Warning
L2 Line Loss Warning
L3 Line Loss Warning
Voltage Warning Status
Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11) reports the status of the control-based
protective warning functions.
Table 363 - Voltage Warning Status (Parameter 11)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
310
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
Function
X Under Voltage Warning
Over Voltage Warning
Voltage Imbalance Warning
Phase Rotation Mismatch Warning
Under Frequency Warning
Over Frequency Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Power Warning Status
Power Warning Status (Parameter 12) reports the status of the control-based
protective warning functions.
Table 364 - Power Warning Status (Parameter 12)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Under kW Warning
Over kW Warning
Under kVAR Consumed Warning
Over kVAR Consumed Warning
Under kVAR Generated Warning
Over kVAR Generated Warning
Under kVA Warning
Over kVA Warning
Under PF Lagging Warning
Over PF Lagging Warning
Under PF Leading Warning
Over PF Leading Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Control Warning Status
Control Warning Status (Parameter 13) reports the status of the control-based
protective warning functions.
Table 365 - Control Warning Status (Parameter 13)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
Function
Reserved
PTC Warning
DeviceLogix Warning
Operator Station Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Option Match Warning
Feedback Timeout Warning
Expansion Bus Warning
Number Of Starts Warning
Operating Hours Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
311
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Input Status 0
Input Status 0 (Parameter 16) reports the state of the digital inputs on the E300
Electronic Overload Relay Control Module.
Table 366 - Input Status 0 (Parameter 16)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
0
X Input Pt00
Input Pt01
Input Pt02
Input Pt03
Input Pt04
Input Pt05
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Function
Input Status 1
Input Status 1 (Parameter 17) reports the state of the digital inputs on the E300
Electronic Overload Relay Digital Expansion Modules.
Table 367 - Input Status 1 (Parameter 17)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
312
0
Function
X Digital Module 1 Input Pt00
Digital Module 1 Input Pt01
Digital Module 1 Input Pt02
Digital Module 1 Input Pt03
Digital Module 2 Input Pt00
Digital Module 2 Input Pt01
Digital Module 2 Input Pt02
Digital Module 2 Input Pt03
Digital Module 3 Input Pt00
Digital Module 3 Input Pt01
Digital Module 3 Input Pt02
Digital Module 3 Input Pt03
Digital Module 4 Input Pt00
Digital Module 4 Input Pt01
Digital Module 4 Input Pt02
Digital Module 4 Input Pt03
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Output Status
Output Status (Parameter 18) reports the state of the relay outputs on the E300
Electronic Overload Relay Control Module and Digital Expansion Modules.
Table 368 - Output Status (Parameter 18)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Output Pt00
Output Pt01
Output Pt02
Digital Module 1 Output Pt00
Digital Module 1 Output Pt01
Digital Module 2 Output Pt00
Digital Module 2 Output Pt01
Digital Module 3 Output Pt00
Digital Module 3 Output Pt01
Digital Module 4 Output Pt00
Digital Module 4 Output Pt01
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
313
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Operator Station Status
Operator Station Status (Parameter 19) reports the state of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay Operator Station input buttons and output LEDs.
Table 369 - Operator Station Status (Parameter 19)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
314
0
Function
X Operation Station I
Operation Station II
Operation Station Local Remote
Operation Station O
Operation Station Reset
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Operation Station I LED
Operation Station II LED
Operation Station Local LED
Operation Station Remote LED
Operation Station O LED
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Device Status 0
Device Status 0 (Parameter 20) reports the general status of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay and the sensing capabilities that are present.
Table 370 - Device Status 0 (Parameter 20)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Trip Present
Warning Present
Invalid Configuration
Current Present
Ground Fault Current Present
Voltage Present
Emergency Start Enabled
DeviceLogix Enabled
Feedback Timeout Enabled
Operator Station Present
Voltage Sensing Present
Internal Ground Fault Sensing Present
External Ground Fault Sensing Present
PTC Sensing Present
Ready
Reserved
Device Status 0 bit 14, "Ready", is cleared under the following circumstances:
• Device Status 0 bit 0, "Trip Present", is set
• The E300 Electronic Overload Relay has not completed its power-up
initialization
• The processing of data in a configuration assembly is in progress
• A CopyCat function is in progress
• A Factory Defaults command has been invoked and is in progress.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
315
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Device Status 1
Device Status 1 (Parameter 21) reports the specific features of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay Control and Sensing Modules, it reports which
Expansion Digital Modules Analog Modules are present on the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay Expansion Bus.
Table 371 - Device Status 1 (Parameter 21)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X 24V DC Control Module Present
120V AC Control Module Present
240V AC Control Module Present
0.5…30 A Sensing Module Present
6…60 A Sensing Module Present
10…100 A Sensing Module Present
20…2000 A Sensing Module Present
Digital Module 1 Present
Digital Module 2 Present
Digital Module 3 Present
Digital Module 4 Present
Analog Module 1 Present
Analog Module 2 Present
Analog Module 3 Present
Analog Module 4 Present
Reserved
Firmware Revision Number
Firmware Revision Number (Parameter 22) reports the firmware revision
number of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 372 - Firmware Revision Number (Parameter 22)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
0.000
65.535
UINT
2
1000
Control Module ID
Control Module ID (Parameter 23) identifies which specific Control Module is
present in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
316
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 373 - Control Module ID (Parameter 23)
Default Value
Range
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0 = Unknown
1 = 193-EIO-63-24D
2 = 193-EIO-43-120
3 = 193-EIO-43-240
4 = 193-EIOGP-42-24D
5 = 193-EIOGP-22-120
6 = 193-EIOGP-22-240
USINT
1
1
Sensing Module ID
Sensing Module ID (Parameter 24) identifies which specific Sensing Module is
present in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 374 - Sensing Module ID (Parameter 24)
Default Value
Range
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0 = Unknown
1 = 193/592-EIO-VIG-30A-__
2 = 193/592-EIO-VIG-60A-__
3 = 193/592-EIO-VIG-100A-__
4 = 193/592-EIO-VIG-200A-__
5 = 193/592-EIO-IG-30A-__
6 = 193/592-EIO-IG-60A-__
7 = 193/592-EIO-IG-100A-__
8 = 193/592-EIO-IG-200A-__
9 = 193/592-EIO-I-30A-__
10 = 193/592-EIO-I-60A-__
11 = 193/592-EIO-I-100A-__
12 = 193/592-EIO-I-200A-__
USINT
1
1
Operator Station ID
Operator Station ID (Parameter 25) identifies which specific Operator Station is
present on the Expansion Bus of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
317
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 375 - Operator Station ID (Parameter 25)
Default Value
0
0 = Unknown
1 = None
2 = 193-EOS-SCS
3 = 193-EOS-SDS
USINT
1
1
Range
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
Expansion Digital Module ID
Expansion Digital Module ID (Parameter 26) identifies which specific
Expansion Digital Modules are present on the Expansion Bus of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 376 - Expansion Digital Module ID (Parameter 26)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
7
0
1
1
0
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
Function
None
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
Digital Module 1
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
None
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
Digital Module 2
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
None
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
Digital Module 3
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
None
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
Digital Module 4
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
Operating Time
Operating Time (Parameter 28) represents the number hours that a motor has
been running. This value can be reset to zero using the Clear Command
(Parameter 165) function Clear Operating Statistics.
318
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 377 - Operating Time (Parameter 28)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
65535
UINT
2
1
Hours
Starts Counter
Starts Counter (Parameter 29) represents the number of times a motor has been
started. This value can be reset to zero using the Clear Command (Parameter
165) function Clear Operating Statistics.
Table 378 - Starts Counter (Parameter 29)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
65535
UINT
2
1
Starts Available
Starts Available (Parameter 30) reports the number of starts currently available
based on the blocked start settings and the actual motor starting events.
Table 379 - Starts Available (Parameter 30)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
120
USINT
1
1
Time to Start
Time to Start (Parameter 31) reports the amount of time remaining until a new
start can be issued. If the Time to Start time has elapsed, this parameter reports
zero until the next Blocked Start trip occurs.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
319
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 380 - Time to Start (Parameter 31)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
3600
UINT
2
1
Seconds
Year
Year (Parameter 32) reports the year in the virtual real-time clock of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay.
Table 381 - Year (Parameter 32)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
12
UINT
2
1
Month
Month (Parameter 33) reports the month in the virtual real-time clock of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
Table 382 - Month (Parameter 33)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
12
UINT
2
1
Day
Day (Parameter 34) reports the day in the virtual real-time clock of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay.
320
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 383 - Day (Parameter 34)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
31
UINT
2
1
Hour
Hour (Parameter 35) reports the hour in the virtual real-time clock of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay.
Table 384 - Hour (Parameter 35)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
24
UINT
2
1
Minute
Minute (Parameter 36) reports the minute in the virtual real-time clock of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
Table 385 - Minute (Parameter 36)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
60
UINT
2
1
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
321
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Second
Second (Parameter 37) reports the second in the virtual real-time clock of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
Table 386 - Second (Parameter 37)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
60
UINT
2
1
Invalid Configuration Parameter
Invalid Configuration Parameter (Parameter 38) reports the parameter number
that is causing a configuration trip in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. See
Chapter 4 for more information about a configuration fault.
Table 387 - Invalid Configuration Parameter (Parameter 38)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
0
9999
UINT
2
1
Invalid Configuration Cause
Invalid Configuration Cause (Parameter 39) reports the reason for the
configuration trip in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. See Chapter 4 for
more information about a configuration fault.
Table 388 - Invalid Configuration Cause (Parameter 39)
Default Value
Range
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
322
0
0 = No Error
1 = Value Over Maximum
2 = Value Under Minimum
3 = Illegal Value
4 = L3 Current Detected
5 = CopyCat Error
USINT
1
1
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Mismatch Status
Mismatch Status (Parameter 40) reports the module that is causing a mismatch
trip or warning in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. See Chapter 4 for more
information on a mismatch fault.
Table 389 - Mismatch Status (Parameter 40)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Current Monitor
0
0 Match
1 Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Match
Mismatch
Function
Control Module
Sensing Module
Communication
Module
Operator Station
Digital Module 1
Digital Module 2
Digital Module 3
Digital Module 4
Analog Module 1
Analog Module 2
Analog Module 3
Analog Module 4
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay current monitor diagnostics provides
information on the current consumed by the load that the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay is monitoring, and it provides diagnostics for a three-phase
current system including imbalance and ground fault current.
L1 Current
L1 Current (Parameter 43) reports the current in Amperes flowing through the
L1 and T1 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing
Module.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
323
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 390 - L1 Current (Parameter 43)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.00
0.00
20000000.00
DINT
4
100
Amps
L2 Current
L2 Current (Parameter 44) reports the current in Amperes flowing through the
L2 and T2 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing
Module.
Table 391 - L2 Current (Parameter 44)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.00
0.00
20000000.00
DINT
4
100
Amps
L3 Current
L3 Current (Parameter 45) reports the current in Amperes flowing through the
L3 and T3 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing
Module.
Table 392 - L3 Current (Parameter 45)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.00
0.00
20000000.00
DINT
4
100
Amps
Average Current
Average Current (Parameter 46) reports the average current of the monitored
current. When single or three phase (Parameter 176) is set to three phase, average
current is calculated as follows:пЂ Average Current = (L1 Current + L2 Current + L3 Current) / 3
324
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
When single or three phase (Parameter 176) is set to single phase, average current
is calculated as follows:пЂ Average Current = (L1 Current + L2 Current) / 2
Table 393 - Average Current (Parameter 46)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.00
0.00
20000000.00
DINT
4
100
Amps
L1 Percent FLA
L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47) reports the L1 current in comparison to the
active Full Load Amps programmed in FLA (Parameter 171) and FLA2
(Parameter 177).пЂ L1 Percent FLA = L1 Current / Full Load Amps
Table 394 - L1 Percent FLA (Parameter 47)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
1000.00
UINT
2
10
%
L2 Percent FLA
L2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48) reports the L2 current in comparison to the
active Full Load Amps programmed in FLA (Parameter 171) and FLA2
(Parameter 177).пЂ L2 Percent FLA = L2 Current / Full Load Amps
Table 395 - L2 Percent FLA (Parameter 48)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
1000.00
UINT
2
10
%
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
325
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
L3 Percent FLA
L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49) reports the L3 current in comparison to the
active Full Load Amps programmed in FLA (Parameter 171) and FLA2
(Parameter 177).пЂ L3 Percent FLA = L3 Current / Full Load Amps
Table 396 - L3 Percent FLA (Parameter 49)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
1000.00
UINT
2
10
%
Average Percent FLA
Average Percent FLA (Parameter 50) reports the average current in comparison
to the active Full Load Amps programmed in FLA (Parameter 171) and FLA2
(Parameter 177).пЂ Average Percent FLA = Average Current / Full Load Amps
Table 397 - Average Percent FLA (Parameter 50)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
1000.00
UINT
2
10
%
Ground Fault Current
Ground Fault Current (Parameter 51) reports the ground fault current measured
by the internal core balanced current transformer of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay Sensing Module or external core balanced current transformer.
Table 398 - Ground Fault Current (Parameter 51)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
326
0.0
0.0
99.99
UINT
2
100
Amps
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Current Imbalance
Current Imbalance (Parameter 52) reports the percentage of uneven current
consumption in the monitored power system. Current Imbalance is defined by
the following equation:пЂ Current Imbalance = 100% * (Id/Ia)пЂ whereпЂ Id = Maximum Line Current Deviation from the Average CurrentпЂ Ia = Average Current
Table 399 - Current Imbalance (Parameter 52)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
Voltage Monitor
0
0
200
UINT
2
1
%
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s voltage monitor diagnostics provides
information on the voltage being supplied to the load. The voltage diagnostics
include three-phase voltage, phase imbalance, phase rotation, and frequency.
L1-L2 Voltage
L1-L2 Voltage (Parameter 53) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T1
and T2 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 400 - L1-L2 Voltage (Parameter 53)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
327
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
L2-L3 Voltage
L2-L3 Voltage (Parameter 54) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T2
and T3 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 401 - L2-L3 Voltage (Parameter 54)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
Table 402 - L3-L1 Voltage
L3-L1 Voltage (Parameter 55) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T3
and T1 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 403 - L3-L1 Voltage (Parameter 55)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
Average L-L Voltage
Average L-L Voltage (Parameter 56) reports the average voltage of the monitored
L-L voltages. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Three Phase,
Average L-L Voltage is calculated as follows:
Average L-L Voltage = (L1-L2 Voltage + L2-L3 Voltage + L3-L1 Voltage) / 3
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Average L-L
Voltage is calculated as follows:
Average L-L Voltage = (L1-L2 Voltage + L2-L3 Voltage) / 2
Table 404 - Average L-L Voltage (Parameter 56)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
328
0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
L1-N Voltage
L1-N Voltage (Parameter 57) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T1
power terminal of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 405 - L1-N Voltage (Parameter 57)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
L2-N Voltage
L2-N Voltage (Parameter 58) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T2
power terminal of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 406 - L2-N Voltage (Parameter 58)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
L3-N Voltage
L3-N Voltage (Parameter 59) reports the voltage in volts in reference to the T3
power terminal of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing Module.
Table 407 - L3-N Voltage (Parameter 59)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
329
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Average L-N Voltage
Average L-N Voltage (Parameter 60) reports the average voltage of the monitored
L-N voltages. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Three Phase,
Average L-N Voltage is calculated as follows:
Average L-N Voltage = (L1-N Voltage + L2-N Voltage + L3-N Voltage) / 3
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Average L-N
Voltage is calculated as follows:
Average L-N Voltage = (L1-N Voltage + L2-N Voltage) / 2
Table 408 - Average L-N Voltage (Parameter 60)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
Voltage Imbalance
Voltage Imbalance (Parameter 61) reports the percentage of uneven voltage being
supplied by the monitored power system. Voltage Imbalance is defined by the
following equation:
Voltage Imbalance = 100% * (Vd/Va)
where
Vd = Maximum L-L Voltage Deviation from the Average L-L Voltage
Va = Average L-L Voltage
Table 409 - Voltage Imbalance (Parameter 61)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
330
0
0
200
UINT
2
1
%
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Frequency
Frequency (Parameter 62) reports the voltage frequency in Hertz of the
monitored power system from the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing
Module.
Table 410 - Frequency (Parameter 62)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
74.0
UINT
2
10
Hz
Phase Rotation
Phase Rotation (Parameter 63) reports the voltage phase rotation as ABC or
ACB of the monitored power system from the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
Sensing Module.
Table 411 - Phase Rotation Trip Type (Parameter 63)
Default Value
Range
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
Power Monitor
0 = No Rotation
0 = No Rotation
1 = ABC
2 = ACB
USINT
1
1
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s power monitor diagnostics provides
information on the power being supplied to the load. The power diagnostics
include real power (kW), reactive power (kVAR), apparent power (kVA), and
power factor.
Power Scale
For large medium voltage-based power systems, it may be more convenient for
you to view the real-time power information (Parameters 64-75) in terms of
Megawatts instead of Kilowatts. Power Scale (Parameter 377) allows the E300
Electronic Overload Relay to display the values of Parameters 64…75as Kilowatts
or Megawatts.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
331
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 412 - Power Scale (Parameter 377)
Default Value
Range
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0 = Kilowatts
0 = Kilowatts
1 = Megawatts
USINT
1
1
L1 Real Power
L1 Real Power (Parameter 64) reports the real power for line 1 in kW or MW
depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377). When
Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L1 Real Power is
set to 0.
Table 413 - L1 Real Power (Parameter 64)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW or MW
L2 Real Power
L2 Real Power (Parameter 65) reports the real power for line 2 in kW or MW
depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377). When
Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L2 Real Power is
set to 0.
Table 414 - L2 Real Power (Parameter 65)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW or MW
L3 Real Power
L3 Real Power (Parameter 66) reports the real power for line 3 in kW or MW
depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377). When
Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L3 Real Power is
332
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
set to 0. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, L3
Real Power is set to 0.
Table 415 - L3 Real Power (Parameter 66)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW or MW
Total Real Power
Total Real Power (Parameter 67) reports the total real power of the monitored
power conductors in kW or MW depending on the configuration value for
Power Scale (Parameter 377). When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set
to Three Phase, Total Real Power is calculated as follows:
Total Real Power = (L1 Real Power + L2 Real Power + L3 Real Power)
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Total Real
Power is calculated as follows:
Total Real Power = (L1 Real Power + L2 Real Power)
Table 416 - Total Real Power (Parameter 67)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW or MW
L1 Reactive Power
L1 Reactive Power (Parameter 68) reports the reactive power for line 1 in kVAR
or MVAR depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter
377). When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L1
Reactive Power is set to 0.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
333
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 417 - L1 Reactive Power (Parameter 68)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR or MVAR
L2 Reactive Power
L2 Reactive Power (Parameter 69) reports the reactive power for line 2 in kVAR
or MVAR depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter
377). When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L2
Reactive Power is set to 0.
Table 418 - L2 Reactive Power (Parameter 69)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR or MVAR
L3 Reactive Power
L3 Reactive Power (Parameter 70) reports the reactive power for line 3 in kVAR
or MVAR depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter
377). When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L3
Reactive Power is set to 0. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to
Single Phase, L3 Reactive Power is set to 0.
Table 419 - L3 Reactive Power (Parameter 70)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR or MVAR
Total Reactive Power
Total Reactive Power (Parameter 71) reports the total Reactive power of the
monitored power conductors in kVAR or MVAR depending on the
334
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377). When Single or Three
Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Three Phase, Total Reactive Power is calculated as
follows:
Total Reactive Power = (L1 Reactive Power + L2 Reactive Power + L3 Reactive
Power)
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Total
Reactive Power is calculated as follows:
Total Reactive Power = (L1 Reactive Power + L2 Reactive Power)
Table 420 - Total Reactive Power (Parameter 71)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000c
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR or MVAR
L1 Apparent Power
L1 Apparent Power (Parameter 72) reports the apparent power for line 1 in kVA
or MVA depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377).
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L1
Apparent Power is set to 0.
Table 421 - L1 Apparent Power (Parameter 72)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA or MVA
L2 Apparent Power
L2 Apparent Power (Parameter 73) reports the apparent power for line 2 in kVA
or MVA depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377).
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L2
Apparent Power is set to 0.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
335
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 422 - L2 Apparent Power (Parameter 73)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA or MVA
L3 Apparent Power
L3 Apparent Power (Parameter 74) reports the apparent power for line 3 in kVA
or MVA depending on the configuration value for Power Scale (Parameter 377).
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L3
Apparent Power is set to 0. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to
Single Phase, L3 Apparent Power is set to 0.
Table 423 - L3 Apparent Power (Parameter 74)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA or MVA
Total Apparent Power
Total Apparent Power (Parameter 75) reports the total apparent power of the
monitored power conductors in kVA or MVA depending on the configuration
value for Power Scale (Parameter 377). When Single or Three Phase (Parameter
176) is set to Three Phase, Total Apparent Power is calculated as follows:
Total Apparent Power = (L1 Apparent Power + L2 Apparent Power + L3 Apparent
Power)
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Total
Apparent Power is calculated as follows:
Total Apparent Power = (L1 Apparent Power + L2 Apparent Power)
336
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 424 - Total Apparent Power (Parameter 75)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA or MVA
L1 Power Factor
L1 Power Factor (Parameter 76) reports the power factor for line 1 in percentage.
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L1 Power
Factor is set to 0.
Table 425 - L1 Power Factor (Parameter 76)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
-100.0
100.0
INT
2
10
%
L2 Power Factor Power
L2 Power Factor (Parameter 77) reports the power factor for line 2 in percentage.
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L2 Power
Factor is set to 0.
Table 426 - L2 Power Factor (Parameter 77)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
-100.0
100.0
INT
2
10
%
L3 Power Factor
L3 Power Factor (Parameter 78) reports the power factor for line 3 in percentage.
When Voltage Mode (Parameter 352) is set to any Delta base setting, L3 Power
Factor is set to 0. When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single
Phase, L3 power factor is set to 0.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
337
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 427 - L3 Power Factor (Parameter 78)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
-100.0
100.0
INT
2
10
%
Total Power Factor
Total Power Factor (Parameter 79) reports the total power factor of the
monitored power conductors in percentage. When Single or Three Phase
(Parameter 176) is set to Three Phase, Total Power Factor is calculated as follows:
Total Power Factor = (L1 Power Factor + L2 Power Factor + L3 Power Factor) / 3
When Single or Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to Single Phase, Total Power
Factor is calculated as follows:
Total Power Factor = (L1 Power Factor + L2 Power Factor) / 2
Table 428 - Total Power Factor (Parameter 79)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
Energy Monitor
0.0
-100.0
100.0
INT
2
10
%
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s energy monitor diagnostics provides
information on the electrical energy the load is consuming. The energy
diagnostics include kWh, kVARh, kVAh, kW Demand, kVAR Demand, and kVA
Demand.
kWh 109
kWh 109 (Parameter 80) reports a component of total real energy (kWh).
Multiply this value by 109 and add to the other kWh parameters.
Represents XXX,000,000,000.000 kWh
338
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 429 - kWh x 10E9 (Parameter 80)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kWh 106
kWh 106 (Parameter 81) reports a component of total real energy (kWh).
Multiply this value by 106 and add to the other kWh parameters.
RepresentsВ 000,XXX,000,000.000В kWh
Table 430 - kWh x 10E6 (Parameter 81)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kWh 103
kWh 103 (Parameter 82) reports a component of total real energy (kWh).
Multiply this value by 103 and add to the other kWh parameters.
Represents 000,000,XXX,000.000 kWh
Table 431 - kWh x 10E3 (Parameter 82)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
339
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
kWh 100
kWh 100 (Parameter 83) reports a component of total real energy (kWh).
Multiply this value by 100 and add to the other kWh parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,XXX.000 kWh
Table 432 - kWh x 10E0 (Parameter 83)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kWh 10-3
kWh 10-3 (Parameter 84) reports a component of total real energy (kWh).
Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the other kWh parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,000. XXX kWh
Table 433 - kWh x 10E-3 (Parameter 84)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Consumed 109
kVARh Consumed 109 (Parameter 85) reports a component of total reactive
energy consumed (kVARh). Multiply this value by 109 and add to the other
kVARh Consumed parameters.
Represents XXX,000,000,000.000 kVARh
340
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 434 - kVARh Consumed x 10E9 (Parameter 85)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Consumed 106
kVARh Consumed 106 (Parameter 86) reports a component of total reactive
energy consumed (kVARh). Multiply this value by 106 and add to the other
kVARh Consumed parameters.
Represents 000,XXX,000,000.000 kVARh
Table 435 - kVARh Consumed x 10E6 (Parameter 86)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Consumed 103
kVARh Consumed 103 (Parameter 87) reports a component of total reactive
energy consumed (kVARh). Multiply this value by 103 and add to the other
kVARh Consumed parameters.
Represents 000,000,XXX,000.000 kVARh
Table 436 - kVARh Consumed x 10E3 (Parameter 87)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
341
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
kVARh Consumed 100
kVARh Consumed 100 (Parameter 88) reports a component of total reactive
energy consumed (kVARh). Multiply this value by 100 and add to the other
kVARh Consumed parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,XXX.000 kVARh
Table 437 - kVARh Consumed x 10E0 (Parameter 88)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Consumed 10-3
kVARh Consumed 10-3 (Parameter 89) reports a component of total reactive
energy consumed (kVARh). Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the other
kVARh Consumed parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,000. XXX kVARh
Table 438 - kVARh Consumed x 10E-3 (Parameter 89)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Generated 109
kVARh Generated 109 (Parameter 90) reports a component of total reactive
energy generated (kVARh). Multiply this value by 109 and add to the other
kVARh Generated parameters.
Represents XXX,000,000,000.000 kVARh
342
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 439 - kVARh Generated x 10E9 (Parameter 90)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Generated 106
kVARh Consumed 106 (Parameter 91) reports a component of total reactive
energy generated (kVARh). Multiply this value by 106 and add to the other
kVARh Generated parameters.
Represents 000,XXX,000,000.000 kVARh
Table 440 - kVARh Generated x 10E6 (Parameter 91)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Generated 103
kVARh Generated 103 (Parameter 92) reports a component of total reactive
energy generated (kVARh). Multiply this value by 103 and add to the other
kVARh Generated parameters.
Represents 000,000,XXX,000.000 kVARh
Table 441 - kVARh Generated x 10E3 (Parameter 92)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
343
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
kVARh Generated 100
kVARh Generated 100 (Parameter 93) reports a component of total reactive
energy generated (kVARh). Multiply this value by 100 and add to the other
kVARh Generated parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,XXX.000 kVARh
Table 442 - kVARh Generated x 10E0 (Parameter 93)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Generated 10-3
kVARh Generated 10-3 (Parameter 94) reports a component of total reactive
energy generated (kVARh). Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the other
kVARh Generated parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,000. XXX kVARh
Table 443 - kVARh Generated x 10E-3 (Parameter 94)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Net 109
kVARh Net 109 (Parameter 95) reports a component of total reactive energy net
(kVARh). Multiply this value by 109 and add to the other kVARh Net
parameters.
Represents XXX,000,000,000.000 kVARh
344
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 444 - kVARh Net x 10E9 (Parameter 95)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Net 106
kVARh Net 106 (Parameter 96) reports a component of total reactive energy net
(kVARh). Multiply this value by 106 and add to the other kVARh Net
parameters.
Represents 000,XXX,000,000.000 kVARh
Table 445 - kVARh Net x 10E6 (Parameter 96)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Net 103
kVARh Net 103 (Parameter 97) reports a component of total reactive energy net
(kVARh). Multiply this value by 103 and add to the other kVARh Net
parameters.
Represents 000,000,XXX,000.000 kVARh
Table 446 - kVARh Net x 10E3 (Parameter 97)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
345
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
kVARh Net 100
kVARh Net 100 (Parameter 98) reports a component of total reactive energy net
(kVARh). Multiply this value by 100 and add to the other kVARh Net
parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,XXX.000 kVARh
Table 447 - kVARh Net x 10E0 (Parameter 98)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVARh Net 10-3
kVARh Net 10-3 (Parameter 99) reports a component of total reactive energy net
(kVARh). Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the other kVARh Net
parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,000. XXX kVARh
Table 448 - kVARh Net x 10E-3 (Parameter 99)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVAh 109
kVAh 109 (Parameter 100) reports a component of total apparent energy
(kVAh). Multiply this value by 109 and add to the other kVAh parameters.
Represents XXX,000,000,000.000 kVAh
346
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 449 - kVAh x 10E9 (Parameter 100)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVAh 106
kVAh 106 (Parameter 101) reports a component of total apparent energy
(kVAh). Multiply this value by 106 and add to the other kVAh parameters.
Represents 000,XXX,000,000.000 kVAh
Table 450 - kVAh x 10E6 (Parameter 101)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVAh 103
kVAh 103 (Parameter 102) reports a component of total apparent energy
(kVAh). Multiply this value by 103 and add to the other kVAh parameters.
Represents 000,000,XXX,000.000 kVAh
Table 451 - kVAh x 10E3 (Parameter 102)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
347
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
kVAh 100
kVAh 100 (Parameter 103) reports a component of total apparent energy
(kVAh). Multiply this value by 100 and add to the other kVAh parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,XXX.000 kVAh
Table 452 - kVAh x 10E0 (Parameter 103)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kVAh 10-3
kVAh 10-3 (Parameter 104) reports a component of total apparent energy
(kVAh). Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the other kVAh parameters.
Represents 000,000,000,000. XXX kVAh
Table 453 - kVAh x 10E-3 (Parameter 104)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-999
999
INT
2
1
kW Demand
kW Demand (Parameter 105) reports the average real energy usage in kW over a
defined period.
Table 454 - kW Demand (Parameter 105)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
348
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Max kW Demand
Max kW Demand (Parameter 106) reports the maximum kW Demand since the
last Max kW Demand Reset command.
Table 455 - Max kW Demand (Parameter 106)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW
kVAR Demand
kVAR Demand (Parameter 107) reports the average reactive energy usage in
kVAR over a defined period.
Table 456 - kVAR Demand (Parameter 107)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR
Max kVAR Demand
Max kVAR Demand (Parameter 108) reports the maximum kVAR Demand since
the last Max kVAR Demand Reset command.
Table 457 - Max kVAR Demand (Parameter 108)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR
kVA Demand
kVA Demand (Parameter 109) reports the average reactive energy usage in kVA
over a defined period.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
349
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 458 - kVA Demand (Parameter 109)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA
Max kVA Demand
Max kVA Demand (Parameter 110) reports the maximum kVA Demand since
the last Max kVA Demand Reset command.
Table 459 - Max kVA Demand (Parameter 110)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
Analog Monitor
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s Analog I/O Expansion Modules scan up
to three analog signals per module. This information can be used to monitor the
following analog applications:
• Motor winding and bearing temperatures that are measured by RTD
sensors
• Liquid, air, or steam flow
• Temperature
• Weight
• Vessel level
• Potentiometer
• PTC or NTC thermistor sensors
Analog Module 1
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 (Parameter 111) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00.
350
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 460 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 00 (Parameter 111)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 (Parameter 112) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01.
Table 461 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 01 (Parameter 112)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02
Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 (Parameter 113) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02.
Table 462 - Analog Module 1 – Input Channel 02 (Parameter 113)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
В Analog Module 1 Status
Analog Module 1 Status (Parameter 123) reports the status of Analog Module 1.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
351
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 463 - Analog Module 1 Status (Parameter 123)
Bit
15
В В В В В В В В В В 14
В В В В В В В В В В 13
В В В В В В В В В В 12
В В В В В В В В В В 11
В В В В В В В В В В 10
В В В В В В В В В В 9
В В В В В В В В В X
8
В В В В В В В В X
В 7
В В В В В В В X
В В 6
В В В В В В X
В В В 5
В В В В В X
В В В В 4
В В В В X
В В В В В 3
В В В X
В В В В В В 2
В В X
В В В В В В В 1
В X
В В В В В В В В 0
X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В X
В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В Function
Input Channel 00 Open Circuit
Input Channel 00 Over Range
Input Channel 00 Under Range
Input Channel 01 Open Circuit
Input Channel 01 Over Range
Input Channel 01 Under Range
Input Channel 02 Open Circuit
Input Channel 02 Over Range
Input Channel 02 Under Range
Output Channel 00 Open Circuit
Output Channel 00 Hold Last State
Mode Active
Output Channel 00 Over Range
Output Channel 00 Under Range
Analog Module Configured
Analog Module Warning (Module
Number Dial Changed)
Analog Module Faulted
Analog Module 2
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 (Parameter 114) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00.
Table 464 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 00 (Parameter 114)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 (Parameter 115) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01.
352
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 465 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 01 (Parameter 115)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02)
Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 (Parameter 113) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02.
Table 466 - Analog Module 2 – Input Channel 02 (Parameter 116)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
В Analog Module 2 Status
Analog Module 2 Status (Parameter 124) reports the status of Analog Module 2.
Table 467 - Analog Module 2 Status (Parameter 124)
Bit
15
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
14
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В 13
В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В 12
В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В 11
В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В 10
В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В 9
В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В 8
В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В 7
В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В 6
В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В 5
В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В 4
В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В 3
В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В 2
В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В 1
В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В 0
X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В Function
Input Channel 00 Open Circuit
Input Channel 00 Over Range
Input Channel 00 Under Range
Input Channel 01 Open Circuit
Input Channel 01 Over Range
Input Channel 01 Under Range
Input Channel 02 Open Circuit
Input Channel 02 Over Range
Input Channel 02 Under Range
Output Channel 00 Open Circuit
Output Channel 00 Hold Last State Mode Active
Output Channel 00 Over Range
Output Channel 00 Under Range
Analog Module Configured
Analog Module Warning (Module Number Dial Changed)
Analog Module Faulted
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
353
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Analog Module 3
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 (Parameter 117) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00.
Table 468 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 00 (Parameter 117)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 (Parameter 118) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01.
Table 469 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 01 (Parameter 118)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02
Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 (Parameter 119) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02.
Table 470 - Analog Module 3 – Input Channel 02 (Parameter 119)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
В Analog Module 3 Status
Analog Module 3 Status (Parameter 125) reports the status of Analog Module 3.
354
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 471 - Analog Module 3 Status (Parameter 125)
Bit
15
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
14
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В 13
В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В 12
В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В 11
В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В 10
В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В 9
В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В 8
В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В 7
В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В 6
В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В 5
В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В 4
В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В 3
В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В 2
В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В 1
В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В 0
X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В Function
Input Channel 00 Open Circuit
Input Channel 00 Over Range
Input Channel 00 Under Range
Input Channel 01 Open Circuit
Input Channel 01 Over Range
Input Channel 01 Under Range
Input Channel 02 Open Circuit
Input Channel 02 Over Range
Input Channel 02 Under Range
Output Channel 00 Open Circuit
Output Channel 00 Hold Last State Mode Active
Output Channel 00 Over Range
Output Channel 00 Under Range
Analog Module Configured
Analog Module Warning (Module Number Dial Changed)
Analog Module Faulted
Analog Module 4
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 (Parameter 120) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00.
Table 472 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 00 (Parameter 120)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 (Parameter 121) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
355
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 473 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 01 (Parameter 121)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
 Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02
Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 (Parameter 122) reports the monitored
value of Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02.
Table 474 - Analog Module 4 – Input Channel 02 (Parameter 122)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0
-32768
32767
INT
2
1
В Analog Module 4 Status
Analog Module 4 Status (Parameter 126) reports the status of Analog Module 4.
Table 475 - Analog Module 4 Status (Parameter 126)
356
Bit
15
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В 14
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В 13
В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
12
В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В 11
В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В 10
В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В 9
В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В 8
В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В 7
В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В 6
В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В 5
В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В 4
В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В 3
В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В 2
В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В 1
В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В 0
X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В X
В В В В В В В В В В В В В В В Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Function
Input Channel 00 Open Circuit
Input Channel 00 Over Range
Input Channel 00 Under Range
Input Channel 01 Open Circuit
Input Channel 01 Over Range
Input Channel 01 Under Range
Input Channel 02 Open Circuit
Input Channel 02 Over Range
Input Channel 02 Under Range
Output Channel 00 Open Circuit
Output Channel 00 Hold Last State Mode Active
Output Channel 00 Over Range
Output Channel 00 Under Range
Analog Module Configured
Analog Module Warning (Module Number Dial
Changed)
Analog Module Faulted
Metering and Diagnostics
Trip / Warning History
Chapter 8
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides a trip and warning history in
which the last five trips and last five warnings are recorded into nonvolatile
storage. A mask is available to limit which trip and warning events are logged to
the history's memory.
Trip History
When the E300 Electronic Overload Relay issue a trip, the reason for the trip is
recorded into the Trip History. Table 476 lists the codes that are available for the
trip history records.
Table 476 - Trip History Codes
Trip History Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Description
No Fault Conditions Detected
Motor current overload condition
Phase current Loss is detected in one of the motor phases
Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground
Motor has not reached full speed by the end of Stall Enable Time
Motor current has exceeded the programmed jam trip level
Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels
Phase to phase current imbalance detected
L1Current was below L1 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L2Current was below L2 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L3Current was below L3 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L1 Current was over L1 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L2 Current was over L2 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L3 Current was over L3 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L1 Current Lost for longer than the L1 Loss Trip Delay
L2 Current Lost for longer than the L2 Loss Trip Delay
L3 Current Lost for longer than the L3 Loss Trip Delay
Line to Line Under-Voltage condition detected
Line to Line Over-Voltage condition detected
Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected
The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated
Line voltage frequency is below trip level
Line voltage frequency has exceeded trip level
Sensing Module boot loader failed to load firmware
Sensing Module output enable open
Sensing Module missing interrupts
Sensing Module not calibrated
Sensing Module frame type failure
Sensing Module flash configuration failure
Sensing Module detected an overrun error
Sensing Module is not responding
Total Real Power (kW) is below trip level
Total Real Power (kW) has exceeded trip level
Under Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Over Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Under Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
357
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Trip History Code
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
90
91
92
93
94
358
Description
Over Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) is below trip level
Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) exceeded trip level
Under Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Under Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
Test trip caused by holding the Test/Reset button for 2 seconds
PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated
DeviceLogix defined trip was generated
The Stop button the Operator Station was pressed
Remote trip command detected
Maximum starts per hour exceeded
Hardware configuration fault. Check for shorts on input terminal
Invalid parameter config. See parameters 38-39 for details
DeviceLogix Feedback Timeout Trip was detected
Control Module CAN0 initialization failure
Control Module CAN0 bus failure
Control Module CAN1 initialization failure
Control Module CAN1 bus failure
Control Module ADC0 failure
Control Module detected too many CRC errors
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level
External NVS Chip has detected communication timeout error
External NVS Chip has detected a CRC error
External NVS Chip has detected data out of range
Digital Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Control Module installed does not match the expected type
Sensing Module installed does not match the expected type
Comms Module installed does not match the expected type
Operator Station installed does not match expected type
Digital Module installed does not match the expected type
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Trip History Code
95
96
97
98
Chapter 8
Description
Analog Module installed does not match the expected type
Test Mode is engaged and current/voltage was detected
Heap memory could not be allocated
Vendor ID hardware fault
Trip History Mask
You can decide which trip events are recorded into the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay’s trip history by using the Trip History Masks.
Current Trip History Mask
Current Trip History Mask (Parameter 139) allows you to select which currentbased trip events are recorded in the trip history.
Table 477 - Current Trip History Mask (Parameter 139)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Overload Trip
Phase Loss Trip
Ground Fault Trip
Stall Trip
Jam Trip
Underload Trip
Current Imbalance Trip
L1 Under Current Trip
L2 Under Current Trip
L3 Under Current Trip
L1 Over Current Trip
L2 Over Current Trip
L3 Over Current Trip
L1 Line Loss Trip
L2 Line Loss Trip
L3 Line Loss Trip
Voltage Trip History Mask
Voltage Trip History Mask (Parameter 140) allows you to select which voltagebased trip events are recorded in the trip history.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
359
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 478 - Voltage Trip History Mask (Parameter 140)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Under Voltage Trip
Over Voltage Trip
Voltage Imbalance Trip
Phase Rotation Trip
Under Frequency Trip
Over Frequency Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Power Trip History Mask
Power Trip History Mask (Parameter 141) allows you to select which powerbased trip events are recorded in the trip history.
Table 479 - Power Trip History Mask (Parameter 141)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Under kW Trip
Over kW Trip
Under kVAR Consumed Trip
Over kVAR Consumed Trip
Under kVAR Generated Trip
Over kVAR Generated Trip
Under kVA Trip
Over kVA Trip
Under Power Factor Lagging Trip
Over Power Factor Lagging Trip
Under Power Factor Leading Trip
Over Power Factor Leading Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Control Trip History Mask
Control Trip History Mask (Parameter 142) allows you to select which controlbased trip events are recorded in the trip history.
360
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Table 480 - Control Trip History Mask (Parameter 142)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
X Test Trip
PTC Trip
DeviceLogix Trip
Operator Station Trip
Remote Trip
Blocked Start Trip
Hardware Fault Trip
Configuration Trip
Option Match Trip
Feedback Timeout Trip
Expansion Bus Trip
Reserved
Reserved
Nonvolatile Memory Trip
Test Mode Trip
Reserved
Analog Trip History Mask
Analog Trip History Mask (Parameter 143) allows you to select which analogbased trip events are recorded in the trip history.
Table 481 - Analog Trip History Mask (Parameter 143)
Bit
15
В В В В В В В В В В В В 14
В В В В В В В В В В В В 13
В В В В В В В В В В В В 12
В В В В В В В В В В В В 11
В В В В В В В В В В В X
10
В В В В В В В В В В X
В 9
В В В В В В В В В X
В В 8
В В В В В В В В X
В В В 7
В В В В В В В X
В В В В 6
В В В В В В X
В В В В В 5
В В В В В X
В В В В В В 4
В В В В X
В В В В В В В 3
В В В X
В В В В В В В В 2
В В X
В В В В В В В В В 1
В X
В В В В В В В В В В 0
X
В В В В В В В В В В В Function
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Trip
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Trip
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Trip
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Trip
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Trip
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Trip
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Trip
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Trip
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Trip
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Trip
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Trip
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Trip
Warning History
When the E300 Electronic Overload Relay issue a warning, the reason for the
warning is recorded into the Warning History. Table 482 lists the codes that are
available for the warning history records.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
361
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Table 482 - Warning History Codes
Warning History Code
0
1
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
50
51
56
58
60
61
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
362
Description
No Warning Conditions Detected
Approaching a motor current overload condition
Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground
Motor current has exceed the programmed jam warning level
Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels
Phase to phase current imbalance detected
L1 Current was below L1 Undercurrent Warning Level
L2 Current was below L2 Undercurrent Warning Level
L3 Current was below L3 Undercurrent Warning Level
L1 Current was over L1 Overcurrent Warning Level
L2 Current was over L2 Overcurrent Warning Level
L3 Current was over L3 Overcurrent Warning Level
L1 Current Lost for longer than the L1 Loss Trip Delay
L2 Current Lost for longer than the L2 Loss Trip Delay
L3 Current Lost for longer than the L3 Loss Trip Delay
Line to Line Under-Voltage condition detected
Line to Line Over-Voltage condition detected
Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected
The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated
Line voltage frequency is below the warning level
Line voltage frequency has exceeded warning level
Total Real Power (kW) is below warning level
Total Real Power (kW) has exceeded warning level
Under Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Over Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Under Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Over Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Total Apparent Power (kVA) is below warning level
Total Apparent Power (kVA) exceeded warning level
Under Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Under Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated
DeviceLogix defined warning was generated
Invalid parameter config. See parameters 38-39 for details
DeviceLogix Feedback Timeout Trip was detected
Number of Starts Warning Level Exceeded
Operating Hours Warning Level Exceeded
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Metering and Diagnostics
Warning History Code
74
75
76
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
90
91
92
93
94
95
98
Chapter 8
Description
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level
Digital Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Control Module installed does not match the expected type
Sensing Module installed does not match the expected type
Comms Module installed does not match the expected type
Operator Station installed does not match expected type
Digital Module installed does not match the expected type
Analog Module installed does not match the expected type
A hardware fault condition was detected
Warning History Mask
You can decide which warning events are recorded into the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay’s warning history by using the Warning History Masks.
Current Warning History Mask
Current Warning History Mask (Parameter 145) allows you to select which
current-based warning events are recorded in the warning history.
Table 483 - Current Warning History Mask (Parameter 145)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
1
0
Function
X Overload Warning
Reserved
Ground Fault Warning
Reserved
Jam Warning
Underload Warning
Current Imbalance Warning
L1 Under Current Trip
L2 Under Current Trip
L3 Under Current Trip
L1 Over Current Trip
L2 Over Current Trip
L3 Over Current Trip
L1 Line Loss Trip
L2 Line Loss Trip
L3 Line Loss Trip
363
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Voltage Warning History Mask
Voltage Warning History Mask (Parameter 146) allows you to select which
voltage-based warning events are recorded in the warning history.
Table 484 - Voltage Warning History Mask (Parameter 146)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
Function
Under Voltage Warning
Over Voltage Warning
Voltage Imbalance Warning
Phase Rotation Warning
Under Frequency Warning
Over Frequency Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Power Warning History Mask
Power Warning History Mask (Parameter 147) allows you to select which powerbased warning events are recorded in the warning history.
Table 485 - Power Warning History Mask (Parameter 147)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
364
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
Function
X Under kW Warning
Over kW Warning
Under kVAR Consumed Warning
Over kVAR Consumed Warning
Under kVAR Generated Warning
Over kVAR Generated Warning
Under kVA Warning
Over kVA Warning
Under Power Factor Lagging Warning
Over Power Factor Lagging Warning
Under Power Factor Leading Warning
Over Power Factor Leading Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Control Warning History Mask
Control Warning History Mask (Parameter 148) allows you to select which
control-based warning events are recorded in the warning history.
Table 486 - Control Warning History Mask (Parameter 148)
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
Function
Reserved
PTC Warning
DeviceLogix Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Option Match Warning
Feedback Timeout Warning
Expansion Bus Warning
Number Of Starts Warning
Operating Hours Warning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Analog Warning History Mask
Analog Warning History Mask (Parameter 149) allows you to select which
control-based warning events are recorded in the warning history.
Table 487 - Analog Warning History Mask (Parameter 149)
Bit
15
В В В В В В В В В В В В 14
В В В В В В В В В В В В 13
В В В В В В В В В В В В 12
В В В В В В В В В В В В 11
В В В В В В В В В В В X
10
В В В В В В В В В В X
В 9
В В В В В В В В В X
В В 8
В В В В В В В В X
В В В 7
В В В В В В В X
В В В В 6
В В В В В В X
В В В В В 5
В В В В В X
В В В В В В 4
В В В В X
В В В В В В В 3
В В В X
В В В В В В В В 2
В В X
В В В В В В В В В 1
В X
В В В В В В В В В В Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
X
В В В В В В В В В В В Function
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01 Warning
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02 Warning
365
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Trip Snapshot
Trip Snapshot L1-L2 Voltage
Trip Snapshot L1-L2 Voltage (Parameter 156) reports the voltage in volts in
reference to the T1 and T2 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay Sensing Module at the time of the most recent trip event.
Table 488 - Trip Snapshot L1-L2 Voltage (Parameter 156)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
Trip Snapshot L2-L3 Voltage
Trip Snapshot L2-L3 Voltage (Parameter 157) reports the voltage in volts in
reference to the T2 and T3 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay Sensing Module at the time of the most recent trip event.
Table 489 - Trip Snapshot L2-L3 Voltage (Parameter 157)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
Trip Snapshot L3-L1 Voltage
Trip Snapshot L3-L1 Voltage (Parameter 158) reports the voltage in volts in
reference to the T3 and T1 power terminals of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay Sensing Module at the time of the most recent trip event.
Table 490 - Trip Snapshot L3-L1 Voltage (Parameter 158)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
366
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0.0
0.0
6553.5
UINT
2
10
Volts
Metering and Diagnostics
Chapter 8
Trip Snapshot Total Real Power
Trip Snapshot Total Real Power (Parameter 159) reports the total real power of
the monitored power conductors in kW at the time of the most recent trip event.
Table 491 - Trip Snapshot Total Real Power (Parameter 159)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kW
Trip Snapshot Total Reactive Power
Trip Snapshot Total Reactive Power (Parameter 160) reports the total Reactive
power of the monitored power conductors in kVAR at the time of the most
recent trip event.
Table 492 - Trip Snapshot Total Reactive Power (Parameter 160)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
-2000000.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVAR or MVAR
Trip Snapshot Total Apparent Power
Trip Snapshot Total Apparent Power (Parameter 161) reports the total apparent
power of the monitored power conductors in kVA at the time of the most recent
trip event.
Table 493 - Trip Snapshot Total Apparent Power (Parameter 161)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
0.000
0.000
2000000.000
DINT
4
1000
kVA
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
367
Chapter 8
Metering and Diagnostics
Trip Snapshot Total Power Factor
Trip Snapshot Total Power Factor (Parameter 162) reports the total power factor
of the monitored power conductors in percentage at the time of the most recent
trip event.
Table 494 - Trip Snapshot Total Power Factor (Parameter 162)
Default Value
Minimum Value
Maximum Value
Parameter Type
Size (Bytes)
Scaling Factor
Units
368
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0.0
-100.0
100.0
INT
2
10
%
Chapter
9
EtherNet/IP Communications
Introduction
This chapter provides the necessary instructions to successfully connect the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module (Catalog
Number 193-ECM-ETR) to an Ethernet network and configure it to
communicate to an EtherNet/IP scanner such as an Allen-Bradley Logix
controller.
Network Design
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module has
dual Ethernet ports that function as an Ethernet switch with RJ45 ports to
connect Ethernet cable CAT5 type or better to. Rockwell Automation offers a
wide variety of Allen-Bradley Ethernet patch cables with its Bulletin 1585 line of
Ethernet cables (http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices/
RJ45-Network-Media).
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module
supports a Star, Linear, and Ring Ethernet topology. Figure 49 shows an example
of a Star Ethernet Topology, in which all Ethernet nodes wire back to a central
Ethernet switch, hub, or router.
Figure 49 - Star Ethernet Topology
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
369
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
Rockwell Automation also offers a line of managed and unmanagedпЂ Allen-Bradley Ethernet Switches with its Stratix family of Ethernet switches. See
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Networks-and-Communications/EthernetIP-Infrastructure for more information.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module also
supports an ethernet Ring topology in which all ethernet nodes are wired in series
with one another until a complete network ring is made as shown in Figure 50.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module
supports Rockwell Automation's Device Level Ring (DLR) topology as a slave
device in which the EtherNet/IP network continues to communicate if one of
the network chains is disrupted
Figure 50 - Ring Ethernet Topology
370
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Determining Network
Parameters
Chapter 9
To operate an EtherNet/IP network, you must define these parameters.
Table 495 - EtherNet/IP Network Parameters
Network Parameter
Description
IP Address
The IP address uniquely identifies the module. The IP address
is in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx where each xxx is a number from
0...255. Do not use the following IP addresses, as these are
reserved values:
• 0.0.0.1...0.255.255.255
• 127.0.0.0...127.255.255.255
• 224.255.255.255...255.255.255.255
Subnet Mask
Subnet addressing is an extension of the IP address scheme
that allows a site to use a single network ID for multiple
physical networks. Routing outside of the site continues by
dividing the IP address into a net ID and a host ID via the
class. Inside a site, the subnet mask is used to redivide the IP
address into a custom network ID portion and host ID portion.
NOTE: If you change the subnet mask of an alreadyconfigured module, you must cycle power to the module for
the change to take effect.
Gateway
A gateway connects individual physical networks into a
system of networks. When a node needs to communicate
with a node on another network, a gateway transfers the data
between the two networks.
If DNS addressing is used or if the module is referenced via a host name in an
MSG instruction, the following parameters must be defined.
IMPORTANT
Consult with your Ethernet network administrator to determine if these
parameters need to be specified.
Table 496 - EtherNet/IP Network Parameters for DNS Addressing
Network Parameter
Description
Host Name
A host name is part of a text address that identifies the
module. The full text address of a module is:
host_name.domain_name.
Domain Name
A domain name is part of a text address that identifies the
domain in which the module resides. The full text address of a
module is: host_name.domain_name. The domain name has a
48-character limit.
Primary DNS Server Address
This identifies any DNS servers that are used in the network.
You must have a DNS server configured if you specify an
SMTP server with a name. The DNS server converts the
domain name or host name to an IP address that can be used
by the network.
For more information on DNS addressing, see page 380.
Secondary DNS Server Address
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
371
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
Setting the IP Network
Address
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module
ships with DHCP enabled. You can set the network Internet Protocol (IP)
address by using:
• The EtherNet/IP node address selection switches
• A Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP)/Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
(DHCP) server (for example, the Rockwell Automation BOOTP-DHCP
Server Utility, which is included with Rockwell Software's RSLinx Classic
software)
• A web browser and MAC scanner software
EtherNet/IP Node Address Selection Switches
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module
comes with three node address selection switches that allow you to select the last
octet for the IP address 192.168.1.xxx.
Network Information
- MAC Id
- Serial Number
- Firmware Revision
Node Address
x100
Node Address
001 - 254
255 - 887
889 - 999
888
000
EXAMPLE
x10
x1
Function
Set IP Address to 192.168.1.xxx
Set IP Address via DHCP or use static IP Address
Reset to factory defaults
Administration mode
When the left dial is set to 1, the middle dial is set to 2, and the right dial is set
to 3, the resulting IP address is: 192.168.1.123.
When the node address selection switches are set to a value greater than 255
(excluding 888), the IP address is set to DHCP Enabled or programmed for a
static IP address.A power cycle is required for any selection changes to take effect.
372
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
Assign Network Parameters via the BOOTP/ DHCP Utility
By default, the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication
Module is DHCP Enabled. The BOOTP/DHCP utility is a standalone
program that is located in the BOOTPDHCP Server folder accessed from the
Start menu.
IMPORTANT
Before starting the BOOTP/DHCP utility, make sure you have the hardware MAC
ID of the module, which is printed on the front of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module. The MAC ID has a format similar to:
00-0b-db-14-55-35.
This utility recognizes DHCP-enabled devices and provides an interface to
configure a static IP address for each device. To assign network parameters via the
BOOTP/DHCP utility, perform this procedure:
1. Execute the BOOTP/DHCP software.
2. Choose Tool >Network Settings.
3. If appropriate for the network, type the subnet mask, gateway address,
primary/secondary server addresses, and domain name in their respective
fields.
4. Click OK.пЂ The Request History panel displays the hardware addresses of modules
issuing BOOTP or DHCP requests.
5. Double-click the MAC address of the module to be configured.
NOTE: The MAC address is printed underneath the sliding front cover of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module. The
format of the hardware address resembles: 00-0b-db-14-55-35
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
373
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
The New Entry window appears with the module's Ethernet Address (MAC).
6. Type the IP address, host name, and a module description.
7. Click OK.
8. Cycle power to the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module.
9. To permanently assign this configuration to the module: Select the
module in the Relation List panel and click Disable BOOTP/DHCP.
When module power is cycled, it uses the assigned configuration and does not
issue a DHCP request.
If you do not click Disable BOOTP/DHCP, on a power cycle, the module clears
the current IP configuration and again begins sending DHCP requests.
374
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
Assign Network Parameters Via a Web Browser and MAC Scanner
Software
If you do not have access to a DHCP software utility, you can assign network
parameters via a web browser (for example, MicrosoftВ® Internet Explorer) and
Media Access Control (MAC) scanner software (for example, MAC Scanner
from ColasoftВ® - http://www.colasoft.com/). Follow these steps to configure the
module using this method.
1. Locate and identify the MAC ID printed on the label of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module. This
address has a format that is similar to: 00-0b-db-14-55-35
2. Connect the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module to the same wide area network (WAN) as your
personal computer.
3. Initiate the MAC scanner software.
4. Select the appropriate subnet to scan for available MAC addresses.
5. Scan the Subnet for all available MAC addresses
.
6. Identify the IP address assigned to the MAC ID of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module. The IP address
will have a format that is similar to 192.168.0.100.
Other Factors to Consider When Assigning Network Parameters
There are other factors to consider when assigning network parameters, which
include:
• Network isolation from or integration into the plant/enterprise network.
• Network size. For large networks, even isolated networks, it might be more
convenient and safer to use a BOOTP/DHCP server rather than RSLinx
software. The BOOTP/DHCP server also limits the possibility of
assigning duplicate IP addresses.
• Company policies and procedures that are associated with plant floor
network installation and maintenance.
• Level of involvement by information technology personnel in plant floor
network installation and maintenance.
• Type of training that is offered to control engineers and maintenance
personnel.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
375
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
If the Rockwell Automation DHCP server is used in an uplinked subnet where
an enterprise DHCP server exists, a module may get an address from the
enterprise server before the Rockwell Automation utility even sees the module. In
this case, disconnect the uplink to set the address and configure the module to
retain its static address before reconnecting to the uplink. This is not a problem if
you have node names configured in the module and leave DHCP enabled.
Web Server
As a security precaution the embedded web server of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module is disabled by default. To
temporarily enable the web server to make it permanently available, you must
enter into Administration Mode. To do this, set the rotary dials that are located
underneath the front cover of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module to 000 and cycle power. The device will then go online
with the IP Address used at the time of the previous start-up.
Web Server Security and System Password
The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module’s web server allows you to view
any diagnostic and parameter information. Security measures are built into the
web server to deter a malicious user from making any unwanted EtherNet/IP
system changes and E300 configuration parameter edits. When you attempt to
make an EtherNet/IP system change or E300 configuration parameter edit, you
will be prompted to enter a user name and password.
System User Name
The user name Administrator (case sensitive) is the only user name that allows
you to make EtherNet/IP system changes or E300 configuration parameter edits.
System Password
For EtherNet/IP Communication Modules with firmware v1.003, the default
password is <blank>.
376
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
For EtherNet/IP Communication Modules with firmware v1.004 and higher, the
default password is the serial number of the E300 EtherNet/IP Communication
Module which can be found on the home page of the E300 web server.
It is recommended that you change the password for user name Administrator to
deter any malicious activity through the E300 EtherNet/IP Communication
Module’s web server. The password can be change on the password
configuration web page.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
377
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
Resetting the System Password
If the password for user name Administrator is misplaced or forgotten, you can
restore the password to the factory default value by turning the rotary dials on the
E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module to 8-8-8 and cycling power. This
resets all EtherNet/IP communication settings and E300 configuration
parameters back to the factory default values.
Permanently Enabling the Web Server
In Administrative Mode, you can change any configuration parameter of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay including permanently enabling the embedded
web server by following these steps:
1. Enter Administrative Mode by turning the rotary dials to 000 and cycle
power on the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
2. Access the web page
3. Navigate to Administrative Settings->Network Configuration
4. You will be prompted for user name and password. Enter "Administrator"
for the user name, and enter the appropriate password.
378
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
5. Enable the Web Server Control and press Apply Changes
Duplicate IP Address
Detection
When you change the IP address or connect the module to an EtherNet/IP
network, the module checks to make sure that the IP address assigned to this
module does not match the address of any other network device. If the module
determines that another device on the network with a matching IP address, the
EtherNet/IP port of the module goes into conflict mode where the Network
Status LED indicator is solid red.
To resolve this conflict, use the following instructions to change the IP address of
the module. Then, cycle power to the module or reset the modules by
disconnecting and then reconnecting the Ethernet cable.
Two modules could possibly detect a conflict simultaneously. If this occurs,
perform this procedure.
1. Remove the module with the incorrect IP address and correct its conflict.
2. Cycle power or disconnect the Ethernet cable from the second module and
reconnect it.
Behavior of Modules With Duplicate IP Addresses
Devices in conflict over an IP address behave differently depending on whether
connections have been established to either of the modules and whether both
modules support duplicate IP address detection.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
379
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
Table 497 - Device Conflict over Duplicate IP Addresses
DNS Addressing
If
then
both modules support duplicate IP
address detection,
the first started module uses and retains its IP address.
The other module will detect a conflict, give up the IP
address and enter conflict mode.
both modules support duplicate IP
address detection and are started at
roughly the same time,
one of the modules surrenders the IP address and enters
conflict mode.
one module supports duplicate IP address
detection and a second module does not,
the second module generally keeps its IP address,
regardless of which module first obtains the IP address.
The module that supports duplicate IP address detection
will detect the conflict and give up the IP address.
To further qualify a module’s address, use DNS addressing to specify a host name
for a module, which also includes specifying a domain name and DNS servers.
DNS addressing makes it possible to configure similar network structures and IP
address sequences under different domains.
DNS addressing is only necessary if you see the module by host name, such as in
path descriptions in MSG instructions.
To use DNS addressing, perform this procedure.
1. Assign a host name to the module.
NOTE: Contact the network administrator to have a host name assigned. Valid host
names should be compliant with IEC-1131-3.
2. Configure the module's parameters.
In addition to the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address, configure a host
name for the module, domain name, and primary/secondary DNS server
addresses.
Electronic Data Sheet (EDS)
File Installation
380
Before the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication
Module is configured to communicate on an EtherNet/IP network, it must be
registered to the software that configures the network (for example,
RockwellВ Automation RSLinx Classic and RSNetWorx for EtherNet/IP
software). Register the module by installing an EDS file. The EDS file for the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module can be
obtained from one of two locations:
• Embedded in the module
• The Allen-Bradley EDS file download website.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
Download the EDS File
Embedded in the Module
The EDS file for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module is embedded within the module. Using RSLinx Classic,
you can install the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module's EDS file from the RSLinx Classic RSWho screen
using these steps:
1. Open RSLinx Classic and browse the EtherNet/IP network that has the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay. It will be identified with a yellow
question mark. Right click on the unrecognized device and select "Upload
EDS File from Device".
2. Using the EDS Wizard, install the embedded E300 Electronic Overload
Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module EDS file.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
381
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
3. When finished, RSLinx Classic will recognize the newly registered E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.
From the EDS File Download Site
The EDS file for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module can also be downloaded from the Allen-Bradley EDS
File download site. Using a web browser on the personal computer that is
connected to the internet, you can download the EDS file by following these
steps:
1. Type http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/
support/networks/eds.page? on the address line of the web browser.
2. Select EtherNet/IP as the network type, enter 193 for the Bulletin
Number, and click Search.
382
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
3. Locate the EDS file for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module and download it to the personal computer.
4. Start the EDS Hardware Installation Tool located at
Start>Programs>Rockwell Software>RSLinx Tools and Add a new device
5. Using the EDS Wizard, install the downloaded E300 Electronic Overload
Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module EDS file.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
383
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
6. When finished, RSLinx Classic will recognize the newly registered E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.
View and Configure
Parameters
The web server in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module when enabled is able to view and configure parameters
for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay. You can use the web interface to edit
parameters for E300 Electronic Overload Relay if it is not being scanned by an
EtherNet/IP scanner.
Viewing Parameters
Follow the steps below to view parameters using the web interface of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.
1. Using a web browser, open the web page of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module by typing its IP address for
the URL.
384
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
2. Navigate to the Parameters folder and select a parameter group. The
example below shows the information from the Current Monitoring
parameters.
3. To increase the update rate of the data being viewed, enter a faster update
time in the refresh rate box shown below:
4. E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module
web page displays up to 17 parameters per web page. If more than 17
parameters exist for a parameter group, use the navigation arrows to display
the other parameters.
Editing Parameters
Follow the steps below to edit configuration parameters using the web interface
of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
385
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
1. Select a parameter group that contains programmable parameters, then
click the Edit button. The value options appears.
2. Click the down arrow on the pull-down boxes to adjust fixed values and/or
enter numerical values in the fields without an arrow to adjust the values.
3. Click Apply once all parameter edits have been completed. The E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module will
download the new parameter values to the device.
386
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
4. A confirmation window appears. Press OK.
NOTE: If you attempt to edit a configuration parameter when a Class 1
EtherNet/IP connection exists between an EtherNet/IP scanner and the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module, a message
similar to the one shown below appears when the Apply button is pressed.
Automation Controller
Communications
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module
supports two types of EtherNet/IP messaging.
• I/O Messaging - Used for deterministic EtherNet/IP communications
with ControlLogix, CompactLogix, SoftLogix, and EtherNet/IP scanners.
Its primary use is to read and write I/O data for control purposes.
• Explicit Messaging - Used for non-deterministic communications in which
the data is not critical for control. Logic explicit messages have a lower
priority compared to I/O messages and are used to read and write noncritical data.
I/O Messaging
RSLogix 5000в„ў and Studio 5000в„ў software is used to configure I/O messaging
between an automation controller and the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
EtherNet/IP Communication Module on an EtherNet/IP network.
Shown below are two examples and the steps necessary to configure a Logix
controller for I/O messaging.
• Logix Configuration with Add-on Profile
• Logix Configuration with a Generic Profile
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
387
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
Logix Configuration with Add-on Profile
An Add-on Profile is available for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/
IP Communication Module and can be used with RSLogix 5000 version 17 and
higher and Studio 5000 version 21 and higher. The profile can be downloaded
from:пЂ http://compatibility.rockwellautomation.com/Pages/
MultiProductFindDownloads.aspx?crumb=112&refSoft=0&toggleState=&ver
sions=50428
An existing project can be used or a new project can be created to configure
EtherNet/IP I/O Messaging. After the controller configuration, the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module has to be
added to the I/O configuration by following these steps:
1. Right-click on the EtherNet/IP scanner within the I/O Configuration
folder, then select New Module to open the Select Module Type window.
2. Select the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication
Module (193-ECM-ETR), then click Create.
388
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
3. Enter a name and the IP address for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
EtherNet/IP Communication Module. The name creates tags in RSLogix
5000 or Studio 5000 that can be used to read and write data from the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.
4. Select Change to select the modules and accessories of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay system.
5. Select the specific E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing and Control
Modules and their respective Option Match actions.
6. Right click on the Expansion Bus to add the specific Expansion Bus
accessories for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system and select their
specific Option Match action. When finished, press OK.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
389
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
7. Configure the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system's Operating Mode
and associated relay output assignments. See Chapter 5 for more
information about Operating Modes.
8. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay allows you to configure up to
eightВ Datalinks. Select the parameters for the additional data to be
included with the input tags. Press OK to complete the module definition.
9. Next, set the overload protection configuration parameters for your
specific motor application by selecting Protection.
390
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
10. To configure the other parameters for a Control Module with firmware
v3.000 or higher, navigate to the proper display and make the appropriate
adjustments.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
391
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
11. To configure the other configuration parameters for Control Modules
with firmware v1.000 and v2.000, navigate to the configuration tags of the
newly added E300 Electronic Overload Relay. Modify the configuration
tags directly to enable and adjust the other current-, voltage-, power-, and
control-based protection functions of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
12. When finished, press OK to complete the addition of the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay to the Logix system.
13. Download the project to the Logix controller, and place the controller into
Run Mode. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay is actively
communicating with the Logix controller.
392
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
14. To access the data provided by the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
EtherNet/IP Communication Module, navigate to input tags created by
the Add-on Profile.
15. To control the output relays or remote reset the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay navigate to the output tags created by the Add-on Profile.
Logix Configuration with a Generic Profile
An existing project can be used or a new project can be created to configure
EtherNet/IP I/O Messaging. After the Logix controller has been configured, the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module must be
added to the I/O configuration. Follow these steps when using a Generic Profile.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
393
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
1. Right-click on the EtherNet/IP scanner within the I/O Configuration
folder, then select New Module to open the Select Module Type window.
2. Select the Generic Ethernet Module, then click Create.
3. Enter a name and the IP address for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
EtherNet/IP Communication Module. The name creates tags in RSLogix
5000 or Studio 5000 that can be used to read and write data from the E300
Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module.
4. Select Data-DINT for the Comm Format. The Data-DINT format
represents the data from the EtherNet/IP Communications Auxiliary
E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module as
a collection of 32-bit values. Set the I/O Assemblies to the following
values:
• Input Assembly Instance 199 (Size 39)
394
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
• Output Assembly Instance 144 (Size 2)
• Configuration Assembly Instance 120 (Size 0)
5. To access the data provided by the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
EtherNet/IP Communication Module, navigate to input tags created by
the Generic Profile. Table 498 represents the Input Assembly data.
Table 498 - Instance 199 - Input (Produced) Assembly
Bit
INT
DINT
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
0
Reserved for Logix
2
3
DeviceStaus0
1
DeviceStaus1
4
5
InputStatus0
2
InputStatus1
6
7
OutputStatus
3
OpStationStatus
8
9
TripStsCurrent
4
WarnStsCurrent
10
11
TripStsVoltage
5
WarnStsVoltage
12
13
TripStsPower
6
WarnStsPower
14
15
TripStsControl
7
WarnStsControl
16
17
TripStsAnalog
8
WarnStsAnalog
18
19
20
9
Reserved
ThermUtilizedPct
10
21
CurrentImbalance
AvgPercentFLA
22
23
11
AverageCurrent
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
395
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
Bit
INT
DINT
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
24
25
12
L1Current
13
L2Current
14
L3Current
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
16
34
35
GFCurrent
15
17
Reserved
AvgVoltageLtoL
L1toL2Voltage
L2toL3Voltage
L3toL1Voltage
36
37
18
TotalRealPower
19
TotalReactivePwr
20
TotalApparentPwr
21
TotalPowerFactor
22
Datalink0
23
Datalink1
24
Datalink2
25
Datalink3
26
Datalink4
27
Datalink5
28
Datalink6
29
Datalink7
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
30
62
63
31
64
65
396
32
PtDeviceOuts
AnDeviceOuts
InAnMod1Ch00
InAnMod1Ch01
InAnMod1Ch02
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Reserved
5
4
3
2
1
0
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
Bit
INT
DINT
66
67
33
68
69
34
70
71
35
72
73
36
74
75
37
76
77
38
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
InAnMod2Ch00
InAnMod2Ch01
InAnMod2Ch02
Reserved
InAnMod3Ch00
InAnMod3Ch01
InAnMod3Ch02
Reserved
InAnMod4Ch00
InAnMod4Ch01
InAnMod4Ch02
Reserved
For example, E300_Overload:I.Data[12] represents L1 Current as shown below.
6. To control the output relays or remotely reset the E300 Electronic
Overload Relay, navigate to the output tags created by the Generic Profile.
Table 499 represents the Input Assembly data.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
397
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
Table 499 - Instance 144 - Output (Consumed) Assembly
Bit
INT
DINT
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
OutputStatus0
NetworkStart1
X
NetworkStart2
X
TripReset
X
EmergencyStart
X
RemoteTrip
1
0
X
Reserved
X
X
X
X
X
1
X
X
HMILED1Green
HMILED3Green
HMILED3Red
X
2
X
HMILED2Green
X
3
HMILED4Red
X
Reserved
DLXPtDeviceIn
DLXAnDeviceIn
For example, E300_Overload:O.Data[0].0 represents Relay Output Pt00 as
shown below.
E-mail/Text
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module is
capable of sending e-mail messages and text notifications for different trip and
warning events using a Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) server.
The subject and body contents in the e-mail message is created from the:
• Type of trip or warning that is detected
• Device name
• Device description
398
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
• Device location
• Contact information
EXAMPLE
E-mail Subject:
E300 Overload Relay has detected a fault
E-mail Body:
Fault Status:
Device Name: E300 Overload Relay
Device Description: Motor Starters
Device Location: Bay 6-U29
Contact Info: Contact Person [email protected]
The first word in the e-mail subject is the device name. If a device name is not
configured, then the product name attribute from the identity object is used.
E-mail Configuration
To be able to send an e-mail, the IP address of the host name of a Simple Mail
Transfer Protocol (SMTP) server must be configured and notifications must be
selected. Follow these steps to configure an e-mail notification.
1. In the web browser, enter the IP address of the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module URL of the web browser.
2. Select Administrative Settings>Device Identity
3. Type the Device Identity information into the fields as described below
and press Apply.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
399
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
Device Name
Device Description
Device Location
Contact Information
The name of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
The description of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
The location of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
The contact information for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
4. Select Administrative Settings>E-Mail Configuration
5. Type the information into the e-mail notification fields as stated below.
Multiple e-mail addresses can be entered into the E-mail Recipient field by
separating each e-mail address with a semicolon (;). The E-mail Recipient
field is limited to 255 characters.
E-mail Recipient
E-Mail Sender
SMTP Server
SMTP Username
SMTP Password
SMTP Port
The e-mail address of the person who will receive the notifications.
The e-mail address from which the notification will be sent.
Consult with the network administrator for the SMTP server address.
Consult with the network administrator for the SMTP username.
Consult with the network administrator for the SMTP password.
Consult with the network administrator which SMTP port number to
use. Port 25 is the most common SMTP port.
6. Check the desired notification time, fault conditions, and local conditions
to be included in notification e-mails to the recipient. You can change
these after the initial configurations.
400
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Communications
Chapter 9
7. Click Apply to accept the configuration
8. When an E300 Electronic Overload Relay event occurs, the e-mail
message will look like the following:
Text Notifications
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP Communication Module can
send a text message to a wireless phone by e-mailing the wireless phone's service
provider. The format for the text message is provided by the service provider and
looks similar to the example formats below.
• AT&Tв„ў: 10-digit wireless phone [email protected]
• SprintВ®: 10-digit wireless phone [email protected]
Limitations
Based on the functionality of the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module, there are some limitations on when the e-mails can be
triggered.
• If two events occur at the same time, an e-mail is only sent for the most
significant error.
• If the device has been configured to send an e-mail for a lower prioritized
event and this event occurs at the same time as a higher prioritized event
for which the device has not been programmed to send an e-mail, an e-mail
is not sent for either event.
• The Clear e-mail is only sent when all events have been cleared and an
event e-mail has previously been sent.
Troubleshooting
The following table identifies possible causes and corrective actions when
troubleshooting the E300 Electronic Overload Relay EtherNet/IP
Communication Module.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
401
Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Communications
Status LED
Network Status (NS)
Module Status
Link1 or Link2
402
Color
State
None
—
Green, Red,
Not Illuminated
Flashing (once)
Green
Flashing
Green
Solid
Red
Flashing
Red
Solid
None
—
Green, Red, Not
Illuminated
Flashing (once)
Green
Flashing
Green
Solid
Red
Flashing
Red
Solid
None
—
Green
Green
Flashing
Solid
Possible Cause
The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module is not
receiving power.
Normal
Corrective Action
Verify that the proper control voltage exists between
terminals A1 and A2 on the E300 Control Module.
This is a normal power-up sequence.
The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module is online,
but with no connections established.
Normal operating state and the E300 EtherNet/IP
Communication Module is allocated to a master.
One or more EtherNet/IP connections timed out.
Diagnostics test failed on power-up/reset. An internal
fault exists.
Duplicate EtherNet/IP module address exists. Two
modules cannot have the same address.
A fatal communication error occurred.
The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module is not
receiving power.
Check the EtherNet/IP master and its scan list for correct
scanner configuration.
No action is required.
Reset the EtherNet/IP master device.
Cycle power to the unit. If the fault still exists, replace
the unit.
Change the IP address to a valid setting and reset the
device.
Check Ethernet media for proper installation.
Check the control power connection on the A1 and A2
terminals of the E300 EtherNet/IP Control Module.
Normal
This is a normal power-up sequence.
The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module is not
being scanned by the EtherNet/IP master.
Normal operating state, the E300 EtherNet/IP
Communication Module is allocated to its master.
One or more EtherNet/IP connections timed out.
Check the Ethernet scan list for the correct scanner
configuration.
No action is required.
Reset the E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module.
Reset the E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module or
The E300 Overload Relay is in a fault state.
verify the validity of the data in the configuration
assembly.
Cycle power to the device. If the fault still exists, replace
Diagnostics test failed on power-up/reset.
the device.
The E300 EtherNet/IP Communication Module is not
Check the Ethernet cabling to make sure it is properly
properly connected to an Ethernet network.
installed.
The Ethernet network is properly connected.
No action is required.
Communications are occurring on the Ethernet network. No action is required.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Chapter
10
Firmware Updates
Introduction
This chapter provides detailed information about firmware compatibility among
the various E300 Electronic Overload Relay modules and provides instructions
on how to update firmware for an E300 Electronic Overload Relay module.
Firmware Compatibility
The sensing, control, and communication modules of an E300 Electronic
Overload Relay have their own firmware for the functionality of the module and
its subsystems. Each module and its associated subsystems can be updated using
the ControlFLASH utility, which is the same utility that is used to download
firmware into a Logix-based controller. Table 500 shows the specific firmware
revisions for all E300 Electronic Overload Relay modules and subsystems for the
three system releases.
Table 500 - E300 System Revision Table
E300 Control Module
E300 Communication Module
E300 Sensing Module
E300 System Revision
1.034
1.035
2.034
2.035
3.033
3.049
193-EIO Application
1.002
1.003
2.002
2.003
3.001
3.001
193-EIO Boot Code
1.005
1.005
1.006
1.006
1.007
1.007
193-EIO EDS Files
—
—
—
—
3.001
3.001
193-ECM-ETR Application
1.003
1.003
1.003
1.003
1.003
1.004
193-ECM-ETR Boot Code
2.001
2.001
2.001
2.001
2.001
2.001
193-ECM-ETR FPGA
1.008
1.008
1.008
1.008
1.008
1.008
193-ECM-ETR File System
1.001
1.001
1.001
1.001
1.001
1.002
193-ESM Sensing Module
1.001
1.001
2.002
2.002
2.002
2.002
Table 501 shows which firmware revisions are compatible with the other E300
Electronic Overload Relay modules and their associated subsystems.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
403
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
Table 501 - E300 Firmware Compatibility Table
E300 Control Module
E300 Communication Module
193-ECM-ETR Application
193-ECM-ETR File System
193-ECM-ETR File System
193-ECM-ETR File System
193-ECM-ETR Boot Code
193-ECM-ETR FPGA
E300 Sensing Module
193-ESM Sensing Module
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
E300 Digital I/O Expansion Modules 193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
E300 Analog I/O Expansion Module 193-EXP-AIO-31
193-EOS-SCS
E300 Operator Stations
193-EOS-SDS
Updating Firmware
404
193-EIO Application
193-EIO Boot Code
193-EIO EDS Files
1.003
1.001
1.004
1.002
2.001
1.008
1.001
2.002
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.002
1.005
—
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
—
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
—
вњ“
—
1.003
1.005
—
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
—
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
—
вњ“
—
2.002
1.006
—
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
—
вњ“
—
2.003
1.006
—
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
—
вњ“
—
3.001
1.007
3.001
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
вњ“
Firmware for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay modules and their associated
subsystems can be downloaded from the Product Compatibility and Download
Center located at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/
support/pcdc.page?.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Firmware Updates
Chapter 10
After the firmware has been downloaded and installed, run the ControlFLASH
application by selecting ControlFLASH from the Start menu located at Start ->
FLASH Programming Tools -> ControlFlash as shown below.
Select the Local directory to locate the ControlFLASH update file and press
Next to continue.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
405
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
Select the module update file and press Next.
406
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Firmware Updates
Chapter 10
Select the specific device to update and press OK.
Select the specific module subsystem to update and press OK.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
407
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
Select the specific firmware revision for the firmware update and press Next.
Verify that you want to update the firmware for that specific module subsystem
by pressing Yes.
408
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Firmware Updates
Chapter 10
The ControlFLASH utility will begin to download the new firmware files. At
the end of the download, the device will automatically reset.
When the device finishes its power cycle sequence, a successful firmware update
message is displayed. Press OK to finish the firmware update process.
IMPORTANT
Do not interrupt power or communications to the device during the firmware
update process. Failure of control power or communications could permanently
damage the device.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
409
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
E300 Firmware Update
Example
Updating the firmware for an E300 Electronic Overload Relay involves updating
multiple internal firmware subsystems. The Communication Module, Control
Module, and Sensing Module have their own firmware. This example explains the
process to update an E300 Electronic Overload Relay from v2.034 to v3.033
firmware. Download the firmware update files fromпЂ http://compatibility.rockwellautomation.com/Pages/
MultiProductDownload.aspx?crumb=112.
Table 502 contains the firmware files that are associated with v3.033.
Table 502 - E300 Firmware v3.033 Files
В E300 Communication Module
E300 Sensing Module
E300 Control Module
E300 System Revision
3.033
193-ECM-ETR Application
1.003
193-ECM-ETR Boot Code
2.001
193-ECM-ETR FPGA
1.008
193-ECM-ETR File System
1.001
193-ESM Sensing Module
2.002
193-EIO Application
3.001
193-EIO Boot Code
1.007
193-EIO EDS Files
3.001
The firmware for the EtherNet/IP communication and sensing module did not
change in the update for an E300 Electronic Overload Relay with firmware
v2.034 to v3.033. No firmware update is needed for the E300 EtherNet/IP
Communication Module and Sensing Module. However, five control module
firmware subsystems changeed. Update the following control module firmware
subsystems:
• 193-EIO Boot Code
• 193-EIO Application
• 193-EIO Uncompressed EtherNet/IP EDS File
• 193-EIO Compressed EtherNet/IP EDS File
410
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Firmware Updates
Chapter 10
• 193-EIO Compressed DeviceNet EDS File
Control Module Boot Code Firmware Update
1. To update the firmware for the E300 Control Module Boot Code, start the
ControlFlash Utility, select 193-EIO BootCode, and press Next.
2. Select the device to update and press OK.
3. Select the firmware subsystem type 193-EIO Boot Code to update and
press OK.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
411
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
4. Select firmware revision 1.007.1 to update to.
412
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Firmware Updates
Chapter 10
5. Verify the firmware revision change and press Finish.
6. Begin the firmware updating process by pressing Yes.
When the firmware update is successful, the following display appears.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
413
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
Control Module Application Code Firmware Update
1. To update the firmware for the E300 Control Module Application Code,
start the ControlFlash Utility, select 193-EIO Application, and press
Next.
2. Select the device to update and press OK.
3. Select the firmware subsystem type 193-EIO Application to update and
press OK.
414
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Firmware Updates
Chapter 10
4. Select firmware revision 3.001.12 to update to.
5. Verify the firmware revision change and press Finish.
6. Begin the firmware updating process by pressing Yes.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
415
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
When the firmware update is successful, the following display appears.
Control Module Uncompressed EtherNet/IP EDS File Firmware Update
1. To update the embedded uncompressed EtherNet/IP EDS file, start the
ControlFlash Utility, select 193-EIO Uncompressed EDS, and press Next.
416
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Firmware Updates
Chapter 10
2. Select the device to update and press OK.
3. Select the firmware subsystem type 193-EIO EDS Files to update and
press OK.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
417
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
4. Select the first firmware revision 3.001.1 to update to.
5. Verify the firmware revision change and press Finish.
6. Begin the firmware updating process by pressing Yes.
418
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Firmware Updates
Chapter 10
When the firmware update is successful, the following display appears.
Control Module Compressed EtherNet/IP EDS File Firmware Update
1. To update the embedded compressed EtherNet/IP EDS file, start the
ControlFlash Utility, select 193-EIO Compressed EDS, and press Next.
2. Select the device to update and press OK.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
419
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
3. Select the firmware subsystem type 193-EIO EDS Files to update and
press OK.
4. Select the second firmware revision 3.001.1 to update to.
5. Verify the firmware revision change and press Finish.
420
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Firmware Updates
Chapter 10
6. Begin the firmware updating process by pressing Yes.
When the firmware update is successful, the following display appears.
Control Module Compressed DeviceNet EDS File Firmware Update
1. To update the embedded compressed DeviceNet EDS file, start the
ControlFlash Utility, select 193-EIO Compressed DNET EDS, and press
Next.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
421
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
2. Select the device to update and press OK.
3. Select the firmware subsystem type 193-EIO EDS Files to update and
press OK.
422
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Firmware Updates
Chapter 10
4. Select the third firmware revision 3.001.1 to update to.
5. Verify the firmware revision change and press Finish.
6. Begin the firmware updating process by pressing Yes.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
423
Chapter 10
Firmware Updates
When the firmware update is successful, the following display appears.
Completed Firmware Update
When the E300 Electronic Overload Relay firmware is successfully updated from
v2.034 to v3.033, the system information displays the information below.
424
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Chapter
11
Troubleshooting
Introduction
This chapter helps troubleshoot the E300 Electronic Overload Relay using its
advisory LEDs and diagnostic parameters.
ATTENTION: Servicing energized industrial control equipment can be
hazardous. Electrical shock, burns, or unintentional actuation of controlled
industrial equipment may cause death or serious injury. For safety of
maintenance personnel and others who may be exposed to electrical hazards
associated with the maintenance activities, follow the local safety-related work
practices (for example, the NFPA 70E, Part II, Electrical Safety for Employee
Workplaces, in the United States) when working on or near energized
equipment. Maintenance personnel must be trained in the safety practices,
procedures, and requirements that pertain to their respective job assignments.
Do not work alone on energized equipment.
ATTENTION: Do not attempt to defeat or override fault circuits. The cause of a
fault indication must be determined and corrected before attempting
operation. Failure to correct a control system or mechanical malfunction may
result in personal injury and/or equipment damage due to uncontrolled
machine system operation.
Advisory LEDs
All E300 Electronic Overload Relay Communication Modules and Operator
Station have two diagnostic status indicators: Power LED and Trip/Warn LED.
You can use these diagnostic status indicators to help identify the state of the
E300 Electronic Overload Relay and the reason for the trip or warning event.
Power LED
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay Power LED identifies the state of the E300
Electronic Overload Relay system.
Table 503 - Power LED
Blinking Green
Solid Green
Device Ready / Operation Mode
Device Active (Current Detected) /
Run Mode
Solid Red
Device Error
Blinking Red вћЉ
Communications Error
Blinking Green/Red вћЉ Copy Cat in Progress
вћЉ Available on Operator Station
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
425
Chapter 11
Troubleshooting
Trip/Warn LED
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay Power LED identifies the reason for the
trip or warning event. The E300 Electronic Overload Relay will display a long
and short blinking pattern to identify the reason for the trip or warning event.
Table 504 - Trip / Warn LED
Blinking Red
Blinking Yellow
Trip Event
Warning Event
Listed below are the blink patterns for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay trip
and warning events.
Voltage
Current
Table 505 - Blink Patterns for Trip/Warn Events
426
Code
Long Blink Pattern
Short Blink Pattern
Overload
0
1
Phase Loss
0
2
Ground Fault Current
0
3
Stall
0
4
Jam
0
5
Underload
0
6
Current Imbalance
0
7
L1 Under Current
0
8
L2 Under Current
0
9
L3 Under Current
0
10
L1 Over Current
0
11
L2 Over Current
0
12
L3 Over Current
0
13
L1 Line Loss
0
14
L2 Line Loss
0
15
L3 Line Loss
0
16
Under Voltage
1
1
Over Voltage
1
2
Voltage Imbalance
1
3
Phase Rotation Mismatch
1
4
Under Frequency
1
5
Over Frequency
1
6
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Troubleshooting
Analog
Control
Power
Code
Long Blink Pattern
Chapter 11
Short Blink Pattern
Under kW
2
1
Over kW
2
2
Under kVAR Consumed
2
3
Over kVAR Consumed
2
4
Under kVAR Generated
2
5
Over kVAR Generated
2
6
Under kVA
2
7
Over kVA
2
8
Under PF Lagging
2
9
Over PF Lagging
2
10
Under PF Leading
2
11
Over PF Leading
2
12
Test
3
1
PTC
3
2
DeviceLogix
3
3
Operator Station
3
4
Remote Trip
3
5
Blocked Start
3
6
Hardware Fault
3
7
Configuration
3
8
Option Match
3
9
Feedback Timeout
3
10
Expansion Bus
3
11
Number Of Starts
3
12
Operating Hours
3
13
Nonvolatile Memory
3
14
Test Mode
3
15
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 00
4
1
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 01
4
2
Analog Module 1 - Input Channel 02
4
3
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 00
4
4
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 01
4
5
Analog Module 2 - Input Channel 02
4
6
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 00
4
7
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 01
4
8
Analog Module 3 - Input Channel 02
4
9
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 00
4
10
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 01
4
11
Analog Module 4 - Input Channel 02
4
12
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
427
Chapter 11
Troubleshooting
Resetting a Trip
ATTENTION: Resetting a trip does not correct the cause for the trip. Take
corrective action before resetting the trip.
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay trip condition can be reset by taking one of
the following actions:
• Actuating the Blue Trip/Reset button on the E300 Electronic Overload
Relay Communication Module
• Actuating the Reset button on the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
Operator Station
• Setting the Trip Reset bit in the E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s Output
Assembly via the communications network
• Actuating a reset signal to one of the assigned digital inputs
• Setting Overload Reset Mode (Parameter 173) to “Automatic” to allow the
unit to automatically reset after an overload trip
• Setting Trip Reset (Parameter 163) to a value of 1, “Trip Reset”
IMPORTANT
Trip/Warn LED
Troubleshooting Procedures
An overload trip cannot be reset until the value of Percent Thermal Capacity
Utilized (Parameter 1) is below the value set in Overload Reset Level
(Parameter 174).
Trip Description
Possible Cause
Test Trip
1. Operation of the Test/Reset
1. Motor overloaded
Overload
2. Improper parameter settings
1. Missing supply phase
2. Poor electrical connection
Phase Loss
3. Contactor operation
4. Improper parameter setting
1. Power conductor or motor winding is
shorting to ground
2. Motor winding insulation is decayed
Ground Fault
428
Corrective Action
1. Operate the Test/Reset button to clear
1. Check and correct source of overload (load,
mechanical transmission components, motor
bearings).
2. Set parameter values to match the motor and
application requirements.
1. Check for open line (for example, blown fuse).
2. Check all power terminations from the branch
circuit-protecting device down to the motor for
proper tightness. Make sure that the overload
connection to the contactor is secure.
3. Inspect contactor for proper operation.
4. Single-phase applications require that Single/
Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set to “single phase”.
1. Check power conductors and motor windings for
low resistance to ground.
2. Check motor winding insulation for low
resistance to ground.
3. Check for foreign objects.
3. Foreign Object short
4. External ground fault sensor (core balance
current transformer) has improper
4. Check cable connections.
connection
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Troubleshooting
Trip Description
Stall
Possible Cause
1. Motor has not reached full speed by the
end of the Stall Enabld Time (Parameter
249)
2. Improper parameter settings
1. Motor current has exceeded the
programmed jam level
Jam
2. Improper parameter settings
PTC
1. Motor stator windings overheated
2. Thermistor leads short-circuited or broken
1. Imbalance in incoming power
2. Motor winding imbalance
Current Imbalance
3. Motor idling
4. Contactor or circuit breaker operation
1. Firmware Downgrade corrupted:
Nonvolatile Storage Nonvolatile memory
Fault
2. Internal product failure
1. Firmware of sensing module is not
compatible with control module firmware
Hardware Fault
2. Hardware configuration failure
1. Single/Three Phase (Parameter 176) is set
to "Single Phase" and current is being
sensed in phase L3 during motor operation.
Operating Mode "Overload (Network)"
Configuration Fault 2.
does not have an assigned Trip Relay
3. Illegal configuration value
Remote Trip
1. Contact closure of remote sensor (for
example, vibration switch).
1. Starts Counter (Parameter 29) is equal to
Total Starts Warning or greater than the value set in Total Starts
(Parameter 207)
Operating Time (Parameter 28) is equal to
Total Operating 1.
greater than the value set in Total
Hours Warning or
Operating Hours (Parameter 208)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Chapter 11
Corrective Action
1. Check for source of stall (for example, excessive
load, or mechanical transmission component
failure).
2. Stall Enabled Time (Parameter 249) is set too low
for the application. Check to make sure that FLA
Setting (Parameter 171) is set correctly.
1. Check for the source of the jam (i.e., excessive
load or mechanical transmission component
failure).
2. Jam Trip Level (Parameter 253) is set too low for
the application. Check to make sure that FLA Setting
(Parameter 171) is set correctly.
1. Check for source of motor overtemperature (for
example, overload, obstructed cooling, high
ambient temperature, excessive starts/hour).
2. Inspect thermistor leads for short-circuit or open
1. Check power system (for example, blown fuse).
2. Repair motor, or if acceptable, raise value of
Current Imbalance Trip Level (Parameter 261), CI
Trip Level
3. Raise value of Current Imbalance Trip Level
(Parameter 261) to an acceptable level.
4. Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper
operation.
1.Execute the Clear Command to the operating
Statistics, History Logs, and % TCU
2. Consult the factory.
1. Verify firmware revisions of control module and
sensing module
2. Update firmware of control module to v2.0 or
higher
3. Consult the factory.
4. Verify that the Sensing, Control, and
Communication Module are connected properly.
5. Verify that connection pins between sensing
module and control module are not bent.
1. For three-phase applications, Single/Three Phase
(Parameter 176) should be set to “Three-Phase”; for
single-phase applications, verify that current is
flowing through L1 and L2 only.
2. Verify that one of the Output Assignments
(Parameters 202…204) is configured as a "Trip
Relay"
3. Review Invalid Configuration Parameter
(Parameter 38) and Invalid Configuration Cause
(Parameter 39) to identify which configuration
parameter is illegal and the reason why.
1. Take corrective action to address the issue that
caused the sensor to actuate.
2. Check sensor for proper operation.
3. Check wiring.
1. Set Clear Command (Parameter 165) to "Clear
Operating Statistics" to reset Starts Counter
(Parameter 29)
1. Clear Command (Parameter 165) to "Clear
Operating Statistics" to reset Operating Time
(Parameter 28)
429
Chapter 11
Troubleshooting
Trip Description
Blocked Start
430
Possible Cause
1. The number of starts count within the
past hour period equals the value set in the
Starts Per Hour (Parameter 205)
2. The time expired since the most recent
start is less than the value set in the Starts
Interval (Parameter 206)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Corrective Action
1. Check Time to Start (Parameter 31) and wait that
amount of time, or change the configuration to
allow more starts/hour.
2. Check Time to Start (Parameter 31) and wait that
amount of time, or change the configuration to
shorten the interval between starts.
Appendix
A
Specifications
Electrical Specifications
Table 506 - Motor/Load Ratings
Terminals
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
Rated Operating Voltage (Ue)
IEC:
UL:
Rated Impulse Voltage (Uimp)
Rated Operating Current (Ie)
Rated Frequency
Short Circuit Ratings
Number of Poles
Application
1/L1, 3/L2, 5/L3, 2/T1, 4/T2, 6/T3
690V AC
690V AC
600V AC
6 kV
See Catalog Number Explanation
45...65 Hz
See Short-Circuit Ratings on page 44
3
Single-phase or Three-phase
Table 507 - Power Supply Ratings
Rated Supply Voltage (Us)
Operating Range
Maximum Inrush Current
Maximum Power Consumption
E300:
E300 with expansion:
Maximum Power Interruption Time
Vmin:
Vmax:
24V DC
11…30V DC
3 A for 30 ms
120V AC
85…132V AC
10 A for 1 ms
240V AC
159…265V AC
8 A for 3 ms
6W
8W
5 ms
5 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
Table 508 - Output Relay Ratings (Control Module and Expansion Digital Module)
Terminals
Relay 0:
Relay 1:
Relay 2:
Type of Contacts
Rated Thermal Current (Ithe)
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
Rated Operating Voltage (Ue)
Rated Operating Current (Ie)
Minimum Operating Current
Rating Designation
Utilization Category
Resistive Load Rating
(p.f. = 1.0)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
R03/R04
R13/R14
R23/R24
Form A
SPST - NO
5A
300V AC
250V AC
3 A (@120V AC), 1.5 A (@240V AC)
0.25 A (@110V DC), 0.1 A (@220V DC)
10 mA @ 5V DC
B300
AC-15
5 A, 250V AC
5 A, 30V DC
431
Appendix A
Specifications
Table 508 - Output Relay Ratings (Control Module and Expansion Digital Module)
Inductive Load Rating
(L/R = 7 ms)
Short Circuit Current Rating
(p.f. = 0.4)
2 A, 250V AC
2 A, 30V DC
1,000 A
KTK-R-6
(6 A, 600 V)
Recommended Control Circuit Fuse
Rated Number of Operations
Relay 0, Relay 1, and Relay 2:
W/100-C09…100-C43
W/100-C60…100-C85
W/NEMA Size 0…2
W/NEMA Size 3
5,000,000
2,500,000
1,000,000
300,000
Table 509 - Input Ratings (Control Module and Expansion Digital Module)
Terminals
Input 0:
Input 1:
Input 2:
Input 3:
Input 4:
Input 5:
Supply Voltage
Type of Inputs
On-State Voltage
On-State Current (turn-on)
Off-State Voltage
Off-State Current
Transition Voltage
Transition Current
24V DC
11V DC
2 mA
5V DC
1.5 mA
5...11V DC
1.5...2.0 mA
IN0
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
120V AC
Current Sinking
74V AC
5 mA
20V AC
2.5 mA
20…74V AC
2.5…5 mA
240V AC
159V AC
5 mA
40V AC
2.5 mA
40…159V AC
2.5…5 mA
Table 510 - Analog I/O Ratings (Expansion Analog Module)
Bus to In/Out isolation
Group Isolation (In/Out)
Channel to channel isolation
Max. current draw
Max. Surge Current at Power-Up
Input ranges
Input Impedance Tolerances
Input resolution
432
Module
1000V AC = 1415V DC (1 min.)
1000V AC = 1415V DC (1 min.)
None
85 mA at 24V
0.5 A @ 24V DC for 1 ms
Input Channels
Current: 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA
Voltage: 0…10V, 1…5V, 0…5V
RTD: 100 пЃ—, 200 пЃ—, 500 пЃ—пЂ and 1000 пЃ—пЂ PT385 and Pt3916, 100 пЃ—пЂ Ni618 and Ni672, 10 пЃ—пЂ Cu 426, 604 пЃ—пЂ NiFe 518
Resistance: 0-150 пЃ—, 0-750 пЃ—, 0-3000 пЃ—, 0-6000 пЃ—
Current Impedance: 249 пЃ— В± 1.0%
Voltage Impedance:
10M at 10Vin
4M at 5Vin
680k at 1Vin
12 bits
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Specifications
Appendix A
Table 510 - Analog I/O Ratings (Expansion Analog Module)
Output ranges
Output Resolution
Voltage Output Load
Current Output Load
Output Impedance
Output Open Circuit detect
Output Channels
Current: 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA
Voltage: 0…10V, 0…5V, 1…5V
12 bits
2k пЃ— min. at 10V output (5 mA max.), including wire resistance
50 пЃ—minimum to 750 пЃ— max
Current: >1MпЃ—, Voltage: <1 пЃ—
Current outputs: O.C. detect supported
Voltage outputs: O.C. detect not supported
Max Inductive Load
(current outputs)
Max Capacitive Load
(voltage outputs)
0.1 mH
1пЃ­F
Table 511 - Thermistor/PTC Input Ratings (PTC only)
Terminals
Type of Control Unit
Maximum Number of Sensors
Maximum Cold Resistance of PTC Sensor Chain
Trip Resistance
Reset Resistance
Short-circuit Trip Resistance
Maximum Voltage @ PTC Terminals (RPTC = 4 kпЃ—)
Maximum Voltage @ PTC Terminals (RPTC =open)
Response Time
Low Voltage Directive
IT1, IT2
Mark A
6
1500 пЃ—
3400 пЃ—пЂ В± 150 пЃ—
1600 пЃ—пЂ В± 100 пЃ—
25 пЃ—пЂ В± 10 пЃ—
7.5V DC
30V DC
800 ms
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay expansion digital modules are tested to
comply with EN60947-5-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 5-1:
Control circuit devices and switching elements.
Table 512 - Expansion Digital I/O Modules
Expansion Digital I/O Modules
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D 193-EXP-DIO-42-120 193-EXP-DIO-42-240
250V AC
250V AC
250V AC
Digital Output Rated Operational Voltage (Ue):
2000Vrms for 1s
2000Vrms for 1s
2000Vrms for 1s
Digital Output Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui):
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp):
N/A
N/A
N/A
Conditional Short Circuit Current:
1000 A
1000 A
1000 A
Recommended Control Circuit Fuse:
KTK-R (6 A, 600V)
KTK-R (6 A, 600V)
KTK-R (6 A, 600V)
Utilization Category:
AC15, DC13
AC15, DC13
AC15, DC13
Pollution Degree:
3
3
3
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
433
Appendix A
Specifications
Table 513 - Expansion Power Supply Modules
Expansion Power Supply Modules
Rated Operational Voltage (Ue):
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui):
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp):
Conditional Short Circuit Current:
Protection Against Short Circuits:
Utilization Category:
Pollution Degree:
193-EXP-PS-AC
100…250V AC
2640Vrms for 1s
4 kV
N/A
N/A
N/A
3
Environmental Specifications
Table 514 - Environmental Specifications
Ambient Temperature
Storage
Operating
(Open)
(Enclosed)
–40…+85 C (–40…+185 F)
–20…+55 C (–4…+131 F)➋➌
–20…+40 C (–4…+104 F)➌➍
Humidity
Operating
Damp Heat – Steady State (per IEC 68-2-3)
Damp Heat – Cyclic (per IEC 68-2-30)
5…95% Non-condensing
92% r.h., 40 п‚°C (104 п‚°F), 56 days
93% r.h., 25 п‚°C/40 п‚°C (77 п‚°F/104 п‚°F), 21 Cycles
Natural Convection
2.5G operating, 5 G non-operating
30 G
2000 m вћЉ
Pollution Degree 3
EN 50012
IP20
Cooling Method
Vibration (per IEC 68-2-6)
Shock (per IEC 68-2-27)
Maximum Altitude
Pollution Environment
Terminal Marking
Degree of Protection
вћЉ Current ratings must be derated at altitudes greater than 2000 m
вћ‹ Temperature rating based on 120V AC control module with 1 A going through relays 0, 1, and 2.
вћЊ Temperature rating based on 240V DC control module with four digital inputs active and 0.2 A going through
relays 0, 1, and 2.
вћЌ Temperature rating based on 120V AC or 240V AC control module with 5A going through relays 0, 1, and 2.
NOTE: The E300 Electronic Overload Relay expansion power supplies (Cat.
Nos. 193-EXP-PS-AC and 193-EXP-PS-DC) surrounding air temperature must
not exceed 55 В°C (131 В°F).
Table 515 - Temperature Derating
Control Module
Voltage
120/240V AC
Open Application
24V DC
120/240V AC
Enclosed
Application
434
24V DC
Relay 0
Current
Relay 1
Current
Relay 2
Current
1.0 A
5.0 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
5.0 A
5.0 A
0.2 A
5.0 A
1.0 A
1.0 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
1.0 A
5.0 A
0.2 A
1.0 A
1.0 A
1.0 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
1.0 A
5.0 A
0.2 A
1.0 A
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Number of
Digital Inputs
Active
4
4
4
6
6
4
4
6
Operating Temperature
Range
-20…+55 °C (-4…+131 °F)
-20…+50 °C (-4…+122 °F)
-20…+55 °C (-4…+131 °F)
-20…+50 °C (-4…+122 °F)
-20…+30 °C (-4…+86 °F)
-20…+40 °C (-4…+104 °F)
-20…+40 °C (-4…+104 °F)
-20…+30 °C (-4…+86 °F)
Specifications
Appendix A
Electromagnetic
Compatibility Specifications
Table 516 - Electromagnetic Compatibility Specifications
Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
Test Level:
Performance Criteria:
RF Immunity
Test Level:
Performance Criteria:
Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity
Test Level:
Performance Criteria:
Surge Immunity
Test Level:
Performance Criteria:
Radiated Emissions
Conducted Emissions
8kV Air Discharge
6kV Contact Discharge
1 вћЉвћ‹
10V/m
1 вћЉвћ‹
4kV (Power)
2kV (Control and Comm)
1 вћЉвћ‹
2kV (L-E)
1kV (L-L)
1 вћЉвћ‹
Class A
Class A
вћЉPerformance Criteria 1 requires the DUT to experience no degradation or loss of performance.
вћ‹Environment 2.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
435
Appendix A
Specifications
Protection
Table 517 - Protection
Trip
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Overload
Phase Loss
Ground Fault
Stall
Jam
Underload
Thermistor (PTC)
Current Imbalance
Communication Fault
Communication Idle
Remote Trip
Blocked Start/Start Inhibit
Under Voltage L-L
Over Voltage L-L
Voltage Unbalance
Phase Rotation
Under Frequency
Over Frequency
Under Real Power (kW)
Over Real Power (kW)
Under Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR)
Over Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR)
Under Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR)
Over Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR)
Under Apparent Power (kVA)
Over Apparent Power (kVA)
Under Power Factor Lagging (-PF)
Over Power Factor Lagging (-PF)
Under Power Factor Leading (+PF)
Over Power Factor Leading (+PF)
Power Value Overflow (kW, kVAR or KVA)
Analog Over Level
Warning
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Table 518 - Overload Protection
436
Type of Relay
Ambient Compensated Time-Delay
Phase Loss Sensitive
Nature of Relay
Solid-State
FLA Setting
See Full Load Amps Setting on page 133
Trip Rating
120% FLA
Trip Class
5…30
Reset Mode
Automatic or Manual
Overload Reset Level
1…100% TCU
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Specifications
Appendix A
Table 519 - Ground Fault Protection (External Ground Fault Module)
Type
Core Balanced
Intended Use
Equipment Protection
Classification (Per UL 1053)
Class I
20…100 mA
100…500 mA
Protection Range
200 mA…1.0 A
1.0…5.0 A
Accuracy
Trip and Warning Time Delay
0.1…25.0 s
Protection Inhibit Time
0…250 s
Metering
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay metering accuracy is listed below:
Table 520 - Metering Accuracy
Current
В±2% of Sensing Module Current Range
Voltage
В±2% of Sensing Module Voltage Range
Power
В±5%
Protection Timers
All E300 Electronic Overload Relay trip timers shall have a resolution of В±0.1 s or
0.1 s/25 s (whichever is greater).
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
437
Appendix A
Specifications
Notes:
438
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Appendix
B
Parameter List
This appendix lists all accessible parameters of the E300в„ў overload relay in
numerical order.
Overview
The setting range for each parameter is provided to assist especially for
applications where it is desirable to set values from a logic controller via a network
connection.
Information values provided include the following:
Value
Group
Device Monitor
Param
No.
Parameter Name
1
ThermUtilizedPct
2
OLTimeToTrip
3
Function
Setting Range
Indicated as raw numerical values.
Scale Factor
Indicate the decimal precision associated with each parameter. This must be given close attention when writing or
reading values.
Default
Indicate the factory pre-programmed values.
Device Profile Tag Name
I.PercentTCU
OLTimeToReset
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
% Thermal
Capacity Used
USINT
1
1
0
100
0
Time until an
overload trip
UINT
2
1
0
9999
0
Time until OL trip
can be reset
UINT
%
Second
s
2
1
0
9999
0
Second
s
4
TripStsCurrent
I.Protection.OverloadTrip
I.Protection.PhaseLossTrip
I.Protection.GroundFaultCurrentTrip
I.Protection.StallTrip
I.Protection.JamTrip
I.Protection.UnderloadTrip
I.Protection.CurrentImbalanceTrip
I.Protection.L1UnderCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L2UnderCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L3UnderCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L1OverCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L2OverCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L3OverCurrentTrip
I.Protection.L1LineLossTrip
I.Protection.L2LineLossTrip
I.Protection.L3LineLossTrip
Trip Status bits for UINT
Current
2
1
Bit0= OverloadTrip
Bit1= PhaseLossTrip
Bit2= GroundFaultTrip
Bit3= StallTrip
Bit4= JamTrip
Bit5= UnderloadTrip
Bit6= CurrentImbalTrip
Bit7= L1UnderCurrTrip
Bit8= L2UnderCurrTrip
Bit9= L3UnderCurrTrip
Bit10= L1OverCurrenTrip
Bit11= L2OverCurrenTrip
Bit12= L3OverCurrenTrip
Bit13= L1LineLossTrip
Bit14= L2LineLossTrip
Bit15= L3LineLossTrip
0
5
TripStsVoltage
I.Protection.UnderVoltageTrip
I.Protection.OverVoltageTrip
I.Protection.VoltageImbalanceTrip
I.Protection.PhaseRotationMismatchTrip
I.Protection.UnderFrequencyTrip
I.Protection.OverFrequencyTrip
Trip Status bits for UINT
Voltage
2
1
Bit0= UnderVoltageTrip
Bit1= OvervoltageTrip
Bit2= VoltageUnbalTrip
Bit3= PhaseRotationTrp
Bit4= UnderFreqTrip
Bit5= OverFreqTrip
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
439
Appendix B
Group
Device Monitor
(continued)
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Max
Default Units
6
TripStsPower
I.Protection.UnderRealPowerTrip
I.Protection.OverRealPowerTrip
I.Protection.UnderReactivePowerConsumedTrip
I.Protection.OverReactivePowerConsumedTrip
I.Protection.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedTrip
I.Protection.OverReactivePowerGeneratedTrip
I.Protection.UnderApparentPowerTrip
I.Protection.OverApparentPowerTrip
I.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLaggingTrip
I.Protection.OverPowerFactorLaggingTrip
I.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLeadingTrip
I.Protection.OverPowerFactorLeadingTrip
Trip Status bits for UINT
Power
2
1
Bit0= UnderKWTrip
Bit1= OverKWTrip
Bit2= UnderKVARConTrip
Bit3= OverKVARConTrip
Bit4= UnderKVARGenTrip
Bit5= OverKVARGenTrip
Bit6= UnderKVATrip
Bit7= OverKVATrip
Bit8= UnderPFLagTrip
Bit9= OverPFLagTrip
Bit10= UnderPFLeadTrip
Bit11= OverPFLeadTrip
0
7
TripStsControl
I.Protection.TestTrip
I.Protection.PTCTrip
Trip Status bits for UINT
Control
2
1
Bit0= TestTrip
Bit1= PTCTrip
Bit2= DLXTrip
Bit3= OperStationTrip
Bit4= RemoteTrip
Bit5= BlockedStartTrip
Bit6= HardwareFltTrip
Bit7= ConfigTrip
Bit8= OptionMatchTrip
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutTrip
Bit10= ExpansionBusTrip
Bit11= Reserved
Bit12 =Reserved
Bit13= NVSTrip
Bit 14=TestMode Trip
0
I.Protection.Analog1Ch00Trip
I.Protection.Analog1Ch01Trip
I.Protection.Analog1Ch02Trip
I.Protection.Analog2Ch00Trip
I.Protection.Analog2Ch01Trip
I.Protection.Analog2Ch02Trip
I.Protection.Analog3Ch00Trip
I.Protection.Analog3Ch01Trip
I.Protection.Analog3Ch02Trip
I.Protection.Analog4Ch00Trip
I.Protection.Analog4Ch01Trip
I.Protection.Analog4Ch02Trip
Trip Status bits for UINT
Analog
2
1
Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Trip
Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Trip
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Trip
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Trip
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Trip
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch01Trip
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Trip
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Trip
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Trip
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Trip
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Trip
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Trip
0
I.Protection.OverloadWarning
Warning Status
bits for Current
UINT
2
1
Bit0= OverloadWarning
Bit1= Reserved
Bit2= GroundFltWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= JamWarning
Bit5= UnderloadWarning
Bit6= CurrentImbalWarn
Bit7= L1UnderCurrWarn
Bit8= L2UnderCurrWarn
Bit9= L3UnderCurrWarn
Bit10= L1OverCurrenWarn
Bit11= L2OverCurrenWarn
Bit12= L3OverCurrenWarn
Bit13= L1LineLossWarn
Bit14= L2LineLossWarn
Bit15= L3LineLossWarn
0
I.Protection.OperatorStationTrip
I.Protection.RemoteTrip
I.Protection.BlockedStartTrip
I.Protection.HardwareFaultTrip
I.Protection.ConfigurationTrip
I.Protection.ModuleMismatchTrip
I.Protection.ExpansionBusTrip
I.Protection.NVMErrorTrip
I.Protection.MCCTestPositionTrip
8
TripStsAnalog
9
Reserved
10
WarnStsCurrent
I.Protection.GroundFaultCurrentWarning
I.Protection.JamWarning
I.Protection.UnderloadWarning
I.Protection.CurrentImbalanceWarning
I.Protection.L1UnderCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L2UnderCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L3UnderCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L1OverCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L2OverCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L3OverCurrentWarning
I.Protection.L1LineLossWarning
I.Protection.L2LineLossWarning
I.Protection.L3LineLossWarning
440
Min
11
WarnStsVoltage
I.Protection.UnderVoltageWarning
I.Protection.OverVoltageWarning
I.Protection.VoltageImbalanceWarning
I.Protection.PhaseRotationMismatchWarning
I.Protection.UnderFrequencyWarning
I.Protection.OverFrequencyWarning
Warning Status
bits for Voltage
UINT
2
1
Bit0= UnderVoltageWarn
Bit1= OvervoltageWarn
Bit2= VoltageUnbalWarn
Bit3= PhaseRotationWrn
Bit4= UnderFreqWarning
Bit5= OverFreqWarning
0
12
WarnStsPower
I.Protection.UnderRealPowerWarning
I.Protection.OverRealPowerWarning
I.Protection.UnderReactivePowerConsumedWarning
I.Protection.OverReactivePowerConsumedWarning
I.Protection.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedWarning
I.Protection.OverReactivePowerGeneratedWarning
I.Protection.UnderApparentPowerWarning
I.Protection.OverApparentPowerWarning
I.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLaggingWarning
I.Protection.OverPowerFactorLaggingWarning
I.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLeadingWarning
I.Protection.OverPowerFactorLeadingWarning
Warning Status
bits for Power
UINT
2
1
Bit0= UnderKWWarning
Bit1= OverKWWarning
Bit2= UnderKVARConWarn
Bit3= OverKVARConWarn
Bit4= UnderKVARGenWarn
Bit5= OverKVARGenWarn
Bit6= UnderKVAWarning
Bit7= OverKVAWarning
Bit8= UnderPFLagWarn
Bit9= OverPFLagWarn
Bit10= UnderPFLeadWarn
Bit11= OverPFLeadWarn
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Parameter List
Group
Device Monitor
(continued)
Param
No.
13
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
WarnStsControl
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
Warning Status
bits for Control
UINT
2
1
BBit0= Reserved
Bit1= PTCWarning
Bit2= DLXWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= Reserved
Bit5= Reserved
Bit6= Reserved
Bit7= Reserved
Bit8= OptionMatchWarn
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutWarn
Bit10= ExpansionBusWarn
Bit11= PMNumberOfStarts
Bit12= PMOperatingHours
I.Protection.Analog1Ch00Warning
I.Protection.Analog1Ch01Warning
I.Protection.Analog1Ch02Warning
I.Protection.Analog2Ch00Warning
I.Protection.Analog2Ch01Warning
I.Protection.Analog2Ch02Warning
I.Protection.Analog3Ch00Warning
I.Protection.Analog3Ch01Warning
I.Protection.Analog3Ch02Warning
I.Protection.Analog4Ch00Warning
I.Protection.Analog4Ch01Warning
I.Protection.Analog4Ch02Warning
Warning Status
bits for Analog
UINT
2
1
Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Warn 0
Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Warn
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Warn
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Warn
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Warn
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch02Warn
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Warn
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Warn
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Warn
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Warn
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Warn
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Warn
I.Protection.PTCWarning
I.Protection.ModuleMismatchWarning
I.Protection.ExpansionBusWarning
I.Protection.NumberOfStartsWarning
I.Protection.OperatingHoursWarning
0
14
WarnStsAnalog
15
Reserved
16
InputStatus0
I.Pt00Data
I.Pt01Data
I.Pt02Data
I.Pt03Data
I.Pt04Data
I.Pt05Data
Status of Digital
Inputs
UINT
2
1
Bit0= InputPt00
Bit1= InputPt01
Bit2= InputPt02
Bit3= InputPt03
Bit4= InputPt04
Bit5= InputPt05
0
17
InputStatus1
I.Digital1Pt00Data
I.Digital1Pt01Data
I.Digital1Pt02Data
I.Digital1Pt03Data
I.Digital2Pt00Data
I.Digital2Pt01Data
I.Digital2Pt02Data
I.Digital2Pt03Data
I.Digital3Pt00Data
I.Digital3Pt01Data
I.Digital3Pt02Data
I.Digital3Pt03Data
I.Digital4Pt00Data
I.Digital4Pt01Data
I.Digital4Pt02Data
I.Digital4Pt03Data
Status of Digital
UINT
Expansion Module
Inputs
2
1
Bit0= InputDigMod1Pt00
Bit1= InputDigMod1Pt01
Bit2= InputDigMod1Pt02
Bit3= InputDigMod1Pt03
Bit4= InputDigMod2Pt00
Bit5= InputDigMod2Pt01
Bit6= InputDigMod2Pt02
Bit7=1nputDigMod2Pt03
Bit8= InputDigMod3Pt00
Bit9= InputDigMod3Pt01
Bit10= InputDigMod3Pt02
Bit11= InputDigMod3Pt03
Bit12= InputDigMod4Pt00
Bit13= InputDigMod4Pt01
Bit14= InputDigMod4Pt02
Bit15= InputDigMod4Pt03
0
18
OutputStatus
I.Pt00Readback
I.Pt01Readback
I.Pt02Readback
I.Digital1Pt00Readback
I.Digital1Pt01Readback
I.Digital2Pt00Readback
I.Digital2Pt01Readback
I.Digital3Pt00Readback
I.Digital3Pt01Readback
I.Digital4Pt00Readback
I.Digital4Pt01Readback
Status of Digital
Outputs
UINT
2
1
Bit0= OutputPt00
Bit1= OutputPt01
Bit2= OutputPt02
Bit3= OutDigMod1Pt00
Bit4= OutDigMod1Pt01
Bit5= OutDigMod2Pt00
Bit6= OutDigMod2Pt01
Bit7= OutDigMod3Pt00
Bit8= OutDigMod3Pt01
Bit9= OutDigMod4Pt00
Bit10= OutDigMod4Pt01
0
19
OpStationStatus
I.OperatorStationI
I.OperatorStationII
I.OperatorStationLocalRemote
I.OperatorStationO
I.OperatorStationReset
Status of Operator UINT
Station Buttons
and LEDs
2
1
Bit0= OpStationStart1
Bit1= OpStationStart2
Bit2= OSLocalRemote
Bit3= OpStationStop
Bit4= OpStationReset
Bit5= Reserved
Bit6= Reserved
Bit7= Reserved
Bit8= OSLED1Green
Bit9= OSLED2Green
Bit10= OSLED3Amber
Bit11= OSLED3Red
Bit12= OSLED4Red
0
I.OperatorStationILEDReadback
I.OperatorStationIILEDReadback
I.OperatorStationLocalLEDReadback
I.OperatorStationRemoteLEDReadback
I.OperatorStationOLEDReadback
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
441
Appendix B
Group
Device Monitor
(continued)
442
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
20
DeviceStatus0
I.TripPresent
I.WarningPresent
I.InvalidConfiguration
I.MotorCurrentPresent
I.GroundFaultCurrentPresent
I.MotorVoltagePresent
I.EmergencyStartEnabled
I.DeviceLogixEnabled
I.FeedbackTimeoutEnabled
I.OperatorStationPresent
I.VoltageSensingPresent
I.InternalGroundFaultSensingPresent
I.ExternalGroundFaultSensingPresent
I.PTCSensingPresent
I.Ready
Device Status bits
UINT
2
1
Bit0= TripPresent
Bit1= WarningPresent
Bit2= InvalidConfig
Bit3= CurrentPresent
Bit4= GFCurrentPresent
Bit5= VoltagePresent
Bit6= EmergencyStartEn
Bit7= DeviceLogixEn
Bit8= FeebckTimeoutEn
Bit9= OperatorStation
Bit10= VoltageSensing
Bit11= InternGFSensing
Bit12= ExternGFSensing
Bit13= PTCSensing
Bit14= Ready
Bit 15=Admin Mode Active
0
21
DeviceStatus1
I.ContolModule24VDCPresent
I.ControlModule120VACPresent
I.ControlModule240VACPresent
I.SensingModule30APresent
I.SensingModule60APresent
I.SensingModule100APresent
I.SensingModule200APresent
I.DigitalModule1Present
I.DigitalModule2Present
I.DigitalModule3Present
I.DigitalModule4Present
I.AnalogModule1Present
I.AnalogModule2Present
I.AnalogModule3Present
I.AnalogModule4Present
Device Status bits
UINT
2
1
Bit0= 24VoltControl
Bit1= 120VoltControl
Bit2= 240VoltControl
Bit3= CurrentSense30A
Bit4= CurrentSense60A
Bit5= CurrentSense100A
Bit6= CurrentSense200A
Bit7= DigitalModule1
Bit8= DigitalModule2
Bit9= DigitalModule3
Bit10= DigitalModule4
Bit11= AnalogModule1
Bit12= AnalogModule2
Bit13= AnalogModule3
Bit14= AnalogModule4
0
22
Firmware
Firmware Revision UINT
Number
2
1000
0
1001
23
ControlModuleID
Control Module
Type Detected
USINT
1
1
0= Unknown
1= 6In3Out24VDC
2= 4In3Out120VAC
3= 4In3Out240VAC
4= 4In2OutGFPTC24V
5= 2In2OutGFPTC120V
6= 2In2OutGFPTC240V
0
24
SensingModuleID
Sensing Module
Types Detected
USINT
1
1
0= Unknown
1= VIGPt5to30Amp
2= VIG6to60Amp
3= VIG10to100Amp
4= VIG20to200Amp
5= IGPt5to30Amp
6= IG6to60Amp
7= IG10to100Amp
8= IG20to200Amp
9= IPt5to30Amp
10= I6to60Amp
11= I10to100Amp
12= I20to200Amp
0
25
OperStationID
Operator Station
Types Detected
USINT
1
1
0= Unknown
1= NoStation
2= ControlStation
3= DiagStation
0
26
DigitalModuleID
Expansion Digital
Module Types
Detected
UINT
2
1
Bit0= DigitalMod1[0]
Bit1= DigitalMod1[1]
Bit2= DigitalMod1[2]
Bit3= DigitalMod2[0]
Bit4= DigitalMod2[1]
Bit5= DigitalMod2[2]
Bit6= DigitalMod3[0]
Bit7= DigitalMod3[1]
Bit8= DigitalMod3[2]
Bit9= DigitalMod4[0]
Bit10= DigitalMod4[1]
Bit11= DigitalMod4[2]
0
27
AnalogModuleID
Expansion Bus
Analog Module
Types
UINT
2
1
Bit0= AnalogMod1[0]
Bit1= AnalogMod1[1]
Bit2= AnalogMod2[0]
Bit3= AnalogMod2[1]
Bit4= AnalogMod3[0]
Bit5= AnalogMod3[1]
Bit6= AnalogMod4[0]
Bit7= AnalogMod4[1]
0
28
OperatingTime
Time unit has been UINT
powered on
2
1
0
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
65535
65535
Hrs
Parameter List
Group
Device Monitor
(continued)
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
29
StartsCounter
Number of starts
UINT
2
1
0
65535
0
30
Starts Available
Number of Starts
Available
USINT
1
1
0
120
0
31
TimeToStart
The Time to Start
UINT
2
1
0
3600
0
Second
s
Current Monitor
Voltage Monitor
32
Year
Virtual RTC Year
UINT
2
1
0
9999
0
33
Month
Virtual RTC Month UINT
2
1
0
12
0
34
Day
Virtual RTC Day
UINT
2
1
0
31
0
35
Hour
Virtual RTC Hour
UINT
2
1
0
23
0
36
Minute
Virtual RTC Minute UINT
2
1
0
59
0
37
Second
Virtual RTC Second UINT
2
1
0
59
0
38
InvaldCfgParam
Number of
incorrectly
configured
parameter
2
1
0
9999
0
39
InvaldCfgCause
Description of error USINT
1
1
0=NoError
1=ValueOverMax
2=Value UnderMin
3=IllegalValue
4=L3CurrentDetected
5=CopyCat Error
6-50 = Reserved
40
Reserved
41
Reserved
UINT
0
42
Reserved
43
L1Current
I.L1Current
The actual L1
Phase Current.
DINT
4
100
0
2000000000 0
Amps
44
L2Current
I.L2Current
The actual L2
Phase Current.
DINT
4
100
0
2000000000 0
Amps
45
L3Current
I.L3Current
The actual L3
Phase Current.
DINT
4
100
0
2000000000 0
Amps
46
AverageCurrent
I.AvgCurrent
Average of Phase
Currents.
DINT
4
100
0
2000000000 0
Amps
%
47
L1PercentFLA
L1 Current in %FLA UINT
2
10
0
10000
0
48
L2PercentFLA
L2 Current in %FLA UINT
2
10
0
10000
0
%
49
L3PercentFLA
L3 Current in %FLA UINT
2
10
0
10000
0
%
50
AvgPercentFLA
I.AvgPercentFLA
Average Current in UINT
%FLA
2
10
0
10000
0
%
51
GFCurrent
I.GroundFaultCurrent
The Ground Fault
Current.
UINT
2
100
0
9999
0
Amps
52
CurrentImbal
I.CurrentImbalance
Percent Current
Imbalance
USINT
1
1
0
200
0
%
53
L1toL2Voltage
I.L1L2Voltage
3 Phase RMS
Voltage Line-Line
UINT
2
10
0
65535
0
Volt
54
L2toL3Voltage
I.L2L3Voltage
3 Phase RMS
Voltage Line-Line
UINT
2
10
0
65535
0
Volt
55
L3toL1Voltage
I.L3L1Voltage
3 Phase RMS
Voltage Line-Line
UINT
2
10
0
65535
0
Volt
56
AvgVoltageLtoL
I.AvgLLVoltage
Average RMS
Voltage Line-Line
UINT
2
10
0
65535
0
Volt
57
L1toNVoltage
3 Phase RMS
Voltage LineNeutral
UINT
2
10
0
65535
0
Volt
58
L2toNVoltage
3 Phase RMS
Voltage LineNeutral
UINT
2
10
0
65535
0
Volt
59
L3toNVoltage
3 Phase RMS
Voltage LineNeutral
UINT
2
10
0
65535
0
Volt
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
443
Appendix B
Group
Voltage Monitor
(Continued)
Power Monitor
Energy Monitoring
444
Parameter List
Param
No.
60
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
AvgVoltageLtoN
Average RMS
Voltage LineNeutral
61
VoltageUnbalance
62
VoltageFrequency
63
Type
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
2
10
0
65535
0
Volt
Voltage Unbalance USINT
1
1
0
255
0
%
Voltage Frequency UINT
2
10
0
2500
0
Hz
VPhaseRotation
Voltage Phase
RotationпЂ (ABC or ACB)
UINT
2
1
0= NoRotation
1= ABC
2= ACB
64
L1RealPower
Phase L1 Real
Power.
DINT
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kW
65
L2RealPower
Phase L2 Real
Power.
DINT
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kW
66
L3RealPower
Phase L3 Real
Power.
DINT
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kW
Total Real Power
I.TotalRealPower
UINT
Data Size
(bytes)
0
67
TotalRealPower
DINT
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kW
68
L1ReactivePower
Phase L1 Reactive DINT
Power
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kVAR
69
L2ReactivePower
Phase L2 Reactive DINT
Power
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kVAR
70
L3ReactivePower
Phase L3 Reactive DINT
Power
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kVAR
71
TotalReactivePwr
Total Reactive
Power
DINT
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kVAR
72
L1ApparentPower
Phase L1 Apparent DINT
Power
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVA
73
L2ApparentPower
Phase L2 Apparent DINT
Power
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVA
74
L3ApparentPower
Phase L3 Apparent DINT
Power
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVA
75
TotalApparentPwr
Total Apparent
Power
DINT
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVA
76
L1PowerFactor
Phase L1 True
Power Factor (PF)
INT
2
10
-1000
1000
0
%
77
L2PowerFactor
Phase L2 True
Power Factor (PF)
INT
2
10
-1000
1000
0
%
78
L3PowerFactor
Phase L3 True
Power Factor (PF)
INT
2
10
-1000
1000
0
%
79
TotalPowerFactor
Total True Power
Factor (PF)
INT
2
10
-1000
1000
0
%
80
kWhTimes10E9
Total Real Energy INT
(kWh) Word 10^9
2
1
-999
999
0
81
kWhTimes10E6
Total Real Energy INT
(kWh) Word 10^6
2
1
-999
999
0
82
kWhTimes10E3
Total Real Energy INT
(kWh) Word 10^3
2
1
-999
999
0
83
kWhTimes10E0
Total Real Energy INT
(kWh) Word 10^0
2
1
-999
999
0
84
kWhTimes10E-3
Total Real Energy INT
(kWh) Word 10^-3
2
1
-999
999
0
85
kVARhCon10E9
Total Reactive
INT
Energy Consumed
(kVARh) Word
10^9
2
1
-999
999
0
86
kVARhCon10E6
Total Reactive
INT
Energy Consumed
(kVARh) Word
10^6
2
1
-999
999
0
87
kVARhCon10E3
Total Reactive
INT
Energy Consumed
(kVARh) Word
10^3
2
1
-999
999
0
88
kVARhCon10E0
Total Reactive
INT
Energy Consumed
(kVARh) Word
10^0
2
1
-999
999
0
I.TotalReactivePower
I.TotalApparentPower
I.PowerFactor
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Parameter List
Group
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
Energy Monitoring 89
(Continued)
kVARhCon10E-3
Total Reactive
INT
Energy Consumed
(kVARh) Word
10^-3
2
1
-999
999
0
90
kVARhGen10E9
Total Reactive
INT
Energy Generated
(kVARh) Word
10^9
2
1
-999
999
0
91
kVARhGen10E6
Total Reactive
INT
Energy Generated
(kVARh) Word
10^6
2
1
-999
999
0
92
kVARhGen10E3
Total Reactive
INT
Energy Generated
(kVARh) Word
10^3
2
1
-999
999
0
93
kVARhGen10E0
Total Reactive
INT
Energy Generated
(kVARh) Word
10^0
2
1
-999
999
0
94
kVARhGen10E-3
Total Reactive
INT
Energy Generated
(kVARh) Word
10^-3
2
1
-999
999
0
95
kVARhNet10E9
Total Reactive
Energy Net
(kVARh) Word
10^9
INT
2
1
-999
999
0
96
kVARhNet10E6
Total Reactive
Energy Net
(kVARh) Word
10^6
INT
2
1
-999
999
0
97
kVARhNet10E3
Total Reactive
Energy Net
(kVARh) Word
10^3
INT
2
1
-999
999
0
98
kVARh Net 10E0
Total Reactive
Energy Net
(kVARh) Word
10^0
INT
2
1
-999
999
0
99
kVARhNet10E-3
Total Reactive
Energy Net
(kVARh) Word
10^-3
INT
2
1
-999
999
0
100
kVAhTimes10E9
Total Apparent
Energy (kVAh)
Word 10^9
INT
2
1
-999
999
0
101
kVAhTimes10E6
Total Apparent
Energy (kVAh)
Word 10^6
INT
2
1
-999
999
0
102
kVAhTimes10E3
Total Apparent
Energy (kVAh)
Word 10^3
INT
2
1
-999
999
0
103
kVAhTimes10E0
Total Apparent
Energy (kVAh)
Word 10^0
INT
2
1
-999
999
0
104
kVAhTimes10E-3
Total Apparent
Energy (kVAh)
Word 10^-3
INT
2
1
-999
999
0
105
kWDemand
Real Power
Demand
DINT
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kW
106
MaxkWDemand
Maximum Real
Power Demand
DINT
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kW
107
VARDemand
Reactive Power
Demand
DINT
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kVAR
108
MaxVARDemand
Maximum Reactive DINT
Demand
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kVAR
109
VADemand
Apparent Power
Demand
DINT
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVA
110
MaxVADemand
Maximum
Apparent Power
Demand
DINT
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVA
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
445
Appendix B
Group
Analog Monitoring
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Max
Default Units
111
InAnMod1Ch00
I.Analog1.Ch00Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 1 Input 00
2
1
-32768
32767
0
112
InAnMod1Ch01
I.Analog1.Ch01Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 1 Input 01
2
1
-32768
32767
0
113
InAnMod1Ch02
I.Analog1.Ch02Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 1 Input 02
2
1
-32768
32767
0
114
InAnMod2Ch00
I.Analog2.Ch00Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 2 Input 00
2
1
-32768
32767
0
115
InAnMod2Ch01
I.Analog2.Ch01Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 2 Input 01
2
1
-32768
32767
0
116
InAnMod2Ch02
I.Analog2.Ch02Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 2 Input 02
2
1
-32768
32767
0
117
InAnMod3Ch00
I.Analog3.Ch00Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 3 Input 00
2
1
-32768
32767
0
118
InAnMod3Ch01
I.Analog3.Ch01Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 3 Input 01
2
1
-32768
32767
0
119
InAnMod3Ch02
I.Analog3.Ch02Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 3 Input 02
2
1
-32768
32767
0
120
InAnMod4Ch00
I.Analog4.Ch00Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 4 Input 00
2
1
-32768
32767
0
121
InAnMod4Ch01
I.Analog4.Ch01Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 4 Input 01
2
1
-32768
32767
0
122
InAnMod4Ch02
I.Analog4.Ch02Data
Value measured at UINT
Analog Expansion
Module 4 Input 02
2
1
-32768
32767
0
123
AnalogMod1Status
I.Analog1.Ch00InputOpenWire
I.Analog1.Ch00InputOverrange
I.Analog1.Ch00InputUnderrange
I.Analog1.Ch01InputOpenWire
I.Analog1.Ch01InputOverrange
I.Analog1.Ch01InputUnderrange
I.Analog1.Ch02InputOpenWire
I.Analog1.Ch02InputOverrange
I.Analog1.Ch02InputUnderrange
I.Analog1.Ch00OutputOpenWire
I.Analog1.Ch00OutputInHold
I.Analog1.Ch00OutputOverrange
I.Analog1.Ch00OutputUnderrange
I.Analog1.AddressChanged
Analog Expansion UINT
Module 1 Status
2
1
Bit0= InCh00OpenCrcuit
Bit1= InCh00OverRange
Bit2= InCh00UnderRange
Bit3= InCh01OpenCrcuit
Bit4= InCh01OverRange
Bit5= InCh01UnderRange
Bit6= InCh02OpenCrcuit
Bit7= InCh02OverRange
Bit8= InCh02UnderRange
Bit9= OutOpenCircuit
Bit10= OutHoldLastSt
Bit11= OutOverRange
Bit12= OutUnderRange
Bit 13=Module Configured
Bit 14=Module Warning
Bit 15=Module Faulted
0
124
AnalogMod2Status
I.Analog3.Ch00InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch00InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch00InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch01InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch01InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch01InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch02InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch02InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch02InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputInHold
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputUnderrange
I.Analog3.AddressChanged
Analog Expansion UINT
Module 2 Status
2
1
Bit0= InCh00OpenCrcuit
Bit1= InCh00OverRange
Bit2= InCh00UnderRange
Bit3= InCh01OpenCrcuit
Bit4= InCh01OverRange
Bit5= InCh01UnderRange
Bit6= InCh02OpenCrcuit
Bit7= InCh02OverRange
Bit8= InCh02UnderRange
Bit9= OutOpenCircuit
Bit10= OutHoldLastSt
Bit11= OutOverRange
Bit12= OutUnderRange
Bit 13=Module Configured
Bit 14=Module Warning
Bit 15=Module Faulted
0
I.Analog1.SelftestFailed
I.Analog3.SelftestFailed
446
Min
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Parameter List
Group
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
I.Analog3.Ch00InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch00InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch00InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch01InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch01InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch01InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch02InputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch02InputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch02InputUnderrange
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputOpenWire
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputInHold
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputOverrange
I.Analog3.Ch00OutputUnderrange
I.Analog3.AddressChanged
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
Analog Monitoring 125
(Continued)
AnalogMod3Status
Analog Expansion UINT
Module 3 Status
2
1
Bit0= InCh00OpenCrcuit
Bit1= InCh00OverRange
Bit2= InCh00UnderRange
Bit3= InCh01OpenCrcuit
Bit4= InCh01OverRange
Bit5= InCh01UnderRange
Bit6= InCh02OpenCrcuit
Bit7= InCh02OverRange
Bit8= InCh02UnderRange
Bit9= OutOpenCircuit
Bit10= OutHoldLastSt
Bit11= OutOverRange
Bit12= OutUnderRange
Bit 13=Module Configured
Bit 14=Module Warning
Bit 15=Module Faulted
0
126
AnalogMod4Status
Analog Expansion UINT
Module 4 Status
2
1
Bit0= InCh00OpenCrcuit
Bit1= InCh00OverRange
Bit2= InCh00UnderRange
Bit3= InCh01OpenCrcuit
Bit4= InCh01OverRange
Bit5= InCh01UnderRange
Bit6= InCh02OpenCrcuit
Bit7= InCh02OverRange
Bit8= InCh02UnderRange
Bit9= OutOpenCircuit
Bit10= OutHoldLastSt
Bit11= OutOverRange
Bit12= OutUnderRange
Bit 13=Module Configured
Bit 14=Module Warning
Bit 15=Module Faulted
0
127
TripHistory0
Last trip to occur
UINT
2
1
See Trip History Codes
0
128
TripHistory1
Second last trip to UINT
occur
2
1
See Trip History Codes
0
129
TripHistory2
Third last trip to
occur
UINT
2
1
See Trip History Codes
0
130
TripHistory3
Fourth last trip to
occur
UINT
2
1
See Trip History Codes
0
131
TripHistory4
Fifth last trip to
occur
UINT
2
1
See Trip History Codes
0
132
Reserved
133
WarningHistory0
Last warning to
occur.
UINT
2
1
See Warning History Codes
0
134
WarningHistory1
Second last
warning to occur.
UINT
2
1
See Warning History Codes
0
135
WarningHistory2
Third last warning UINT
to occur.
2
1
See Warning History Codes
0
136
WarningHistory3
Fourth last
warning to occur.
UINT
2
1
See Warning History Codes
0
137
WarningHistory4
Fifth last warning
to occur.
UINT
2
1
See Warning History Codes
0
138
Reserved
139
TripHistoryMaskI
C.History.OverloadTripEnEn
C.History.PhaseLossTripEn
C.History.GroundFaultCurrentTripEn
C.History.StallTripEn
C.History.JamTripEn
C.History.UnderloadTripEn
C.History.CurrentImbalanceTripEn
C.History.L1UnderCurrentTripEn
C.History.L2UnderCurrentTripEn
C.History.L3UnderCurrentTripEn
C.History.L1OverCurrentTripEn
C.History.L2OverCurrentTripEn
C.History.L3OverCurrentTripEn
C.History.L1LineLossTripEn
C.History.L2LineLossTripEn
C.History.L3LineLossTripEn
Trip History Mask
for Current-based
Trips
UINT
2
1
Bit0= OverloadTrip
Bit1= PhaseLossTrip
Bit2= GroundFaultTrip
Bit3= StallTrip
Bit4= JamTrip
Bit5= UnderloadTrip
Bit6= CurrentImbalTrip
Bit7= L1UnderCurrTrip
Bit8= L2UnderCurrTrip
Bit9= L3UnderCurrTrip
Bit10= L1OverCurrenTrip
Bit11= L2OverCurrenTrip
Bit12= L3OverCurrenTrip
Bit13= L1LineLossTrip
Bit14= L2LineLossTrip
Bit15= L3LineLossTrip
0xFFFF
140
TripHistoryMaskV
C.History.UnderVoltageTripEn
C.History.OverVoltageTripEn
C.History.VoltageImbalanceTripEn
C.History.PhaseRotationMismatchTripEn
C.History.UnderFrequencyTripEn
C.History.OverFrequencyTripEn
Trip History Mask UINT
for Voltage-based
Trips
2
1
Bit0= UnderVoltageTrip
Bit1= OvervoltageTrip
Bit2= VoltageUnbalTrip
Bit3= PhaseRotationTrp
Bit4= UnderFreqTrip
Bit5= OverFreqTrip
0x3F
I.Analog3.SelftestFailed
I.Analog4.Ch00InputOpenWire
I.Analog4.Ch00InputOverrange
I.Analog4.Ch00InputUnderrange
I.Analog4.Ch01InputOpenWire
I.Analog4.Ch01InputOverrange
I.Analog4.Ch01InputUnderrange
I.Analog4.Ch02InputOpenWire
I.Analog4.Ch02InputOverrange
I.Analog4.Ch02InputUnderrange
I.Analog4.Ch00OutputOpenWire
I.Analog4.Ch00OutputInHold
I.Analog4.Ch00OutputOverrange
I.Analog4.Ch00OutputUnderrange
I.Analog4.AddressChanged
I.Analog4.SelftestFailed
Trip/Warn History
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
447
Appendix B
Group
Trip/Warn History
(continued)
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Max
Default Units
141
TripHistoryMaskP
C.History.UnderRealPowerTripEn
C.History.OverRealPowerTripEn
C.History.UnderReactivePowerConsumedTripEn
C.History.OverReactivePowerConsumedTripEn
C.History.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedTripEn
C.History.OverReactivePowerGeneratedTripEn
C.History.UnderApparentPowerTripEn
C.History.OverApparentPowerTripEn
C.History.UnderPowerFactorLaggingTripEn
C.History.OverPowerFactorLaggingTripEn
C.History.UnderPowerFactorLeadingTripEn
C.History.OverPowerFactorLeadingTripEn
Trip History Mask
for Power-based
Trips
UINT
2
1
Bit0= UnderKWTrip
Bit1= OverKWTrip
Bit2= UnderKVARConTrip
Bit3= OverKVARConTrip
Bit4= UnderKVARGenTrip
Bit5= OverKVARGenTrip
Bit6= UnderKVATrip
Bit7= OverKVATrip
Bit8= UnderPFLagTrip
Bit9= OverPFLagTrip
Bit10= UnderPFLeadTrip
Bit11= OverPFLeadTrip
0xFFF
142
TripHistoryMaskC
C.History.TestTripEn
C.History.PTCTripEn
Trip History Mask
for Control-based
Trips
UINT
2
1
Bit0= TestTrip
Bit1= PTCTrip
Bit2= DLXTrip
Bit3= OperStationTrip
Bit4= RemoteTrip
Bit5= BlockedStartTrip
Bit6= HardwareFltTrip
Bit7= ConfigTrip
Bit8= OptionMatchTrip
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutTrip
Bit10= ExpansionBusTrip
Bit11= Reserved
Bit12= Reserved
Bit13= NVSTrip
Bit14=TestModeTrip
0x27FF
C.History.Analog1Ch00TripEn
C.History.Analog1Ch01TripEn
C.History.Analog1Ch02TripEn
C.History.Analog2Ch00TripEn
C.History.Analog2Ch01TripEn
C.History.Analog2Ch02TripEn
C.History.Analog3Ch00TripEn
C.History.Analog3Ch01TripEn
C.History.Analog3Ch02TripEn
C.History.Analog4Ch00TripEn
C.History.Analog4Ch01TripEn
C.History.Analog4Ch02TripEn
Trip History Mask
for Analog Input
Based Trips
UINT
2
1
Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Trip
Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Trip
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Trip
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Trip
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Trip
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch02Trip
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Trip
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Trip
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Trip
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Trip
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Trip
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Trip
0xFFF
C.History.OverloadWarningEn
Warning History
Mask for Currentbased Warnings
UINT
2
1
Bit0= OverloadWarning
Bit1= Reserved
Bit2= GroundFltWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= JamWarning
Bit5= UnderloadWarning
Bit6= CurrentImbalWarn
Bit7= L1UnderCurrWarn
Bit8= L2UnderCurrWarn
Bit9= L3UnderCurrWarn
Bit10= L1OverCurrenWarn
Bit11= L2OverCurrenWarn
Bit12= L3OverCurrenWarn
Bit13= L1LineLossWarn
Bit14= L2LineLossWarn
Bit15= L3LineLossWarn
0xFFFF
C.History.OperatorStationTripEn
C.History.RemoteTripEn
C.History.BlockedStartTripEn
C.History.HardwareFaultTripEn
C.History.ConfigurationTripEn
C.History.ModuleMismatchTripEn
C.History.ExpansionBusTripEn
C.History.NVMErrorTripEn
C.History.MCCTestPositionTripEn
143
TripHistoryMaskA
144
Reserved
145
WarnHistoryMaskI
C.History.GroundFaultCurrentWarningEn
C.History.JamWarningEn
C.History.UnderloadWarningEn
C.History.CurrentImbalanceWarningEn
C.History.L1UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L2UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L3UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L1OverCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L2OverCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L3OverCurrentWarningEn
C.History.L1LineLossWarningEn
C.History.L2LineLossWarningEn
C.History.L3LineLossWarningEn
448
Min
146
WarnHistoryMaskV
C.History.UnderVoltageWarningEn
C.History.OverVoltageWarningEn
C.History.VoltageImbalanceWarningEn
C.History.PhaseRotationMismatchWarningEn
C.History.UnderFrequencyWarningEn
C.History.OverFrequencyWarningEn
Warning History UINT
Mask for Voltagebased Warnings
2
1
Bit0= UnderVoltageWarn
Bit1= OvervoltageWarn
Bit2= VoltageUnbalWarn
Bit3= PhaseRotationWrn
Bit4= UnderFreqWarning
Bit5= OverFreqWarning
0x3F
147
WarnHistoryMaskP
C.History.UnderRealPowerWarningEn
C.History.OverRealPowerWarningEn
C.History.UnderReactivePowerConsumedWarningEn
C.History.OverReactivePowerConsumedWarningEn
C.History.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedWarningEn
C.History.OverReactivePowerGeneratedWarningEn
C.History.UnderApparentPowerWarningEn
C.History.OverApparentPowerWarningEn
C.History.UnderPowerFactorLaggingWarningEn
C.History.OverPowerFactorLaggingWarningEn
C.History.UnderPowerFactorLeadingWarningEn
C.History.OverPowerFactorLeadingWarningEn
Warning History
Mask for Powerbased Warnings
2
1
Bit0= UnderKWWarning
Bit1= OverKWWarning
Bit2= UnderKVARConWarn
Bit3= OverKVARConWarn
Bit4= UnderKVARGenWarn
Bit5= OverKVARGenWarn
Bit6= UnderKVAWarning
Bit7= OverKVAWarning
Bit8= UnderPFLagWarn
Bit9= OverPFLagWarn
Bit10= UnderPFLeadWarn
Bit11= OverPFLeadWarn
0xFFF
UINT
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Parameter List
Group
Trip/Warn History
(continued)
Param
No.
148
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
WarnHistoryMaskC
C.History.PTCWarningEn
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Default Units
UINT
2
1
Bit0= Reserved
Bit1= PTCWarning
Bit2= DLXWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= Reserved
Bit5= Reserved
Bit6= Reserved
Bit7= ConfigWarning
Bit8= OptionMatchWarn
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutWarn
Bit10= ExpansionBusWarn
Bit11= PMNumberOfStarts
Bit12= PMOperatingHours
Warning History
Mask for Analog
Input Based
Warnings
UINT
2
1
Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Warn 0xFFF
Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Warn
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Warn
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Warn
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Warn
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch02Warn
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Warn
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Warn
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Warn
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Warn
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Warn
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Warn
C.History.ExpansionBusWarningEn
C.History.NumberOfStartsWarningEn
C.History.OperatingHoursWarningEn
Trip Snapshot
Max
Warning History
Mask for Controlbased Warnings
C.History.ModuleMismatchWarningEn
C.History.Analog1Ch00WarningEn
C.History.Analog1Ch01WarningEn
C.History.Analog1Ch02WarningEn
C.History.Analog2Ch00WarningEn
C.History.Analog2Ch01WarningEn
C.History.Analog2Ch02WarningEn
C.History.Analog3Ch00WarningEn
C.History.Analog3Ch01WarningEn
C.History.Analog3Ch02WarningEn
C.History.Analog4Ch00WarningEn
C.History.Analog4Ch01WarningEn
C.History.Analog4Ch02WarningEn
Min
Appendix B
0x1FFF
149
WarnHistoryMaskA
150
Reserved
151
TSL1Current
Snapshot of the
actual L1 Phase
Current at trip
DINT
4
100
0
2000000000 0
Amps
152
TSL2Current
Snapshot of the
actual L2 Phase
Current at trip
DINT
4
100
0
2000000000 0
Amps
153
TSL3Current
Snapshot of the
actual L3 Phase
Current at trip
DINT
4
100
0
2000000000 0
Amps
154
TSThermUtilized
Snapshot of %
Thermal Capacity
Used at trip
UINT
2
1
0
100
0
%
155
TSGFCurrent
Snapshot of the
Ground Fault
Current at trip
INT
2
100
0
2540
0
Amps
156
TSL1toL2Voltage
Snapshot of 3
UINT
Phase RMS Voltage
Line-Line at trip
2
10
0
65535
0
Volt
157
TSL2toL3Voltage
Snapshot of 3
UINT
Phase RMS Voltage
Line-Line at trip
2
10
0
65535
0
Volt
158
TSL3toL1Voltage
Snapshot of 3
UINT
Phase RMS Voltage
Line-Line at trip
2
10
0
65535
0
Volt
159
TSTotalRealPwr
Snapshot of Total
Real Power at trip
DINT
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kW
160
TSTotalkVAR
Snapshot of Total DINT
Reactive Power at
trip
4
1000
-2000000000 2000000000 0
kVAR
161
TSTotalkVA
Snapshot of Total DINT
Apparent Power at
trip
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVA
162
TSTotalPF
Snapshot of Total
True Power Factor
(PF) at trip
2
10
-1000
1000
%
INT
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
449
Appendix B
Group
Command
Overload Setup
Device Setup
450
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
163
TripReset
164
165
Device Profile Tag Name
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
Attempt to reset a BOOL
trip
0=Ready
1=TripReset
0
1
0
ConfigPreset
IO Configuration
based on Logic
Personality
USINT
0=Ready
1=Factory Defaults
0
54
0
ClearCommand
Reset
Accumulator(s)
USINT
1
1
0= Ready
1= ClrOperStats
2= ClrHistoryLogs
3= ClrPercentTCU
4= ClrKWh
5= ClrKVARh
6= ClrKVAh
7= ClrMaxKWDemad
8= ClrMaxKVARDemand
9= ClrMaxKVADemand
10= ClearAll
0
166
Reserved
167
Reserved
O.TripReset
Description
168
Reserved
169
Reserved
170
Reserved
171
FLASetting
C.FLA1
Overload Full Load UDINT
Current Setting
4
100
50
6553500
50
172
TripClass
C.TripClass
Trip Class Setting
USINT
1
1
5
30
10
173
OLPTCResetMode
C.OverloadResetMode
Overload and PTC
Trip Reset Mode
BOOL
1
1
0=Manual
1=Automatic
174
OLResetLevel
C.OverloadResetLevel
Overload Trip Reset USINT
Level
1
1
0
100
75
%TCU
175
OLWarningLevel
C.OverloadWarningLimit
Overload Warning USINT
Reset Level
1
1
0
100
85
%TCU
176
SingleOrThree Ph
C.ThreePhase
Single Phase = L1 BOOL
and L2
1
1
0=SinglePhase
1=ThreePhase
177
FLA2Setting
C.FLA2
Overload Full Load UDINT
Current Setting 2
4
100
50
178
Reserved
179
Reserved
180
Reserved
181
Reserved
0
1
6553500
50
182
Reserved
183
TripEnableI
C.Protection.OverloadTripEnEn
C.Protection.PhaseLossTripEn
C.Protection.GroundFaultCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.StallTripEn
C.Protection.JamTripEn
C.Protection.UnderloadTripEn
C.Protection.CurrentImbalanceTripEn
C.Protection.L1UnderCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L2UnderCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L3UnderCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L1OverCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L2OverCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L3OverCurrentTripEn
C.Protection.L1LineLossTripEn
C.Protection.L2LineLossTripEn
C.Protection.L3LineLossTripEn
Bitmask used to
UINT
enable/disable
current-based trips
2
1
Bit0= OverloadTrip
Bit1= PhaseLossTrip
Bit2= GroundFaultTrip
Bit3= StallTrip
Bit4= JamTrip
Bit5= UnderloadTrip
Bit6= CurrentImbalTrip
Bit7= L1UnderCurrTrip
Bit8= L2UnderCurrTrip
Bit9= L3UnderCurrTrip
Bit10= L1OverCurrenTrip
Bit11= L2OverCurrenTrip
Bit12= L3OverCurrenTrip
Bit13= L1LineLossTrip
Bit14= L2LineLossTrip
Bit15= L3LineLossTrip
3
184
TripEnableV
C.Protection.UnderVoltageTripEn
C.Protection.OverVoltageTripEn
C.Protection.VoltageImbalanceTripEn
C.Protection.PhaseRotationMismatchTripEn
C.Protection.UnderFrequencyTripEn
C.Protection.OverFrequencyTripEn
Bitmask used to
enable/disable
voltage-based
trips
2
1
Bit0= UnderVoltageTrip
Bit1= OvervoltageTrip
Bit2= VoltageUnbalTrip
Bit3= PhaseRotationTrp
Bit4= UnderFreqTrip
Bit5= OverFreqTrip
0
UINT
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Amps
Amps
Parameter List
Group
Device Setup
(continued)
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
185
TripEnableP
C.Protection.UnderRealPowerTripEn
C.Protection.OverRealPowerTripEn
C.Protection.UnderReactivePowerConsumedTripEn
C.Protection.OverReactivePowerConsumedTripEn
C.Protection.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedTripEn
C.Protection.OverReactivePowerGeneratedTripEn
C.Protection.UnderApparentPowerTripEn
C.Protection.OverApparentPowerTripEn
C.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLaggingTripEn
C.Protection.OverPowerFactorLaggingTripEn
C.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLeadingTripEn
C.Protection.OverPowerFactorLeadingTripEn
Bitmask used to
UINT
enable/disable
power-based trips
2
1
Bit0= UnderKWTrip
Bit1= OverKWTrip
Bit2= UnderKVARConTrip
Bit3= OverKVARConTrip
Bit4= UnderKVARGenTrip
Bit5= OverKVARGenTrip
Bit6= UnderKVATrip
Bit7= OverKVATrip
Bit8= UnderPFLagTrip
Bit9= OverPFLagTrip
Bit10= UnderPFLeadTrip
Bit11= OverPFLeadTrip
0
186
TripEnableC
C.Protection.TestTripEn
C.Protection.PTCTripEn
Bitmask used to
UINT
enable/disable
control-based trips
2
1
Bit0= TestTrip
Bit1= PTCTrip
Bit2= DLXTrip
Bit3= OperStationTrip
Bit4= RemoteTrip
Bit5= BlockedStartTrip
Bit6= HardwareFltTrip
Bit7= ConfigTrip
Bit8= OptionMatchTrip
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutTrip
Bit10= ExpansionBusTrip
Bit11= Reserved
Bit12= Reserved
Bit13= NVSTrip
Bit14=TestModeTrip
1
C.Protection.Analog1Ch00TripEn
C.Protection.Analog1Ch01TripEn
C.Protection.Analog1Ch02TripEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch00TripEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch01TripEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch02TripEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch00TripEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch01TripEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch02TripEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch00TripEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch01TripEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch02TripEn
Bitmask used to
UINT
enable/disable
analog-based trips
2
1
Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Trip
Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Trip
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Trip
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Trip
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Trip
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch02Trip
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Trip
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Trip
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Trip
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Trip
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Trip
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Trip
0
C.Protection.OverloadWarningEn
Bitmask used to
enable/disable
current-based
warnings
UINT
2
1
Bit0= OverloadWarning
Bit1= Reserved
Bit2= GroundFltWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= JamWarning
Bit5= UnderloadWarning
Bit6= CurrentImbalWarn
Bit7= L1UnderCurrWarn
Bit8= L2UnderCurrWarn
Bit9= L3UnderCurrWarn
Bit10= L1OverCurrenWarn
Bit11= L2OverCurrenWarn
Bit12= L3OverCurrenWarn
Bit13= L1LineLossWarn
Bit14= L2LineLossWarn
Bit15= L3LineLossWarn
0
C.Protection.OperatorStationTripEn
C.Protection.RemoteTripEn
C.Protection.BlockedStartTripEn
C.Protection.HardwareFaultTripEn
C.Protection.ConfigurationTripEn
C.Protection.ModuleMismatchTripEn
C.Protection.ExpansionBusTripEn
C.Protection.NVMErrorTripEn
C.Protection.MCCTestPositionTripEn
187
TripEnableA
188
Reserved
189
WarningEnableI
C.Protection.GroundFaultCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.JamWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderloadWarningEn
C.Protection.CurrentImbalanceWarningEn
C.Protection.L1UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L2UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L3UnderCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L1OverCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L2OverCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L3OverCurrentWarningEn
C.Protection.L1LineLossWarningEn
C.Protection.L2LineLossWarningEn
C.Protection.L3LineLossWarningEn
190
WarningEnableV
C.Protection.UnderVoltageWarningEn
C.Protection.OverVoltageWarningEn
C.Protection.VoltageImbalanceWarningEn
C.Protection.PhaseRotationMismatchWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderFrequencyWarningEn
C.Protection.OverFrequencyWarningEn
Bitmask used to
enable/disable
voltage-based
warnings
UINT
2
1
Bit0= UnderVoltageWarn
Bit1= OvervoltageWarn
Bit2= VoltageUnbalWarn
Bit3= PhaseRotationWrn
Bit4= UnderFreqWarning
Bit5= OverFreqWarning
0
191
WarningEnableP
C.Protection.UnderRealPowerWarningEn
C.Protection.OverRealPowerWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderReactivePowerConsumedWarningEn
C.Protection.OverReactivePowerConsumedWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedWarningEn
C.Protection.OverReactivePowerGeneratedWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderApparentPowerWarningEn
C.Protection.OverApparentPowerWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLaggingWarningEn
C.Protection.OverPowerFactorLaggingWarningEn
C.Protection.UnderPowerFactorLeadingWarningEn
C.Protection.OverPowerFactorLeadingWarningEn
Bitmask used to
enable/disable
power-based
warnings
UINT
2
1
Bit0= UnderKWWarning
Bit1= OverKWWarning
Bit2= UnderKVARConWarn
Bit3= OverKVARConWarn
Bit4= UnderKVARGenWarn
Bit5= OverKVARGenWarn
Bit6= UnderKVAWarning
Bit7= OverKVAWarning
Bit8= UnderPFLagWarn
Bit9= OverPFLagWarn
Bit10= UnderPFLeadWarn
Bit11= OverPFLeadWarn
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
451
Appendix B
Group
Device Setup
(continued)
Parameter List
Param
No.
192
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
WarningEnableC
C.Protection.PTCWarningEn
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Default Units
UINT
2
1
Bit0= Reserved
Bit1= PTCWarning
Bit2= DLXWarning
Bit3= Reserved
Bit4= Reserved
Bit5= Reserved
Bit6= Reserved
Bit7= ConfigWarning
Bit8= OptionMatchWarn
Bit9= DLXFBTimeoutWarn
Bit10= ExpansionBusWarn
Bit11= PMNumberOfStarts
Bit12= PMOperatingHour
Bitmask used to
enable/disable
analog-based
warnings
UINT
2
1
Bit0= InAnMod1Ch00Warn 0
Bit1= InAnMod1Ch01Warn
Bit2= InAnMod1Ch02Warn
Bit3= InAnMod2Ch00Warn
Bit4= InAnMod2Ch01Warn
Bit5= InAnMod2Ch02Warn
Bit6= InAnMod3Ch00Warn
Bit7= InAnMod3Ch01Warn
Bit8= InAnMod3Ch02Warn
Bit9= InAnMod4Ch00Warn
Bit10= InAnMod4Ch01Warn
Bit11= InAnMod4Ch02Warn
Logic personality
Selection
USINT
1
1
2
C.Protection.ExpansionBusWarningEn
C.Protection.NumberOfStartsWarningEn
C.Protection.OperatingHoursWarningEn
452
Max
Bitmask used to
enable/disable
control-based
warnings
C.Protection.ModuleMismatchWarningEn
C.Protection.Analog1Ch00WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog1Ch01WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog1Ch02WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch00WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch01WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog2Ch02WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch00WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch01WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog3Ch02WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch00WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch01WarningEn
C.Protection.Analog4Ch02WarningEn
Min
0
193
WarningEnableA
194
Reserved
195
SetOperatingMode
196
InPt00Assignment
C.Pt00InputFunction_0
C.Pt00InputFunction_1
C.Pt00InputFunction_2
C.Pt00InputFunction_3
Assignment for
Input Point 00
function
USINT
1
1
0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm
0
197
InPt01Assignment
C.Pt01InputFunction_0
C.Pt01InputFunction_1
C.Pt01InputFunction_2
C.Pt01InputFunction_3
Assignment for
Input Point 01
function
USINT
1
1
0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm
0
198
InPt02Assignment
C.Pt02InputFunction_0
C.Pt02InputFunction_1
C.Pt02InputFunction_2
C.Pt02InputFunction_3
Assignment for
Input Point 02
function
USINT
1
1
0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
54
2
Parameter List
Group
Device Setup
(continued
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
199
InPt03Assignment
C.Pt03InputFunction_0
C.Pt03InputFunction_1
C.Pt03InputFunction_2
C.Pt03InputFunction_3
Assignment for
Input Point 03
function
USINT
1
1
0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm
0
200
InPt04Assignment
C.Pt03InputFunction_0
C.Pt03InputFunction_1
C.Pt03InputFunction_2
C.Pt03InputFunction_3
Assignment for
Input Point 04
function
USINT
1
1
0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm
0
201
InPt05Assignment
C.Pt05InputFunction_0
C.Pt05InputFunction_1
C.Pt05InputFunction_2
C.Pt05InputFunction_3
Assignment for
Input Point 05
function
USINT
1
1
0=Normal
1=TripReset
2=RemoteTrip
3=ActivateFLA2
4=ForceSnapshot
5=EmergencyStart
6=TestMode
7=L1LossArm
8=L2LossArm
9=L3LossArm
10=L1L2LossArm
11=L2L3LossArm
12=L1L3LossArm
13=L1L2L3LossArm
0
202
OutPt0Assignment
Assignment for
OutputPt00
function
USINT
1
1
0=Normal
1=TripRelay
2=ControlRelay
3=TripAlarm
4=WarningAlarm
5=MonL1TripRelay
6= MonL2TripRelay
7= MonL3TripRelay
1
203
OutPt1Assignment
Assignment for
OutputPt01
function
USINT
1
1
0=Normal
1=TripRelay
2=ControlRelay
3=TripAlarm
4=WarningAlarm
5=MonL1TripRelay
6= MonL2TripRelay
7= MonL3TripRelay
0
204
OutPt2Assignment
Assignment for
OutputPt02
function
USINT
1
1
0=Normal
1=TripRelay
2=ControlRelay
3=TripAlarm
4=WarningAlarm
5=MonL1TripRelay
6= MonL2TripRelay
7= MonL3TripRelay
0
205
StartsPerHour
C.StartsPerHourLimit
Allowable Starts
per Hour
USINT
1
1
0
120
2
206
StartsInterval
C.StartsIntervalLimit
The minimum
UINT
allowable interval
between starts
2
1
0
3600
600
Total number of
starts for
preventative
maintenance
2
207
PMTotalStarts
C.TotalStartsLimit
UINT
Second
s
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
1
0
65535
0
453
Appendix B
Group
Device Setup
(continued
Options Setup
454
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
208
PMOperatingHours
C.OperatingHoursLimit
Total operating
hours for
preventative
maintenance
UINT
2
1
0
209
ActFLA2wOutput
C.FLA2Select_0
C.FLA2Select_1
C.FLA2Select_2
C.FLA2Select_3
Select FLA2
activate source
USINT
1
1
0=Disable
1=OutputPt00
2=OutputPt01
3=OutputPt02
0
210
Reserved
211
SecurityPolicy
Select network
security feature
locks
UINT
2
1
Bit0= DeviceConfigEna
Bit1= DeviceResetEna
Bit2= FWUpdateEnable
Bit3= NetworkCfgEna
Bit4= PortCfgEna
Bit5= Reserved
Bit6= Reserved
Bit7= Reserved
Bit8= Reserved
Bit9= Reserved
Bit10= Reserved
Bit11= Reserved
Bit12= Reserved
Bit13= Reserved
Bit14= Reserved
Bit15= PolicyConfigEna
0x8007
212
Language
Select the
language
USINT
1
1
0
2
0
213
FeedbackTimeout
DeviceLogix
Feedback Timer
Timeout
UINT
2
1
0
65535
500
214
TransitionDelay
Motor Contactor
Transition Delay
UINT
2
1
0
65535
10000
215
InterlockDelay
Motor Contactor
Interlock Delay
UINT
2
1
1
65535
100
216
EmergencyStartEn
Enables the ability UINT
to command an
Emergency Start of
the motor
1
1
0=Disable
1=Enable
0
217
Reserved
218
Reserved
219
Reserved
C.EmergencyStartEn
65535
Default Units
0
220
Reserved
221
ControlModuleTyp
Select Control
Module Type
USINT
1
1
0= IgnoreType
1= 6In3Out24VDC
2= 4In3Out120VAC
3= 4In3Out240VAC
4= 4In2OutGFPTC24V
5= 2In2OutGFPTC120V
6= 2In2OutGFPTC240V
0
222
SensingModuleTyp
Select Sensing
Module Type
USINT
1
1
0= IgnoreType
1= VIGPt5to30Amp
2= VIG6to60Amp
3= VIG10to100Amp
4= VIG20to200Amp
5= IGPt5to30Amp
6= IG6to60Amp
7= IG10to100Amp
8= IG20to200Amp
9= IPt5to30Amp
10= I6to60Amp
11= I10to100Amp
12= I20to200Amp
0
223
CommsModuleType
Select
Communications
Module Type
USINT
1
1
0=IgnoreType
1=EtherNetIP
2=DeviceNet
3=Profibus
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Hrs
Parameter List
Group
Options Setup
(Continued)
Current Setup
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
224
OperStationType
Select Operator
Station Type
USINT
1
1
0= IgnoreType
1= NoStation
2= ControlStation
3= DiagStation
0
225
DigitalMod1Type
Select Digital I/O USINT
Expansion Module
1 Type
1
1
0= IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=4In2Out24VDC
3=4In2Out120VAC
4=4In2Out240VAC
0
226
DigitalMod2Type
Select Digital I/O USINT
Expansion Module
2 Type
1
1
0= IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=4In2Out24VDC
3=4In2Out120VAC
4=4In2Out240VAC
0
227
DigitalMod3Type
Select Digital I/O USINT
Expansion Module
3 Type
1
1
0= IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=4In2Out24VDC
3=4In2Out120VAC
4=4In2Out240VAC
0
228
DigitalMod4Type
Select Digital I/O USINT
Expansion Module
4 Type
1
1
0= IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=4In2Out24VDC
3=4In2Out120VAC
4=4In2Out240VAC
0
229
AnalogMod1Type
Select Analog I/O USINT
Expansion Module
1 Type
1
1
0=IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=3In1OutAnalog
0
230
AnalogMod2Type
Select Analog I/O USINT
Expansion Module
2 Type
1
1
0=IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=3In1OutAnalog
0
231
AnalogMod3Type
Select Analog I/O USINT
Expansion Module
3 Type
1
1
0=IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=3In1OutAnalog
0
232
AnalogMod4Type
Select Analog I/O USINT
Expansion Module
4 Type
1
1
0=IgnoreType
1=NoModule
2=3In1OutAnalog
0
233
MismatchAction
Select Mismatched UINT
Module Actions
0=warning 1=
fault
1
1
Bit0= ControlModule
Bit1= SensingModule
Bit2= CommsModule
Bit3= OperatorStation
Bit4= DigitalModule1
Bit5= DigitalModule2
Bit6= DigitalModule3
Bit7= DigitalModule4
Bit8= AnalogModule1
Bit9= AnalogModule1
Bit10= AnalogModule1
Bit11= AnalogModule1
0
Phase Loss Inhibit USINT
Time
1
1
0
0
Phase Loss Trip
Delay
USINT
1
234
Reserved
235
Reserved
236
Reserved
237
Reserved
238
Reserved
239
PLInhibitTime
240
PLTripDelay
C.PhaseLossInhibitTime
C.PhaseLossTripDelay
250
Second
s
10
1
250
10
Second
s
241
GroundFaultType
C.GroundFaultType
Select Ground
Fault Type
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= Internal1to5Amps
2= ExtPt02toPt1Amps
3= ExtPt1toPt5Amps
4= ExtPt5to1Amps
5= External1to5Amps
0
242
GFInhibitTime
C.GroundFaultInhibitTime
Ground Fault
Inhibit Time
USINT
1
1
0
10
Ground Fault Trip
Delay
USINT
243
GFTripDelay
C.GroundFaultTripDelay
250
Second
s
1
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
10
0
250
5
Second
s
455
Appendix B
Group
456
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
244
GFTripLevel
C.GroundFaultTripLimit
Ground Fault Trip
Level
UINT
2
100
2
500
200
245
GFWarningDelay
C.GroundFaultWarnDelay
Ground Fault
Warning Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Amps
Second
s
Parameter List
Group
Current Setup
continued
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
500
Appendix B
Default Units
246
GFWarningLevel
C.GroundFaultWarnLimit
Ground Fault
Warning Level
UINT
2
100
2
247
GFFilter
C.GroundFaultFilterEn
Filter GF current
from %TCU
calculation
BOOL
1
1
0=Disable
1=Enable
0
248
GFMaxInhibit
C.GroundFaultMaxInhibitEn
Trip is inhibited
when GF exceeds
max value
BOOL
1
1
0=Disable
1=Enable
0
249
StallEnabledTime
C.StallEnabledTime
Stall Monitor and
Trip Delay
USINT
1
1
0
UINT
250
200
10
Second
s
250
StallTripLevel
C.StallTripLimit
Stall Trip Level
2
10
100
600
600
251
JamInhibitTime
C.JamInhibitTime
Jam Detect Inhibit USINT
Time
1
1
0
250
10
Jam Detect Trip
Delay
USINT
1
252
JamTripDelay
C.JamTripDelay
Amps
%FLA
Second
s
10
1
250
50
Second
s
253
JamTripLevel
C.JamTripLimit
Jam Detect Trip
Level
UINT
2
1
50
600
250
%FLA
254
JamWarningLevel
C.JamWarnLimit
Jam Detect
Warning Level
UINT
2
1
50
600
150
%FLA
255
ULInhibitTime
C.UnderloadInhibitTime
Underload Inhibit
Time
USINT
1
1
0
250
10
Underload Trip
Delay
USINT
256
ULTripDelay
C.UnderloadTripDelay
Second
s
1
10
1
250
50
Second
s
257
ULTripLevel
C.UnderloadTripLimit
Underload Trip
Level
USINT
1
1
10
100
50
%FLA
258
ULWarningLevel
C.UnderloadWarnLimit
Underload
Warning Level
USINT
1
1
10
100
70
%FLA
259
CIInhibitTime
C.CurrentImbalanceInhibitTime
Current Imbalance USINT
Inhibit Time
1
1
0
250
10
Current Imbalance USINT
Trip Delay
1
260
CITripDelay
C.CurrentImbalanceTripDelay
Second
s
10
1
250
50
Second
s
261
CITripLevel
C.CurrentImbalanceTripLimit
Current Imbalance USINT
Trip Level
1
1
10
100
35
%
262
CIWarningLevel
C.CurrentImbalanceWarnLimit
Current Imbalance USINT
Warning Level
1
1
10
100
20
%
263
CTPrimary
C.CTPrimary
Current
Transformer
Primary Ratio
UINT
2
1
1
65535
5
264
CTSecondary
C.CTSecondary
Current
Transformer
Secondary Ratio
UINT
2
1
1
65535
5
265
UCInhibit Time
C.UnderCurrentInhibitTime
Under Current
Inhibit Time
USINT
1
1
0
250
10
L1 Under Current
Trip Delay
USINT
266
L1UCTripDelay
C.L1UnderCurrentTripDelay
Second
s
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
267
L1UCTripLevel
C.L1UnderCurrentTripLimit
L1 Under Current
Trip Level
USINT
1
1
10
100
35
%
268
L1UCWarningLevel
C.L1UnderCurrentWarnLimit
L1 Under Current
Warning Level
USINT
1
1
10
100
40
%
269
L2UCTripDelay
C.L2UnderCurrentTripDelay
L2 Under Current
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
270
L2UCTripLevel
C.L2UnderCurrentTripLimit
L2 Under Current
Trip Level
USINT
1
1
10
100
35
%
271
L2UCWarningLevel
C.L2UnderCurrentWarnLimit
L2 Under Current
Warning Level
USINT
1
1
10
100
40
%
272
L3UCTripDelay
C.L3UnderCurrentTripDelay
L3 Under Current
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
L3 Under Current
Trip Level
USINT
273
L3UCTripLevel
C.L3UnderCurrentTripLimit
Second
s
1
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
1
10
100
35
%
457
Appendix B
Group
Current Setup
continued
Parameter List
Param
No.
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
277
L1OCTripLevel
C.L1OverCurrentTripLimit
L1 Over Current
Trip Level
USINT
1
1
10
200
100
%
278
L1OCWarningLevel
C.L1OverCurrentWarnLimit
L1 Over Current
Warning Level
USINT
1
1
10
200
90
%
279
L2OCTripDelay
L2 Over Current
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
280
L2OCTripLevel
C.L2OverCurrentTripDelay
L2 Over Current
Trip Level
USINT
1
1
10
200
100
%
281
L2OCWarningLevel
C.L2OverCurrentTripLimit
L2 Over Current
Warning Level
USINT
1
1
10
200
90
%
282
L3OCTripDelay
C.L2OverCurrentWarnLimit
L3 Over Current
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
283
L3OCTripLevel
C.L3OverCurrentTripDelay
L3 Over Current
Trip Level
USINT
1
1
10
200
100
%
284
L3OCWarningLevel
C.L3OverCurrentTripLimit
L3 Over Current
Warning Level
USINT
1
1
10
200
90
%
285
LineLossInhTime
C.L3OverCurrentWarnLimit
Line Loss Inhibit
Time
USINT
1
1
0
250
10
L1 Line Loss Trip
Delay
USINT
L2 Line Loss Trip
Delay
USINT
L3 Line Loss Trip
Delay
USINT
286
287
288
458
Parameter Name
L1LossTripDelay
L2LossTripDelay
L3LossTripDelay
C.LineLossInhibitTime
C.L1LineLossTripDelay
C.L2LineLossTripDelay
Second
s
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
1
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
10
0
250
10
Second
s
Parameter List
Group
Communications
Setup
Param
No.
Parameter Name
289
OutputAssembly
290
Device Profile Tag Name
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
Output Assembly UINT
Instance used by IO
Connections
2
1
0
180
144
InputAssembly
Input Assembly
UINT
Instance used by IO
Connections
2
1
0
300
300
291
Datalink0
Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink0
Parameter Number
2
1
0
560
0
292
Datalink1
Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink1
Parameter Number
2
1
0
560
0
293
Datalink2
Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink2
Parameter Number
2
1
0
560
0
294
Datalink3
Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink3
Parameter Number
2
1
0
560
0
295
Datalink4
Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink4
Parameter Number
2
1
0
560
0
296
Datalink5
Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink5
Parameter Number
2
1
0
560
0
297
Datalink6
Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink6
Parameter Number
2
1
0
560
0
298
Datalink7
Produced I/O
UINT
Assembly
Datalink7
Parameter Number
2
1
0
560
0
299
Reserved
300
Reserved
301
Reserved
302
Reserved
303
Reserved
C.L3LineLossTripDelay
Description
Appendix B
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
459
Appendix B
Group
Output Setup
460
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
304
OutPt00PrFltAct
C.Pt00OutputProtectionFaultMode
Output Pt00 action BOOL
on protection fault
1
1
0= GoToPrFltValue
1= IgnoreIfPossible
0
305
OutPt00PrFltVal
C.Pt00OutputProtectionFaultValue
Output Pt00 value BOOL
on protection fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
306
OutPt00ComFltAct
C.Pt00OutputFaultMode
Output Pt00 action BOOL
on comms fault
1
1
0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState
0
307
OutPt00ComFltVal
C.Pt00OutputFaultValue
Out Pt00 value on BOOL
comms fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
308
OutPt00ComIdlAct
C.Pt00OutputProgMode
Output Pt00 action BOOL
on comms idle
1
1
0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState
0
309
OutPt00ComIdlVal
C.Pt00OutputProgValue
Output Pt00 value BOOL
on comms idle
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
310
OutPt01PrFltAct
C.Pt01OutputProtectionFaultMode
Output Pt01 action BOOL
on protection fault
1
1
0= GoToPrFltValue
1= IgnoreIfPossible
0
311
OutPt01PrFltVal
C.Pt01OutputProtectionFaultValue
Output Pt01 value BOOL
on protection fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
312
OutPt01ComFltAct
C.Pt01OutputFaultMode
Output Pt01 action BOOL
on comms fault
1
1
0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState
0
313
OutPt01ComFltVal
C.Pt01OutputFaultValue
Output Pt01 value BOOL
on comms fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
314
OutPt01ComIdlAct
C.Pt01OutputProgMode
Output Pt01 action BOOL
on comms idle
1
1
0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState
0
315
OutPt01ComIdlVal
C.Pt01OutputProgValue
Output Pt01 value BOOL
on comms idle
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
316
OutPt02PrFltAct
C.Pt02OutputProtectionFaultMode
Output Pt02 action BOOL
on protection fault
1
1
0= GoToPrFltValue
1= IgnoreIfPossible
0
317
OutPt02PrFltVal
C.Pt02OutputProtectionFaultValue
Output Pt02 value BOOL
on protection fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
318
OutPt02ComFltAct
C.Pt02OutputFaultMode
Output Pt02 action BOOL
on comms fault
1
1
0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState
0
319
OutPt02ComFltVal
C.Pt02OutputFaultValue
Output Pt02 value BOOL
on comms fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
320
OutPt02ComIdlAct
C.Pt02OutputProgMode
Output Pt02 action BOOL
on comms idle
1
1
0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState
0
321
OutPt02ComIdlVal
C.Pt02OutputProgValue
Output Pt02 value BOOL
on comms idle
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
322
OutDig1PrFltAct
C.Digital1ProtectionFaultMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 1 Outputs
action on
protection fault
1
1
0= GoToPrFltValue
1= Ignore
0
323
OutDig1PrFltVal
C.Digital1ProtectionFaultValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 1 Outputs
value on
protection fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
324
OutDig1ComFltAct
C.Digital1FaultMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 1 Outputs
action on comms
fault
1
1
0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState
0
325
OutDig1ComFltVal
C.Digital1FaultValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 1 Outputs
value on comms
fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
326
OutDig1ComIdlAct
C.Digital1ProgMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 1 Outputs
action on comms
idle
1
1
0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState
0
327
OutDig1ComIdlVal
C.Digital1ProgValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 1 Outputs
value on comms
idle
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
328
OutDig2PrFltAct
C.Digital2ProtectionFaultMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 2 Outputs
action on
protection fault
1
1
0= GoToPrFltValue
1= Ignore
0
329
OutDig2PrFltVal
C.Digital2ProtectionFaultValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 2 Outputs
value on
protection fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Parameter List
Group
Output Setup
Continued
DeviceLogix Setup
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
330
OutDig2ComFltAct
C.Digital2FaultMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 2 Outputs
action on comms
fault
1
1
0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState
0
331
OutDig2ComFltVal
C.Digital2FaultValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 2 Outputs
value on comms
fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
332
OutDig2ComIdlAct
C.Digital2ProgMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 2 Outputs
action on comms
idle
1
1
0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState
0
333
OutDig2ComIdlVal
C.Digital2ProgValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 2 Outputs
value on comms
idle
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
334
OutDig3PrFltAct
C.Digital3ProtectionFaultMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 3 Outputs
action on
protection fault
1
1
0= GoToPrFltValue
1= Ignore
0
335
OutDig3PrFltVal
C.Digital3ProtectionFaultValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 3 Outputs
value on
protection fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
336
OutDig3ComFltAct
C.Digital3FaultMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 3 Outputs
action on comms
fault
1
1
0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState
0
337
OutDig3ComFltVal
C.Digital3FaultValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 3 Outputs
value on comms
fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
338
OuDig3ComIdlAct
C.Digital3ProgMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 3 Outputs
action on comms
idle
1
1
0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState
0
339
OutDig3ComIdlVal
C.Digital3ProgValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 3 Outputs
value on comms
idle
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
340
OutDig4PrFltAct
C.Digital4ProtectionFaultMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 4 Outputs
action on
protection fault
1
1
0= GoToPrFltValue
1= Ignore
0
341
OutDig4PrFltVal
C.Digital4ProtectionFaultValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 4 Outputs
value on
protection fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
342
OutDig4ComFltAct
C.Digital4FaultMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 4 Outputs
action on comms
fault
1
1
0= GoToCommFltValue
1= HoldLastState
0
343
OutDig4ComFltVal
C.Digital4FaultValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 4 Outputs
value on comms
fault
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
344
OutDig4ComIdlAct
C.Digital4ProgMode
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 4 Outputs
action on comms
idle
1
1
0= GoToCommIdlValue
1= HoldLastState
0
345
OutDig4ComIdlVal
C.Digital4ProgValue
Digital Expansion BOOL
Module 4 Outputs
value on comms
idle
1
1
0=Open
1=Closed
0
346
CommOverride
Enabling allows
BOOL
local logic to
override a loss of
an I/O Connection.
1
1
0=Disable
1=Enable
0
347
NetworkOverride
Enabling allows
BOOL
local logic to
override a Network
Fault.
1
1
0=Disable
1=Enable
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
461
Appendix B
Parameter List
Group
DeviceLogix Setup
(Continued)
462
Param
No.
Parameter Name
348
PtDeviceOuts
349
Reserved
350
351
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
Status of
UINT
DeviceLogix
Network Outputs.
2
1
Bit0= Pt00DeviceOut
Bit1= Pt01DeviceOut
Bit2= Pt02DeviceOut
Bit3= Pt03DeviceOut
Bit4= Pt04DeviceOut
Bit5= Pt05DeviceOut
Bit6= Pt06DeviceOut
Bit7= Pt07DeviceOut
Bit8= Pt08DeviceOut
Bit9= Pt09DeviceOut
Bit10= Pt10DeviceOut
Bit11= Pt11DeviceOut
Bit12= Pt12DeviceOut
Bit13= Pt13DeviceOut
Bit14= Pt14DeviceOut
Bit15= Pt15DeviceOut
0
PtDevOutCOSMask
When bit is set the UINT
network output
will trigger a COS
message.
2
1
Bit0= Pt00DeviceOut
Bit1= Pt01DeviceOut
Bit2= Pt02DeviceOut
Bit3= Pt03DeviceOut
Bit4= Pt04DeviceOut
Bit5= Pt05DeviceOut
Bit6= Pt06DeviceOut
Bit7= Pt07DeviceOut
Bit8= Pt08DeviceOut
Bit9= Pt09DeviceOut
Bit10= Pt10DeviceOut
Bit11= Pt11DeviceOut
Bit12= Pt12DeviceOut
Bit13= Pt13DeviceOut
Bit14= Pt14DeviceOut
Bit15= Pt15DeviceOut
0
DLXUserDefData
General Purpose UDINT
Data Value for Use
in DeviceLogix
Programs
4
1
0
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
0xFFFFFFFF
Parameter List
Group
Voltage Setup
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Default Units
352
VoltageMode
C.VoltageMode
Voltage Wiring
Mode
USINT
1
1
0= DeltaпЂ 1= WyeпЂ 2= DeltaPTDelta2WyeпЂ 3= WyePTDelta2WyeпЂ 4= DeltaPTWye2DeltaпЂ 5= WyePTWye2Delta
0
353
PTPrimary
C.PTPrimary
Potential
Transformer
Primary Rating
UINT
2
1
1
65535
480
354
PTSecondary
C.PTSecondary
Potential
Transformer
Secondary Rating
UINT
2
1
1
540
480
355
UVInhibitTime
C.UnderVoltageInhibitTime
Under Voltage
Inhibit Time
USINT
1
1
0
250
10
356
UVTripDelay
C.UnderVoltageTripDelay
Second
s
Under Voltage Trip USINT
Delay
1
10
1
250
10
Second
s
357
UVTripLevel
C.UnderVoltageTripLimit
Under Voltage Trip UINT
Level
2
10
0
65535
1000
Volt
358
UVWarningLevel
C.UnderVoltageWarnLimit
Under Voltage
Warning Level
UINT
2
10
0
65535
4000
Volt
359
OVInhibitTime
C.OverVoltageInhibitTime
Over Voltage
Inhibit Time
USINT
1
1
0
250
10
Over Voltage Trip
Delay
USINT
360
OVTripDelay
C.OverVoltageTripDelay
Second
s
1
10
1
250
10
Second
s
361
OVTripLevel
C.OverVoltageTripLimit
Over Voltage Trip
Level
UINT
2
10
0
65535
5000
Volt
362
OVWarningLevel
C.OverVoltageWarnLimit
Over Voltage
Warning Level
UINT
2
10
0
65535
4900
Volt
363
PhRotInhibitTime
C.PhaseRotationInhibitTime
Phase Rotation
Inhibit Time
USINT
1
1
0
250
10
364
PhaseRotTripType
C.PhaseRotationTripType_0
Second
s
Voltage Phase
USINT
Rotation Trip Type
1
1
1
0=
NoRotation
1= ABC
2= ACB
1
Voltage Imbalance USINT
Inhibit Time
1
1
0
250
10
Voltage Imbalance USINT
Trip Delay
1
C.PhaseRotationTripType_1
365
Voltage Setup
(continued)
Max
Appendix B
366
VIBInhibitTime
VIBTripDelay
C.VoltageImbalanceInhibitTime
C.VoltageImbalanceTripDelay
Second
s
10
1
250
10
Second
s
367
VIBTripLevel
C.VoltageImbalanceTripLimit
Voltage Imbalance USINT
Trip Level
1
1
0
100
85
%
368
VIBWarningLevel
C.VoltageImbalanceWarnLimit
Voltage Imbalance USINT
Warning Level
1
1
0
100
75
%
369
UFInhibitTime
C.UnderFrequencyInhibitTime
Under Frequency
Inhibit Time
USINT
1
1
0
250
10
Under Frequency
Trip Delay
USINT
370
UFTripDelay
C.UnderFrequencyTripDelay
Second
s
1
10
1
250
10
Second
s
371
UFTripLevel
C.UnderFrequencyTripLimit
Under Frequency
Trip Level
USINT
1
1
46
65
57
Hz
372
UFWarningLevel
C.UnderFrequencyWarnLimit
Under Frequency
Warning Level
USINT
1
1
46
65
58
Hz
373
OFInhibitTime
C.OverFrequencyInhibitTime
Over Frequency
Inhibit Time
USINT
1
1
0
250
10
Over Frequency
Trip Delay
USINT
374
OFTripDelay
C.OverFrequencyTripDelay
Second
s
1
10
1
250
10
Second
s
375
OFTripLevel
C.OverFrequencyTripLimit
Over Frequency
Trip Level
USINT
1
1
46
65
63
Hz
376
OFWarningLevel
C.OverFrequencyWarnLimit
Over Frequency
Warning Level
USINT
1
1
46
65
62
Hz
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
463
Appendix B
Group
Power Setup
Parameter List
Param
No.
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
377
PowerScale
C.PowerScale
Power value scale
factor (kW MW)
USINT
1
1
0=kW
1=MW
378
UWInhibitTime
C.UnderRealPowerInhibitTime
Under Total Real USINT
Power Inhibit Time
1
1
0
Under Total Real
Power Trip Delay
USINT
1
379
UWTripDelay
C.UnderRealPowerTripDelay
Max
Default Units
0
250
10
Second
s
10
1
250
10
Second
s
380
UWTripLevel
C.UnderRealPowerTripLimit
Under Total Real
Power Trip Level
DINT
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kW
381
UWWarningLevel
C.UnderRealPowerWarnLimit
Under Total Real
Power Warning
Level
DINT
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kW
382
OWInhibitTime
C.OverRealPowerInhibitTime
Over Total Real
USINT
Power Inhibit Time
1
1
0
250
Over Total Real
Power Trip Delay
USINT
1
383
OWTripDelay
C.OverRealPowerTripDelay
10
Second
s
10
1
250
10
Second
s
384
OWTripLevel
C.OverRealPowerTripLimit
Over Total Real
Power Trip Level
DINT
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kW
385
OWWarningLevel
C.OverRealPowerWarnLimit
Over Total Real
Power Warning
Level
DINT
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kW
386
UVARCInhibitTime
C.UnderReactivePowerConsumedInhibitTime
Under Total
Reactive Power
Consumed
(+kVAR) Inhibit
Time
USINT
1
1
0
250
387
UVARCTripDelay
C.UnderReactivePowerConsumedTripDelay
10
Second
s
Under Total
USINT
Reactive Power
Consumed
(+kVAR) Trip Delay
1
10
1
250
10
Second
s
388
UVARCTripLevel
C.UnderReactivePowerConsumedTripLimit
Under Total
DINT
Reactive Power
Consumed
(+kVAR) Trip Level
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVAR
389
UVARCWarnLevel
C.UnderReactivePowerConsumedWarnLimit
Under Total
DINT
Reactive Power
Consumed
(+kVAR) Warning
Level
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVAR
390
OVARCInhibitTime
C.OverReactivePowerConsumedInhibitTime
Over Total Reactive USINT
Power Consumed
(+kVAR) Inhibit
Time
1
1
0
250
Over Total Reactive USINT
Power Consumed
(+kVAR) Trip Delay
1
391
464
Parameter Name
OVARCTripDelay
C.OverReactivePowerConsumedTripDelay
10
Second
s
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
10
1
250
10
Second
s
Parameter List
Group
Power Setup
(Continued)
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
392
OVARCTripLevel
C.OverReactivePowerConsumedTripLimit
Over Total Reactive DINT
Power Consumed
(+kVAR) Trip Level
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVAR
393
OVARCWarnLevel
C.OverReactivePowerConsumedWarnLimit
Over Total Reactive DINT
Power Consumed
(+kVAR) Warning
Level
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVAR
394
UVARGInhibitTime
C.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedInhibitTime
Under Total
USINT
Reactive Power
Generated (-kVAR)
Inhibit Time
1
1
0
250
Under Total
USINT
Reactive Power
Generated (-kVAR)
Trip Delay
1
395
UVARGTripDelay
C.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedTripDelay
10
Second
s
10
1
250
10
Second
s
396
UVARGTripLevel
C.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedTripLimit
Under Total
DINT
Reactive Power
Generated (-kVAR)
Trip Level
4
1000
-2000000000 0
0
kVAR
397
UVARGWarnLevel
C.UnderReactivePowerGeneratedWarnLimit
Under Total
DINT
Reactive Power
Generated (-kVAR)
Warning Level
4
1000
-2000000000 0
0
kVAR
398
OVARGInhibitTime
C.OverReactivePowerGeneratedInhibitTime
Over Total Reactive USINT
Power Generated
(-kVAR) Inhibit
Time
1
1
0
10
Over Total Reactive USINT
Power Generated
(-kVAR) Trip Delay
1
399
OVARGTripDelay
C.OverReactivePowerGeneratedTripDelay
250
Second
s
10
1
250
10
Second
s
400
OVARGTripLevel
C.OverReactivePowerGeneratedTripLimit
Over Total Reactive DINT
Power Generated
(-kVAR) Trip Level
4
1000
-2000000000 0
0
kVAR
401
OVARGWarnLevel
C.OverReactivePowerGeneratedWarnLimit
Over Total Reactive DINT
Power Generated
(-kVAR) Warning
Level
4
1000
-2000000000 0
0
kVAR
402
UVAInhibitTime
C.UnderApparentPowerInhibitTime
Under Total
Apparent Power
Inhibit Time
USINT
1
1
0
10
Under Total
Apparent Power
Trip Delay
USINT
403
UVATripDelay
C.UnderApparentPowerTripDelay
250
Second
s
1
10
1
250
10
Second
s
404
UVATripLevel
C.UnderApparentPowerTripLimit
Under Total
Apparent Power
Trip Level
DINT
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVA
405
UVAWarningLevel
C.UnderApparentPowerWarnLimit
Under Total
Apparent Power
Warning Level
DINT
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVA
406
OVAInhibitTime
C.OverApparentPowerInhibitTime
Over Total
Apparent Power
Inhibit Time
USINT
1
1
0
250
Over Total
Apparent Power
Trip Delay
USINT
407
OVATripDelay
10
Second
s
1
10
1
250
10
Second
s
408
OVATripLevel
C.OverApparentPowerTripDelay
Over Total
Apparent Power
Trip Level
DINT
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVA
409
OVAWarningLevel
C.OverApparentPowerWarnLimit
Over Total
Apparent Power
Warning Level
DINT
4
1000
0
2000000000 0
kVA
410
UPFLagInhibTime
C.UnderPowerFactorLaggingInhibitTime
Under Total Power USINT
Factor Lagging (PF) Inhibit Time
1
1
0
250
Under Total Power USINT
Factor Lagging (PF) Trip Delay
1
Under Total Power SINT
Factor Lagging (PF) Trip Level
1
411
412
UPFLagTripDelay
UPFLagTripLevel
C.UnderPowerFactorLaggingTripDelay
C.UnderPowerFactorLaggingTripLimit
10
Second
s
10
1
250
10
Second
s
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
1
-100
0
-90
%
465
Appendix B
Group
Power Setup
(Continued)
Parameter List
Param
No.
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
UPFLagWarnLevel
C.UnderPowerFactorLaggingWarnLimit
Under Total Power SINT
Factor Lagging (PF) Warning Level
1
1
-100
0
-95
414
OPFLagInhibTime
C.OverPowerFactorLaggingInhibitTime
Over Total Power
Factor Lagging (PF) Inhibit Time
USINT
1
1
0
250
10
Over Total Power
Factor Lagging (PF) Trip Delay
USINT
OPFLagTripDelay
C.OverPowerFactorLaggingTripDelay
%
Second
s
1
10
1
250
10
Second
s
416
OPFLagTripLevel
C.OverPowerFactorLaggingTripLimit
Over Total Power
Factor Lagging (PF) Trip Level
SINT
1
1
-100
0
-95
%
417
OPFLagWarnLevel
C.OverPowerFactorLaggingWarnLimit
Over Total Power SINT
Factor Lagging (PF) Warning Level
1
1
-100
0
-90
%
418
UPFLeadInhibTime
C.UnderPowerFactorLeadingInhibitTime
Under Total Power USINT
Factor Leading
(+PF) Inhibit Time
1
1
0
250
10
Under Total Power USINT
Factor Leading
(+PF) Trip Delay
1
419
UPFLeadTripDelay
C.UnderPowerFactorLeadingTripDelay
Second
s
10
1
250
10
Second
s
420
UPFLeadTripLevel
C.UnderPowerFactorLeadingTripLimit
Under Total Power USINT
Factor Leading
(+PF) Trip Level
1
1
0
100
90
%
421
UPFLeadWarnLevel
C.UnderPowerFactorLeadingWarnLimit
Under Total Power USINT
Factor Leading
(+PF) Warning
Level
1
1
0
100
95
%
422
OPFLeadInhibTime
C.OverPowerFactorLeadingInhibitTime
Over Total Power USINT
Factor Leading
(+PF) Inhibit Time
1
1
0
250
10
Over Total Power
Factor Leading
(+PF) Trip Delay
USINT
1
423
466
Device Profile Tag Name
413
415
Diagnostic Display
Setup
Parameter Name
OPFLeadTripDelay
C.OverPowerFactorLeadingTripDelay
Second
s
10
1
250
10
Second
s
424
OPFLeadTripLevel
C.OverPowerFactorLeadingTripLimit
Over Total Power
Factor Leading
(+PF) Trip Level
USINT
1
1
0
100
95
%
425
OPFLeadWarnLevel
C.OverPowerFactorLeadingWarnLimit
Over Total Power
Factor Leading
(+PF) Warning
Level
USINT
1
1
0
100
90
%
426
DemandPeriod
C.DemandPeriod
The number of
minutes in a
specific demand
period
USINT
1
1
1
255
15
Min
427
NumberOfPeriods
C.NumberOfDemandPeriods
The number of
USINT
periods to average
for the demand
calculation
1
1
1
15
1
428
Screen1Param1
C.Screen1ParameterSelect1
Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 1
line 1
UINT
2
1
0
560
1
429
Screen1Param2
C.Screen1ParameterSelect2
Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 1
line 2
UINT
2
1
0
560
50
430
Screen2Param1
C.Screen2ParameterSelect1
Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 2
line 1
UINT
2
1
0
560
2
431
Screen2Param2
C.Screen2ParameterSelect2
Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 2
line 2
UINT
2
1
0
560
3
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Parameter List
Group
Diagnostic Display
Setup (Continued)
Analog1 Setup
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
432
Screen3Param1
C.Screen3ParameterSelect1
Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 3
line 1
UINT
2
1
0
560
51
433
Screen3Param2
C.Screen3ParameterSelect2
Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 3
line 2
UINT
2
1
0
560
52
434
Screen4Param1
C.Screen4ParameterSelect1
Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 4
line 1
UINT
2
1
0
560
38
435
Screen4Param2
C.Screen4ParameterSelect2
Parameter to
display on
Operator Station
Startup screen 4
line 2
UINT
2
1
0
560
39
436
DisplayTimeout
C.OperatorStationDisplayTimeout
Inactivity time for UINT
a Diagnostic
Station
2
1
0
65535
300
437
InAnMod1Ch00Type
C.Analog1.Ch00InputRangeType_0
C.Analog1.Ch00InputRangeType_1
C.Analog1.Ch00InputRangeType_2
C.Analog1.Ch00InputRangeType_3
C.Analog1.Ch00InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 00
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
0
438
InAMod1Ch0Format
C.Analog1.Ch00InputFormat_0
C.Analog1.Ch00InputFormat_1
C.Analog1.Ch00InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 00
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
0
439
InAMod1C0TmpUnit
C.Analog1.Ch00InputTempMode
Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 00
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
440
InAMod1C0FiltFrq
C.Analog1.Ch00InputFilter_0
C.Analog1.Ch00InputFilter_1
C.Analog1.Ch00InputFilter_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 00
Filter Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
441
InAMod1C0OpCktSt
C.Analog1.Ch00InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog1.Ch00InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 1 Input
Channel 00 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero
0
442
InAnMod1Ch0RTDEn
C.Analog1.Ch00InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 1 Input
Channel 00 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=3-wire
1=2-wire
0
443
InAMod1C0TripDly
C.Analog1.Ch00InputTripDelay
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 00
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
444
InAMod1C0TripLvl
C.Analog1.Ch00InputTripLimit
250
10
Second
s
2
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
1
0
65535
0
467
Appendix B
Group
Analog1 Setup
(Continued)
468
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
65535
Default Units
445
InAMod1C0WarnLvl
C.Analog1.Ch00InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning
UINT
2
1
0
446
InAnMod1Ch01Type
C.Analog1.Ch01InputRangeType_0
C.Analog1.Ch01InputRangeType_1
C.Analog1.Ch01InputRangeType_2
C.Analog1.Ch01InputRangeType_3
C.Analog1.Ch01InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 01
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
0
447
InAMod1Ch1Format
C.Analog1.Ch01InputFormat_0
C.Analog1.Ch01InputFormat_1
C.Analog1.Ch01InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 01
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
4= PercentRange
0
448
InAMod1C1TmpUnit
C.Analog1.Ch01InputTempMode
Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 01
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
449
InAMod1C1FiltFrq
C.Analog1.Ch01InputFilter_0
C.Analog1.Ch01InputFilter_1
C.Analog1.Ch01InputFilter_2
Assignment
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 01
Filter Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
450
InAMod1C1OpCktSt
C.Analog1.Ch01InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog1.Ch01InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 1 Input
Channel 01 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero
0
451
InAnMod1Ch1RTDEn
C.Analog1.Ch01InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 1 Input
Channel 01 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=3-wire
1=2-wire
0
452
InAMod1C1TripDly
C.Analog1.Ch01InputTripDelay
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 01
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
0
10
Second
s
453
InAMod1C1TripLvl
C.Analog1.Ch01InputTripLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
2
1
0
65535
0
454
InAMod1C1WarnLvl
C.Analog1.Ch01InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generate
UINT
2
1
0
65535
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Parameter List
Group
Analog1 Setup
(Continued)
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
455
InAnMod1Ch02Type
C.Analog1.Ch02InputRangeType_0
C.Analog1.Ch02InputRangeType_1
C.Analog1.Ch02InputRangeType_2
C.Analog1.Ch02InputRangeType_3
C.Analog1.Ch02InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 02
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
0
456
InAMod1Ch2Format
C.Analog1.Ch02InputFormat_0
C.Analog1.Ch02InputFormat_1
C.Analog1.Ch02InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 02
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
0
457
InAMod1C2TmpUnit
C.Analog1.Ch02InputTempMode
Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 02
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
458
InAMod1C2FiltFrq
C.Analog1.Ch02InputFilter_0
C.Analog1.Ch02InputFilter_1
C.Analog1.Ch02InputFilter_2
Assignment
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 02
Filter Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
459
InAMod1C2OpCktSt
C.Analog1.Ch02InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog1.Ch02InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 1 Input
Channel 02 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero
0
460
InAnMod1Ch2RTDEn
C.Analog1.Ch02InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 1 Input
Channel 02 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=3-wire
1=2-wire
0
461
InAMod1C2TripDly
C.Analog1.Ch02InputTripDelay
Analog Module 1
Input Channel 02
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
462
InAMod1C2TripLvl
C.Analog1.Ch02InputTripLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
2
1
0
65535
0
463
InAMod1C2WarnLvl
C.Analog1.Ch02InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning
UINT
2
1
0
65535
0
464
OutAnMod1Type
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputRangeType_0
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputRangeType_1
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputRangeType_2
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputRangeType_3
Assignment for
Analog Module 1
Output function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4=1to5 Volts
5= 0to5 Volts
0
465
OutAnMod1Select
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputMode
Assignment of
parameter data
value to drive
Analog Module 1
Output
USINT
1
1
0= AveragePctFLA
1= ScaledAvgPctFLA
2= PercentTCU
3= GFCurrent
4= CurrentUnbalance
5= AvgLLVoltage
6=VoltLLUnbalance
7= TotalkW
8= TotalkVA
9= TotalkVAR
10= TotalPF
11= UserDLXData
0
466
OutAnMod1FltActn
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputFaultMode_0
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputFaultMode_1
Analog Module 1
Output action on
comms fault
USINT
1
1
0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= Hold Last State
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
469
Appendix B
Group
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
Analog1 Setup
(continued)
467
OutAnMod1IdlActn
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_0
C.Analog1.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_1
Analog Module 1
Output action on
comms idle
USINT
1
1
0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= Hold Last State
0
Analog2 Setup
468
InAnMod2Ch00Type
C.Analog2.Ch00InputRangeType_0
C.Analog2.Ch00InputRangeType_1
C.Analog2.Ch00InputRangeType_2
C.Analog2.Ch00InputRangeType_3
C.Analog2.Ch00InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 00
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
0
469
InAMod2Ch0Format
C.Analog2.Ch00InputFormat_0
C.Analog2.Ch00InputFormat_1
C.Analog2.Ch00InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 00
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
0
470
InAMod2C0TmpUnit
C.Analog2.Ch00InputTempMode
Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 00
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
471
InAMod2C0FiltFrq
C.Analog2.Ch00InputFilter_0
C.Analog2.Ch00InputFilter_1
C.Analog2.Ch00InputFilter_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 00
Filter Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
472
InAMod2C0OpCktSt
C.Analog2.Ch00InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog2.Ch00InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 2 InputпЂ Channel 00 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero
0
473
InAnMod2Ch0RTDEn
C.Analog2.Ch00InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 2 InputпЂ Channel 00 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=3-wire
1=2-wire
0
474
InAMod2C0TripDly
C.Analog2.Ch00InputTripDelay
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 00
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
470
250
10
Second
s
475
InAMod2C0TripLvl
C.Analog2.Ch00InputTripLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
476
InAMod2C0WarnLvl
C.Analog2.Ch00InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Parameter List
Group
Analog2 Setup
(Continued)
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
477
InAnMod2Ch01Type
C.Analog2.Ch01InputRangeType_0
C.Analog2.Ch01InputRangeType_1
C.Analog2.Ch01InputRangeType_2
C.Analog2.Ch01InputRangeType_3
C.Analog2.Ch01InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 01
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
0
478
InAMod2Ch1Format
C.Analog2.Ch01InputFormat_0
C.Analog2.Ch01InputFormat_1
C.Analog2.Ch01InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 01
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
0
479
InAMod2C1TmpUnit
C.Analog2.Ch01InputTempMode
Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 01
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
480
InAMod2C1FiltFrq
C.Analog2.Ch01InputFilter_0
C.Analog2.Ch01InputFilter_1
C.Analog2.Ch01InputFilter_2
Assignment
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 01
Filter Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
481
InAMod2C1OpCktSt
C.Analog2.Ch01InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog2.Ch01InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 2 Input
Channel 01 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero
0
482
InAnMod2Ch1RTDEn
C.Analog2.Ch01InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 2 Input
Channel 01 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=3-wire
1=2-wire
0
483
InAMod2C1TripDly
C.Analog2.Ch01InputTripDelay
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 01
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
484
InAMod2C1TripLvl
C.Analog2.Ch01InputTripLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
2
1
0
65535
0
485
InAMod2C1WarnLvl
C.Analog2.Ch01InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
486
InAnMod2Ch02Type
C.Analog2.Ch02InputRangeType_0
C.Analog2.Ch02InputRangeType_1
C.Analog2.Ch02InputRangeType_2
C.Analog2.Ch02InputRangeType_3
C.Analog2.Ch02InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 02
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
471
Appendix B
Group
Analog2 Setup
(continued)
472
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
487
InAMod2Ch2Format
C.Analog2.Ch02InputFormat_0
C.Analog2.Ch02InputFormat_1
C.Analog2.Ch02InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 02
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
0
488
InAMod2C2TmpUnit
C.Analog2.Ch02InputTempMode
Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 02
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
489
InAMod2C2FiltFrq
C.Analog2.Ch02InputFilter_0
C.Analog2.Ch02InputFilter_1
C.Analog2.Ch02InputFilter_2
Assignment
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 02
Filter Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
490
InAMod2C2OpCktSt
C.Analog2.Ch02InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog2.Ch02InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 2 Input
Channel 02 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero
0
491
InAnMod2Ch2RTDEn
C.Analog2.Ch02InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 2 Input
Channel 02 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=3-wire
1=2-wire
0
492
InAMod2C2TripDly
C.Analog2.Ch02InputTripDelay
Analog Module 2
Input Channel 02
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
493
InAMod2C2TripLvl
C.Analog2.Ch02InputTripLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
494
InAMod2C2WarnLvl
C.Analog2.Ch02InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
495
OutAnMod2Type
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputRangeType_0
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputRangeType_1
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputRangeType_2
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputRangeType_3
Assignment for
Analog Module 2
Output function.
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4=1To5 Volts
5=OTo5 Volts
0
496
OutAnMod2Select
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputMode
Assignment of
parameter data
value to drive
Analog Module 2
Output
USINT
1
1
0= AveragePctFLA
1= ScaledAvgPctFLA
2= PercentTCU
3= GFCurrent
4= CurrentUnbalance
5= AvgLLVoltage
6=VoltLLUnbalance
7= TotalkW
8= TotalkVA
9= TotalkVAR
10= TotalPF
11= UserDLXData
0
497
OutAnMod2EFltAct
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputFaultMode_0
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputFaultMode_1
Analog Module 2
Output action on
an Expansion Bus
fault
USINT
1
1
0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Parameter List
Group
Analog3 Setup
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
498
OutAnMod2PFltAct
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_0
C.Analog2.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_1
Analog Module 2 USINT
Output action on a
protection fault
1
1
0= Ignore
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState
0
499
InAnMod3Ch00Type
C.Analog3.Ch00InputRangeType_0
C.Analog3.Ch00InputRangeType_1
C.Analog3.Ch00InputRangeType_2
C.Analog3.Ch00InputRangeType_3
C.Analog3.Ch00InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 00
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
0
500
InAMod3Ch0Format
C.Analog3.Ch00InputFormat_0
C.Analog3.Ch00InputFormat_1
C.Analog3.Ch00InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 00
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
0
501
InAMod3C0TmpUnit
C.Analog3.Ch00InputTempMode
Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 00
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
502
InAMod3C0FiltFrq
C.Analog3.Ch00InputFilter_0
C.Analog3.Ch00InputFilter_1
C.Analog3.Ch00InputFilter_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 00
Filter Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
503
InAMod3C0OpCktSt
C.Analog3.Ch00InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog3.Ch00InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 3 Input
Channel 00 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero
0
504
InAnMod3Ch0RTDEn
C.Analog3.Ch00InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 3 Input
Channel 00 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=3-wire
1=2-wire
0
505
InAMod3C0TripDly
C.Analog3.Ch00InputTripDelay
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 00
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
506
InAMod3C0TripLvl
C.Analog3.Ch00InputTripLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
507
InAMod3C0WarnLvl
C.Analog3.Ch00InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
473
Appendix B
Group
Analog3 Setup
(Continued)
474
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
508
InAnMod3Ch01Type
C.Analog3.Ch01InputRangeType_0
C.Analog3.Ch01InputRangeType_1
C.Analog3.Ch01InputRangeType_2
C.Analog3.Ch01InputRangeType_3
C.Analog3.Ch01InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 01
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
0
509
InAMod3Ch1Format
C.Analog3.Ch01InputFormat_0
C.Analog3.Ch01InputFormat_1
C.Analog3.Ch01InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 01
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
0
510
InAMod3C1TmpUnit
C.Analog3.Ch01InputTempMode
Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 01
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
511
InAMod3C1FiltFrq
C.Analog3.Ch01InputFilter_0
C.Analog3.Ch01InputFilter_1
C.Analog3.Ch01InputFilter_2
Assignment
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 01
Filter Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
512
InAMod3C1OpCktSt
C.Analog3.Ch01InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog3.Ch01InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 3 Input
Channel 01 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero
0
513
InAnMod3Ch1RTDEn
C.Analog3.Ch01InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 3 Input
Channel 01 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=3-wire
1=2-wire
0
514
InAMod3C1TripDly
C.Analog3.Ch01InputTripDelay
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 01
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
515
InAMod3C1TripLvl
C.Analog3.Ch01InputTripLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
516
InAMod3C1WarnLvl
C.Analog3.Ch01InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
517
InAnMod3Ch02Type
C.Analog3.Ch02InputRangeType_0
C.Analog3.Ch02InputRangeType_1
C.Analog3.Ch02InputRangeType_2
C.Analog3.Ch02InputRangeType_3
C.Analog3.Ch02InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 02
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
0
Parameter List
Group
Analog3 Setup
(continued)
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
518
InAMod3Ch2Format
C.Analog3.Ch02InputFormat_0
C.Analog3.Ch02InputFormat_1
C.Analog3.Ch02InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 02
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
0
519
InAMod3C2TmpUnit
C.Analog3.Ch02InputTempMode
Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 02
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
520
InAMod3C2FiltFrq
C.Analog3.Ch02InputFilter_0
C.Analog3.Ch02InputFilter_1
C.Analog3.Ch02InputFilter_2
Indicates Analog
Module 3 Input
Channel 02 Filter
Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
521
InAMod3C2OpCktSt
C.Analog3.Ch02InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog3.Ch02InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 3 Input
Channel 02 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero
0
522
InAnMod3Ch2RTDEn
C.Analog3.Ch02InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 3 Input
Channel 02 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=3-wire
1=2-wire
0
523
InAMod3C2TripDly
C.Analog3.Ch02InputTripDelay
Analog Module 3
Input Channel 02
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
524
InAMod3C2TripLvl
C.Analog3.Ch02InputTripLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
525
InAMod3C2WarnLvl
C.Analog3.Ch02InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
526
OutAnMod3Type
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputRangeType_0
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputRangeType_1
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputRangeType_2
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputRangeType_3
Assignment for
Analog Module 3
Output function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4=1to5 Volts
5=0to5 Volts
0
527
OutAnMod3Select
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputMode
Assignment of
parameter data
value to drive
Analog Module 3
Output
USINT
1
1
0= AveragePctFLA
1= ScaledAvgPctFLA
2= PercentTCU
3= GFCurrent
4= CurrentUnbalance
5= AvgLLVoltage
6=VoltLLUnbalance
7= TotalkW
8= TotalkVA
9= TotalkVAR
10= TotalPF
11= UserDLXData
0
528
OutAnMod3EFltAct
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputFaultMode_0
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputFaultMode_1
Analog Module 3
Output action on
an Expansion Bus
fault
USINT
1
1
0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState
0
529
OutAnMod3PFltAct
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_0
C.Analog3.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_1
Analog Module 3 USINT
Output action on a
protection fault
1
1
0= Ignore
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
475
Appendix B
Group
Analog4 Setup
476
Parameter List
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Default Units
530
InAnMod4Ch00Type
C.Analog4.Ch00InputRangeType_0
C.Analog4.Ch00InputRangeType_1
C.Analog4.Ch00InputRangeType_2
C.Analog4.Ch00InputRangeType_3
C.Analog4.Ch00InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 00
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
0
531
InAMod4Ch0Format
C.Analog4.Ch00InputFormat_0
C.Analog4.Ch00InputFormat_1
C.Analog4.Ch00InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 00
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
0
532
InAMod4C0TmpUnit
C.Analog4.Ch00InputTempMode
Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 00
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
533
InAMod4C0FiltFrq
C.Analog4.Ch00InputFilter_0
C.Analog4.Ch00InputFilter_1
C.Analog4.Ch00InputFilter_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 00
Filter Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
534
InAMod4C0OpCktSt
C.Analog4.Ch00InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog4.Ch00InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 4 Input
Channel 00 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero
0
535
InAnMod4Ch0RTDEn
C.Analog4.Ch00InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 4 Input
Channel 00 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=3-wire
1=2-wire
0
536
InAMod4C0TripDly
C.Analog4.Ch00InputTripDelay
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 00
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
537
InAMod4C0TripLvl
C.Analog4.Ch00InputTripLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
538
InAMod4C0WarnLvl
C.Analog4.Ch00InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
539
InAnMod4Ch01Type
C.Analog4.Ch01InputRangeType_0
C.Analog4.Ch01InputRangeType_1
C.Analog4.Ch01InputRangeType_2
C.Analog4.Ch01InputRangeType_3
C.Analog4.Ch01InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 01
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
0
Parameter List
Group
Analog4 Setup
(continued)
Param
No.
Parameter Name
Device Profile Tag Name
Description
Type
Data Size
(bytes)
Scale
Factor
Min
Max
Appendix B
Default Units
540
InAMod4Ch1Format
C.Analog4.Ch01InputFormat_0
C.Analog4.Ch01InputFormat_1
C.Analog4.Ch01InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 01
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
0
541
InAMod4C1TmpUnit
C.Analog4.Ch01InputTempMode
Module 4 Input
USINT
Channel 01
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
542
InAMod4C1FiltFrq
C.Analog4.Ch01InputFilter_0
C.Analog4.Ch01InputFilter_1
C.Analog4.Ch01InputFilter_2
Assignment
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 01
Filter Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
543
InAMod4C1OpCktSt
C.Analog4.Ch01InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog4.Ch01InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 4 Input
Channel 01 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0=Upscale
1=Downscale
2=Zero
0
544
InAnMod4Ch1RTDEn
C.Analog4.Ch01InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 4Input
Channel 01 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=3-wire
1=2-wire
0
545
InAMod4C1TripDly
C.Analog4.Ch01InputTripDelay
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 01
Trip Delay
USINT
1
10
0
250
10
Second
s
546
InAMod4C1TripLvl
C.Analog4.Ch01InputTripLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
547
InAMod4C1WarnLvl
C.Analog4.Ch01InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
548
InAnMod4Ch02Type
C.Analog4.Ch02InputRangeType_0
C.Analog4.Ch02InputRangeType_1
C.Analog4.Ch02InputRangeType_2
C.Analog4.Ch02InputRangeType_3
C.Analog4.Ch02InputRangeType_4
Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 02
function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
6= 100Pt385
7= 200Pt385
8= 500Pt385
9= 1000Pt385
10=100Pt3916
11= 200Pt3916
12= 500Pt3916
13= 1000Pt3916
14= 10Cu426
15= 120Ni618
16= 120Ni672
17= 604NiFe518
18= 150ohm
19= 1000ohm
20 = 3000ohm
21= 6000ohm
0
549
InAMod4Ch2Format
C.Analog4.Ch02InputFormat_0
C.Analog4.Ch02InputFormat_1
C.Analog4.Ch02InputFormat_2
Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 02
Data Format
USINT
1
1
0= EngUnits
1= EngUnitsTimes10
2= RawProportional
3= ScaledForPID
0
550
InAMod4C2TmpUnit
C.Analog4.Ch02InputTempMode
Assignment for
USINT
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 02
Temperature Units
1
1
0=DegreesC
1=DegreesF
0
551
InAMod4C2FiltFrq
C.Analog4.Ch02InputFilter_0
C.Analog4.Ch02InputFilter_1
C.Analog4.Ch02InputFilter_2
Indicates Analog
Module 4 Input
Channel 02 Filter
Freq
USINT
1
1
0=17Hz
1=4Hz
2=62Hz
3=470Hz
0
552
InAMod4C2OpCktSt
C.Analog4.Ch02InputOpenWire_0
C.Analog4.Ch02InputOpenWire_1
Indicates Analog
Module 4 Input
Channel 02 Open
Circuit State
USINT
1
1
0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState
0
553
InAnMod4Ch2RTDEn
C.Analog4.Ch02InputTwoWireRTD
Enable Analog
BOOL
Module 4 Input
Channel 02 to
function with RTD
1
1
0=Disable
1=Enable
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
477
Appendix B
Group
Analog4 Setup
(continued)
478
Parameter List
Param
No.
554
Parameter Name
InAMod4C2TripDly
Device Profile Tag Name
C.Analog4.Ch02InputTripDelay
Description
Type
Analog Module 4
Input Channel 02
Trip Delay
USINT
Data Size
(bytes)
1
Scale
Factor
10
Min
0
Max
250
Default Units
10
Second
s
555
InAMod4C2TripLvl
C.Analog4.Ch02InputTripLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a trip
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
556
InAMod4C2WarnLvl
C.Analog4.Ch02InputWarnLimit
Level (in selected
Units) where
Analog Input
generates a
warning
UINT
2
1
-32768
32767
0
557
OutAnMod4Type
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputRangeType_0
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputRangeType_1
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputRangeType_2
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputRangeType_3
Assignment for
Analog Module 4
Output function
USINT
1
1
0= Disabled
1= 4To20mA
2= 0To20mA
3= 0To10Volts
4= 1To5Volts
5= 0To5Volts
0
558
OutAnMod4Select
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputMode
Assignment of
parameter data
value to drive
Analog Module 4
Output
USINT
1
1
0= AveragePctFLA
1= ScaledAvgPctFLA
2= PercentTCU
3= GFCurrent
4= CurrentUnbalance
5= AvgLLVoltage
6=VoltLLUnbalance
7= TotalkW
8= TotalkVA
9= TotalkVAR
10= TotalPF
11= UserDLXData
0
559
OutAnMod4EFltAct
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputFaultMode_0
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputFaultMode_1
Analog Module 4
Output action on
an Expansion Bus
fault
USINT
1
1
0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState
0
560
OutAnMod4PFltAct
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_0
C.Analog4.Ch00OutputProtectionFaultMode_1
Analog Module 4 USINT
Output action on a
protection fault
1
1
0= Zero
1= Maximum
2= Minimum
3= HoldLastState
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Parameter List
Appendix B
Notes:
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
479
Appendix B
480
Parameter List
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - November 2013
Appendix
C
EtherNet/IP Information
Common Industrial Protocol
(CIP) Objects
The E300 Electronic Overload Relay’s EtherNet/IP Communication Module
supports the following Common Industrial Protocol (CIP).
Table 521 - CIP Object Classes
Class
Object
0x0001
Identity
0x0002
Message Router
0x0003
DeviceNet
0x0004
Assembly
0x0005
Connection
0x0008
Discrete Input Point
0x0009
Discrete Output Point
0x000A
Analog Input Point
0x000F
Parameter Object
0x0010
Parameter Group Object
0x001E
Discrete Output Group
0x0029
Control Supervisor
0x002B
Acknowledge Handler
0x002C
Overload Object
0x004E
Base Energy Object
0x004F
Electrical Energy Object
0x008B
Wall Clock Time Object
0x0097
DPI Fault Object
0x0098
DPI Warning Object
0x00C2
MCC Object
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
481
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Identity Object — CLASS CODE 0x0001
The following three instances of the Identity Object are supported:
Table 522 - Identity Object Instances
Instance
1
2
3
Name
Operating System Flash
Boot code Flash
Sensing Module
Revision Attribute
The firmware rev of the Control firmware stored in flash memory
The firmware rev of the Boot Code stored in flash memory
The firmware rev of the Sensing Module firmware
The following class attributes are supported for the Identity Object:
Table 523 - Identity Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
Access Rule
Name
Data Type
Value
1
Get
Revision
UINT
1
Instance 1 of the Identity Object contains the following attributes:
Table 524 - Identity Object Instance 1 Attributes
482
Attribute ID
1
2
3
Access Rule
Get
Get
Get
4
Get
Name
Vendor
Device Type
Product Code
Revision
Major Revision
Minor Revision
Data Type
UINT
UINT
UINT
Structure of:
USINT
USINT
5
Get
Status
WORD
6
Get
7
Get
8
Get
Serial Number
Product Name
String Length
ASCII String
State
UDINT
Structure of:
USINT
STRING
USINT
9
Get
Configuration
Consistency Value
UINT
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Value
1 = Allen-Bradley
3
651
Firmware revision of the Control firmware
Bit 0 – 0=not owned; 1=owned by master
Bit 2 – 0=Factory Defaulted; 1=Configured
Bits 4-7 – Extended Status (see Table 525)
Bit 8 – Minor Recoverable fault
Bit 9 – Minor Unrecoverable fault
Bit 10 – Major Recoverable fault
Bit 11 – Major Unrecoverable fault
unique number for each device
“193-EIO Application”
See CIP Common Spec
16 bit CRC or checksum of all data included in the
following data sets:
Parameter included in the configuration assembly
MCC Object configuration data
DeviceLogix program data
Base Energy Object attribute 16
EtherNet/IP Information
Appendix C
Table 525 - Extended Device Status Field (bits 4-7) in “Status” Instance Attribute 5
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Description
Self-Testing or Unknown
Firmware Update in Progress
At least one faulted I/O connection
No I/O connections established
Nonvolatile Configuration bad
Major Fault – either bit 10 or bit 11 is true (1)
At least one I/O connection in run mode
At least one I/O connection established, all in idle mode
Instance 2 of the Identity Object contains the following attributes:
Table 526 - Identity Object Instance 2 Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
3
Access Rule
Get
Get
Get
4
Get
Name
Vendor
Device Type
Product Code
Revision
Major Revision
Minor Revision
Data Type
UINT
UINT
UINT
Structure of:
USINT
USINT
5
Get
Status
WORD
6
Get
7
Get
8
Get
Serial Number
Product Name
String Length
ASCII String
State
UDINT
Structure of:
USINT
STRING
USINT
9
Get
Configuration
Consistency Value
UINT
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Value
1 = Allen-Bradley
3
651
Firmware revision of the Boot Code
Bit 0 – 0=not owned; 1=owned by master
Bit 2 – 0=Factory Defaulted; 1=Configured
Bits 4-7 – Extended Status (see Table 525)
Bit 8 – Minor Recoverable fault
Bit 9 – Minor Unrecoverable fault
Bit 10 – Major Recoverable fault
Bit 11 – Major Unrecoverable fault
unique number for each device
“193-EIO Boot Code”
See CIP Common Spec
16 bit CRC or checksum of all data included in the
following data sets:
Parameter included in the configuration assembly
MCC Object configuration data
DeviceLogix program data
Base Energy Object attribute 16
483
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Instance 3 of the Identity Object contains the following attributes:
Table 527 - Identity Object Instance 3 Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
3
Access Rule
Get
Get
Get
4
Get
Name
Vendor
Device Type
Product Code
Revision
Major Revision
Minor Revision
Data Type
UINT
UINT
UINT
Structure of:
USINT
USINT
5
Get
Status
WORD
6
Get
7
Get
8
Get
Serial Number
Product Name
String Length
ASCII String
State
UDINT
Structure of:
USINT
STRING
USINT
9
Get
Configuration
Consistency Value
UINT
Value
1 = Allen-Bradley
3
651
Firmware revision of the Sensing Module firmware
Bit 0 – 0=not owned; 1=owned by master
Bit 2 – 0=Factory Defaulted; 1=Configured
Bits 4-7 – Extended Status (see Table 525)
Bit 8 – Minor Recoverable fault
Bit 9 – Minor Unrecoverable fault
Bit 10 – Major Recoverable fault
Bit 11 – Major Unrecoverable fault
unique number for each device
“193-EIO Sensing Module”
See CIP Common Spec
16 bit CRC or checksum of all data included in the
following data sets:
Parameter included in the configuration assembly
MCC Object configuration data
DeviceLogix program data
Base Energy Object attribute 16
The following common services are implemented for the Identity Object.
Table 528 - Identity Object Common Services
Service Code
Implemented for:
Service Name
Class
Instance
0x0E
No
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single
0x05
No
Yes
Reset
Message Router — CLASS CODE 0x0002
No class or instance attributes are supported. The message router object exists
only to rout explicit messages to other objects.
Assembly Object — CLASS CODE 0x0004
The following class attributes are supported for the Assembly Object:
484
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Information
Appendix C
Table 529 - Assembly Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
Access Rule
Name
Data Type
Value
2
Get
Max. Instance
UINT
199
The following static assembly instance attributes are supported for each assembly
instance.
Table 530 - Assembly Instance Attributes
Attribute ID
Access Rule
1
Get
2
Get
3
4
100
Conditional
Get
Get
Name
Number of Members in
Member List
Member List
Member Data
Description
Member Path Size
Member Path
Data
Size
Name String
Data Type
Value
UINT
Array of STRUCT
Array of CIP paths
UINT
Size of Member Data in bits
UINT
Packed EPATH
Array of BYTE
UINT
STRING
Size of Member Path in bytes
Member EPATHs for each assembly instance
Number of bytes in attribute 3
The following services are implemented for the Assembly Object.
Table 531 - Assembly Object Services
Service Code
Implemented for:
Service Name
Class
Instance
0x0E
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single
0x10
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single
The following table summarizes the various instances of the Assembly Object
that are implemented:
Table 532 - Assembly Object Instance Summary
Inst
2
50
120
144
198
199
Type
Consumed
Produced
Config
Consumed
Produced
Produced
Name
Trip Reset Cmd
Trip Status
Configuration
E300 Consumed
Current Diags
All Diags
Description
Required ODVA Consumed Instance
Required ODVA Produced Instance
Configuration Assembly
Default Consumed Assembly
Produced Assembly with Current Diagnostics Only
Default Produced Assembly
Instance 2
The following table summarizes Attribute 3 Format:
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
485
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Table 533 - Instance 2 — Basic Overload Output Assembly from ODVA Profile
Byte
0
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Fault Reset
Bit 0
Table 534 - Instance 2 Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule Member Index Name
1
Get
Number of Members in Member List
Member List
Member Data Description
0
Member Path Size
2
Get
Member Path
Member Data Description
1
Member Path Size
Member Path
3
Set
Data
4
Get
Size
100
Get
Name
Data Type
UINT
Array of STRUCT
UINT
UINT
Packed EPATH
UINT
UINT
Packed EPATH
UINT
UINT
SHORT_STRING
Value
2
2
0
1
12
6BH and “Fault Reset”
See data format above
1
“Trip Reset Cmd”
Instance 50
The following table summarizes Attribute 3 Format:
Table 535 - Instance 50 — Basic Overload Input Assembly from ODVA Overload Profile
Byte
0
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Tripped
Table 536 - Instance 50 Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule Member Index Name
1
Get
Number of Members in Member List
Member List
Member Data Description
2
Get
0
Member Path Size
Member Path
3
Get
Data
4
Get
Size
100
Get
Name
Data Type
UINT
Array of STRUCT
UINT
UINT
Packed EPATH
UINT
UINT
SHORT_STRING
Value
1
1
8
67H and “Tripped”
See data format above
1
“Trip Status”
Instance 120 - Configuration Assembly Revision 2
The following table shows Attribute 3 Format and Attribute 2 Member List for
revision 2 of the assembly.
Table 537 - Instance 120 — Configuration Assembly
INT
0
1
486
DINT 15 14 13
ConfigAssyRev = 2
0
Reserved
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
SetOperatingMode
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
3
2
1
0
Size (bits)
16
8
8
Param
1100
195
1102
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
2
3
4
5
DINT 15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
4
3
2
1
0
Size (bits) Param
32
171
2
FLA2Setting
32
177
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
8
8
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
8
172
173
176
247
248
364
377
1101
174
175
183
189
184
190
185
191
186
192
187
193
139
145
140
146
141
147
142
148
143
149
233
221
222
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
N/A
X
6
X
3
X
X
X
X
7
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
TripClass
OLPTCResetMode
SingleOrThreePh
GFFilter
GFMaxInghibit
PhaseRotTrip
PowerScale
Reserved
OLResetLevel
OLWarningLevel
TripEnableI
WarningEnableI
TripEnableV
WarningEnableV
TripEnableP
WarningEnableP
TripEnableC
WarningEnableC
TripEnableA
WarningEnableA
TripHistoryMaskI
WarnHistoryMaskI
TripHistoryMaskV
WarnHistoryMaskV
TripHistoryMaskP
WarnHistoryMaskP
TripHistoryMaskC
WarnHistoryMaskC
TripHistoryMaskA
WarnHistoryMaskA
MismatchAction
14
ControlModuleTyp
SensingModuleTyp
X
30
X
X
15
31
5
FLASetting
X
29
6
1
X
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
7
Appendix C
X
X
X
AnalogMod1Type
AnalogMod2Type
AnalogMod3Type
AnalogMod4Type
Reserved
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
OperStationType
DigitalMod1Type
DigitalMod2Type
DigitalMod3Type
DigitalMod4Type
X
X
X
X
487
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
DINT 15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
Language
1
OutAAssignment
32
OuBAssignment
16
OutCAssignment
InPt00Assignment
InPt01Assignment
33
InPt02Assignment
InPt03Assignment
InPt04Assignment
InPt05Assignment
34
17
X
18
19
20
21
43
22
23
47
25
26
JamInhibitTime
JamTripDelay
JamTripLevel
JamWarningLevel
ULTripDelay
ULTripLevel
ULWarningLevel
CIInhibitTime
54
27
55
28
CITripDelay
CITripLevel
CIWarningLevel
CTPrimary
CTSecondary
UCInhibitTime
58
29
488
StallEnabledTime
ULInhibitTime
53
59
PLTripDelay
24
52
56
57
GFTripDelay
GFWarningDelay
GFTripLevel
GFWarningLevel
Reserved
StallTripLevel
48
50
51
GFInhibitTime
PLInhibitTime
46
49
Reserved
StartsInterval
PMTotalStarts
PMOperatingHours
FeedbackTimeout
TransitionDelay
InterlockDelay
GroundFaultType
42
44
45
X
StartsPerHour
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
X
ActFLA2wOutput
X
EmergencyStartEn
Reserved
L1UCTripDelay
L1UCTripLevel
L1UCWarningLevel
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
0
Size (bits)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
8
8
8
8
16
16
8
8
8
8
16
8
8
16
16
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
16
16
8
8
8
8
Param
212
202
203
204
196
197
198
199
200
201
209
216
N/A
205
N/A
206
207
208
213
214
215
241
242
243
245
244
246
239
240
249
N/A
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
DINT 15
60
30
61
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
L2UCTripDelay
4
L2UCTripLevel
L2UCWarningLevel
L3UCTripDelay
L3UCTripLevel
62
31
63
L3UCWarningLevel
OCInhibitTime
L1OCTripDelay
L1OCTripLevel
64
32
65
L1OCWarningLevel
L2OCTripDelay
L2OCTripLevel
L2OCWarningLevel
66
33
67
L3OCTripDelay
L3OCTripLevel
L3OCWarningLevel
LineLossInhTime
68
34
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
14
35
36
37
38
L1LossTripDelay
L2LossTripDelay
L3LossTripDelay
Datalink0
Datalink1
Datalink2
Datalink3
Datalink4
Datalink5
Datalink6
Datalink7
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
3
2
1
0
Size (bits)
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Appendix C
Param
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
489
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
78
DINT 15 14 13
OutPt00PrFltAct
OutPt00PrFltVal
OutPt00ComFltAct
OutPt00ComFltVal
OutPt00ComIdlAct
OutPt00ComIdlVal
OutPt01PrFltAct
OutPt01PrFltVal
12
11
10
9
8
X
X
X
OutPt02ComIdlAct
OutPt02ComIdlVal
OutDig1PrFltAct
OutDig1PrFltVal
OutDig1ComFltAct
OutDig1ComFltVal
OutDig1ComIdlAct
OutDig1ComIdlVal
0
X
X
X
OutPt01ComFltAct
OutPt01ComFltVal
OutPt01ComIdlAct
OutPt01ComIdlVal
OutPt02PrFltAct
OutPt02PrFltVal
OutPt02ComFltAct
OutPt02ComFltVal
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OutDig3ComFltAct
OutDig3ComFltVal
OutDig3ComIdlAct
OutDig3ComIdlVal
OutDig4PrFltAct
OutDig4PrFltVal
OutDig4ComFltAct
OutDig4ComFltVal
X
OutDig2PrFltAct
OutDig2PrFltVal
OutDig2ComFltAct
OutDig2ComFltVal
OutDig2ComIdlAct
OutDig2ComIdlVal
OutDig3PrFltAct
OutDig3PrFltVal
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
490
1
X
X
41
2
X
X
81
82
83
3
X
X
40
4
X
X
80
5
X
X
79
6
X
X
39
7
X
X
OutDig4ComIdlAct
OutDig4ComIdlVal
CommOverride
NetworkOverride
Reserved
PtDevOutCOSMask
PTPrimary
PTSecondary
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Size (bits)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
16
16
16
Param
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
N/A
350
353
354
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
DINT 15
OWTripDelay
Size (bits)
8
8
8
8
16
16
8
8
16
16
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Param
352
363
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
426
427
378
379
382
383
50
UWTripLevel
32
380
51
UWWarningLevel
32
381
52
OWTripLevel
32
384
53
OWWarningLevel
32
385
OVARCTripDelay
8
8
8
8
386
387
390
391
55
UVARCTripLevel
32
388
56
UVARCWarnLevel
32
389
57
OVARCTripLevel
32
392
58
OVARCWarnLevel
32
393
84
42
85
86
87
88
43
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
VoltageMode
4
UVInhibitTime
UVTripDelay
UVTripLevel
UVWarningLevel
OVTripDelay
OVTripLevel
OVWarningLevel
VUBInhibitTime
VUBTripDelay
VUBTripLevel
46
93
VUBWarningLevel
UFInhibitTime
UFTripDelay
UFTripLevel
94
47
95
UFWarningLevel
OFInhibitTime
OFTripDelay
OFTripLevel
96
48
97
OFWarningLevel
DemandPeriod
NumberOfPeriods
UWInhibitTime
98
49
99
UWTripDelay
OWInhibitTime
UVARCInhibitTime
108
54
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
12
PhRotInhibitTime
45
92
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
13
OVInhibitTime
44
89
90
91
14
UVARCTripDelay
OVARCInhibitTime
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
3
2
1
0
Appendix C
491
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
DINT 15
OVARGTripDelay
Size (bits)
8
8
8
8
Param
394
395
398
399
60
UVARGTripLevel
32
396
61
UVARGWarnLevel
32
397
62
OVARGTripLevel
32
400
63
OVARGWarnLevel
32
401
OVATripDelay
8
8
8
8
402
403
406
407
65
UVATripLevel
32
404
66
UVAWarningLevel
32
405
67
OVATripLevel
32
408
68
OVAWarningLevel
32
409
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
428
429
430
1103
1103
1103
1103
1103
1103
1103
118
59
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
64
129
69
139
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
UVARGInhibitTime
4
UVARGTripDelay
OVARGInhibitTime
UVATripDelay
OVAInhibitTime
UPFLagTripDelay
UPFLagTripLevel
UPFLagWarnLevel
OPFLagInhibTime
140
70
141
OPFLagTripDelay
OPFLagTripLevel
OPFLagWarnLevel
UPFLeadInhibTime
142
71
143
UPFLeadTripDelay
UPFLeadTripLevel
UPFLeadWarnLevel
OPFLeadInhibTime
144
72
145
492
12
UPFLagInhibTime
138
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
13
UVAInhibitTime
128
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
14
73
74
75
76
77
OPFLeadTripDelay
OPFLeadTripDelay
OPFLeadWarnLevel
Screen1Param1
Screen1Param2
Screen1Param3
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
3
2
1
0
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
DINT 15
156
78
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
79
80
81
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
InAMod1C0TripDly
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
InAMod1C1TripDly
InAMod1C2TripDly
Reserved
InAMod1C0TripLvl
InAMod1C0WarnLvl
InAMod1C1TripLvl
InAMod1C1WarnLvl
InAMod1C2TripLvl
InAMod1C2WarnLvl
InAnMod1Ch00Type
InAnMod1Ch01Type
164
82
X
InAnMod1Ch02Type
Reserved
X
165
X
X
X
X
InAMod1Ch1Format
InAMod1C1FiltFrq
InAMod1C1OpCktSt
166
83
167
X
X
X
X
84
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
85
86
87
X
X
X
X
InAMod1C0TmpUnit
InAnMod1Ch0RTDEn
InAMod1C1TmpUnit
InAnMod1Ch1RTDEn
InAMod1C2TmpUnit
InAnMod1Ch2RTDEn
OutAnMod1FltActn
X
X
X
X
X
InAMod1Ch2Format
InAMod1C2FiltFrq
InAMod1C2OpCktSt
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OutAnMod1Select
InAMod1Ch0Format
InAMod1C0FiltFrq
InAMod1C0OpCktSt
X
X
168
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OutAnMod1IdlActn
OutAnMod1Type
Reserved
InAMod2C0TripDly
InAMod2C1TripDly
InAMod2C2TripDly
Reserved
InAMod2C0TripLvl
InAMod2C0WarnLvl
InAMod2C1TripLvl
InAMod2C1WarnLvl
InAMod2C2TripLvl
InAMod2C2WarnLvl
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Size (bits)
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
5
5
5
1
8
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
Appendix C
Param
443
452
461
1102
444
445
453
454
462
463
437
446
455
1101
465
438
440
441
447
449
450
456
458
459
439
442
448
451
457
460
466
467
464
1101
474
483
492
1102
475
476
484
485
493
494
493
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
DINT 15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
InAnMod2Ch00Type
88
X
InAnMod2Ch02Type
Reserved
X
177
X
X
X
X
InAMod2Ch1Format
InAMod2C1FiltFrq
InAMod2C1OpCktSt
178
89
179
X
X
X
X
X
90
181
91
92
93
X
X
X
X
InAMod2C0TmpUnit
InAnMod2Ch0RTDEn
InAMod2C1TmpUnit
InAnMod2Ch1RTDEn
InAMod2C2TmpUnit
InAnMod2Ch2RTDEn
OutAnMod2FltActn
X
OutAnMod2Select
InAMod2Ch0Format
InAMod2C0FiltFrq
InAMod2C0OpCktSt
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OutAnMod2dlActn
OutAnMod2Type
Reserved
InAMod3C0TripDly
InAMod3C2TripDly
Reserved
InAMod3C0TripLvl
InAMod3C0WarnLvl
InAMod3C1TripLvl
InAMod3C1WarnLvl
InAMod3C2TripLvl
InAMod3C2WarnLvl
InAnMod3Ch00Type
InAnMod3Ch01Type
94
X
InAnMod3Ch02Type
Reserved
X
189
X
X
X
X
X
X
InAMod2Ch2Format
InAMod2C2FiltFrq
InAMod2C2OpCktSt
InAMod3C1TripDly
188
X
X
X
X
180
X
X
X
X
494
0
InAnMod2Ch01Type
176
182
183
184
185
186
187
8
X
X
X
X
OutAnMod3Select
InAMod3Ch0Format
InAMod3C0FiltFrq
InAMod3C0OpCktSt
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Size (bits)
5
5
5
1
8
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
5
5
5
1
8
3
3
2
Param
468
477
486
1101
496
469
471
472
478
480
481
487
489
490
470
473
479
482
488
491
497
498
495
1101
505
514
523
1102
506
507
515
516
524
525
499
508
517
N/A
527
500
502
503
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
190
DINT 15 14 13 12
InAMod3Ch1Format
InAMod3C1FiltFrq
InAMod3C1OpCktSt
11
10
X
95
191
X
X
X
X
InAMod3C0TmpUnit
InAnMod3Ch0RTDEn
InAMod3C1TmpUnit
InAnMod3Ch1RTDEn
InAMod3C2TmpUnit
InAnMod3Ch2RTDEn
OutAnMod3FltActn
9
X
X
192
96
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
97
98
99
X
X
X
7
6
5
4
3
X
X
X
2
X
1
X
0
X
X
X
InAMod3Ch2Format
InAMod3C2FiltFrq
InAMod3C2OpCktSt
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OutAnMod3dlActn
OutAnMod3Type
Reserved
InAMod4C0TripDly
InAMod4C1TripDly
InAMod4C2TripDly
Reserved
InAMod4C0TripLvl
InAMod4C0WarnLvl
InAMod4C1TripLvl
InAMod4C1WarnLvl
InAMod4C2TripLvl
InAMod4C2WarnLvl
InAnMod4Ch00Type
InAnMod4Ch01Type
200
100
InAnMod4Ch02Type
Reserved
X
201
X
X
X
X
InAMod4Ch1Format
InAMod4C1FiltFrq
InAMod4C1OpCktSt
202
X
X
X
X
InAMod3C0TmpUnit
InAnMod4Ch0RTDEn
InAMod4C1TmpUnit
InAnMod4Ch1RTDEn
InAMod4C2TmpUnit
InAnMod4Ch2RTDEn
OutAnMod4FltActn
X
X
X
X
OutAnMod4Select
InAMod4Ch0Format
InAMod4C0FiltFrq
InAMod4C0OpCktSt
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
InAMod4Ch2Format
InAMod4C2FiltFrq
InAMod4C2OpCktSt
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
101
203
X
X
X
X
X
X
OutAnMod4dlActn
OutAnMod4Type
Reserved
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Size (bits)
3
3
2
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
5
5
5
1
8
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
Appendix C
Param
509
511
512
518
520
521
501
504
510
513
519
522
528
529
526
1101
536
545
554
1102
537
538
546
547
555
556
530
539
548
1101
558
531
533
534
540
542
543
549
551
552
532
535
541
544
550
553
559
560
557
1001
495
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Instance 120 - Configuration Assembly Revision 1
The following table shows Attribute 3 Format and Attribute 2 Member List for
revision 1 of the assembly. This is a stripped down simple version of a config
assembly.
Table 538 - Instance 120 — Configuration Assembly
INT
0
1
2
3
DINT 15 14 13
ConfigAssyRev = 1
0
Reserved
1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
Reserved
3
2
1
0
TripClass
OLPTCResetMode
SingleOrThreePh
Reserved
OLResetLevel
X
5
4
FLASetting
4
3
5
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OLWarningLevel
Size (bits) Param
16
1002
16
N/A
32
171
8
1
1
6
8
8
172
173
176
N/A
174
175
Instance 144 – Default Consumed Assembly
Table 539 - Instance 144 – Default Consumed Assembly
INT
0
1
DINT 15 14 13
OutputStatus0
NetworkStart1
NetworkStart2
TripReset
EmergencyStart
RemoteTrip
0
Reserved
12
11
10
9
8
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
6
X
X
2
3
7
X
X
X
DLXPtDeviceIn
DLXAnDeviceIn
X
X
X
HMILED1Green
HMILED2Green
HMILED3Green
HMILED3Red
HMILED4Red
Reserved
Size (bits) Path
16
Param18
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
N/A
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
Symbolic
N/A
16
Symbolic
16
Symbolic
Instance 198 - Current Diagnostics Produced Assembly
Table 540 - Instance 198 – Current Diagnostics Produced Assembly
INT
0
1
2
3
496
DINT 15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Size (bits) Param
0
Reserved for Logix
32
1104
1
DeviceStaus0
DeviceStaus1
16
16
20
21
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
DINT 15 14 13
InputStatus0
2
InputStatus1
OutputStatus
3
OpStationStatus
TripStsCurrent
4
WarnStsCurrent
TripStsVoltage
5
WarnStsVoltage
TripStsPower
6
WarnStsPower
TripStsControl
7
WarnStsControl
TripStsAnalog
8
WarnStsAnalog
Reserved
9
MismatchStatus
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
10
CurrentImbal
AvgPercentFLA
Size (bits)
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
8
8
16
11
AverageCurrent
32
46
12
L1Current
32
43
13
L2Current
32
44
14
L3Current
32
45
15
GFCurrent
Reserved
16
16
51
1103
16
Datalink1
32
1291
17
Datalink2
32
1292
18
Datalink3
32
1293
19
Datalink4
32
1294
20
Datalink5
32
1295
21
Datalink6
32
1296
22
Datalink7
32
1297
23
Datalink8
32
1298
PtDeviceOuts
AnDeviceOuts
InAnMod1Ch00
InAnMod1Ch01
16
16
16
16
348
1105
111
112
ThermUtilizedPct
24
25
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
2
1
0
Appendix C
Param
16
17
18
19
4
10
5
11
6
12
7
13
8
14
1103
40
1
52
50
497
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
DINT 15 14 13
InAnMod1Ch02
26
Reserved
InAnMod2Ch00
27
InAnMod2Ch01
InAnMod2Ch02
28
Reserved
InAnMod3Ch00
29
InAnMod3Ch01
InAnMod3Ch02
30
Reserved
InAnMod4Ch00
31
InAnMod4Ch01
InAnMod4Ch02
32
Reserved
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Size (bits)
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Param
113
1103
114
115
116
1103
117
118
119
1103
120
121
122
1103
Instance 199 - All Diagnostics Produced Assembly
Table 541 - Instance 199 - All Diagnostics Produced Assembly
INT
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
498
DINT 15
0
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Size (bits) Param
Reserved for Logix
32
1104
DeviceStaus0
DeviceStaus1
InputStatus0
InputStatus1
OutputStatus
OpStationStatus
TripStsCurrent
WarnStsCurrent
TripStsVoltage
WarnStsVoltage
TripStsPower
WarnStsPower
TripStsControl
WarnStsControl
TripStsAnalog
WarnStsAnalog
Reserved
20
21
16
17
18
19
4
10
5
11
6
12
7
13
8
14
1104
40
1
52
50
10
CurrentImbalance
AvgPercentFLA
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
8
8
16
11
AverageCurrent
32
46
12
L1Current
32
43
13
L2Current
32
44
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ThermUtilizedPct
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Information
INT
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
DINT 15
14
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Appendix C
Size (bits) Param
L3Current
32
45
GFCurrent
Reserved
AvgVoltageLtoL
L1toL2Voltage
L2toL3Voltage
L3toL1Voltage
16
16
16
16
16
16
51
1103
56
53
54
55
18
TotalRealPower
32
67
19
TotalReactivePwr
32
71
20
TotalApparentPwr
32
75
21
TotalPowerFactor
32
79
22
Datalink0
32
1291
23
Datalink1
32
1292
24
Datalink2
32
1293
25
Datalink3
32
1294
26
Datalink4
32
1295
27
Datalink5
32
1296
28
Datalink6
32
1297
29
Datalink7
32
1298
PtDeviceOuts
AnDeviceOuts
InAnMod1Ch00
InAnMod1Ch01
InAnMod1Ch02
Reserved
InAnMod2Ch00
InAnMod2Ch01
InAnMod2Ch02
Reserved
InAnMod3Ch00
InAnMod3Ch01
InAnMod3Ch02
Reserved
InAnMod4Ch00
InAnMod4Ch01
InAnMod4Ch02
Reserved
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
348
1105
111
112
113
1103
114
115
116
1103
117
118
119
1103
120
121
122
1103
15
16
17
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
499
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Connection Object — CLASS CODE 0x0005
No class attributes are supported for the Connection Object
Multiple instances of the Connection Object are supported, instances 1, 2 and 4
from the group 2 predefined master/slave connection set, and instances 5-7 are
available explicit UCMM connections.
Instance 1 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Explicit Message
Connection. The following instance 1 attributes are supported:
Table 542 - Connection Object — CLASS CODE 0x0005 Instance 1 Attributes
500
Attribute ID Access Rule
Name
Data Type
1
Get
State
USINT
2
Get
Instance Type
USINT
3
Get
Transport Class Trigger
USINT
4
Get
Produced Connection ID
UINT
5
Get
Consumed Connection ID
UINT
6
7
8
9
Get
Get
Get
Get/Set
Initial Comm Characteristics
Produced Connection Size
Consumed Connection Size
Expected Packet Rate
USINT
UINT
UINT
UINT
12
Get
Watchdog Action
USINT
13
14
15
16
Get
Get
Get
Get
Produced Connection Path Length
Produced Connection Path
Consumed Connection Path Length
Consumed Connection Path
UINT
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
UINT
Value
0=nonexistant
1=configuring
3=established
4=timed out
0=Explicit
Message
0x83 - Server, Transport Class 3
10xxxxxx011
xxxxxx = node address
10xxxxxx100
xxxxxx = node address
0x22
0x61
0x61
in milliseconds
01 = auto delete
03 = deferred delete
0
Empty
0
Empty
EtherNet/IP Information
Appendix C
Instance 2 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Polled IO Message
Connection. The following instance 2 attributes are supported:
Table 543 - Connection Object — CLASS CODE 0x0005 Instance 2 Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
1
Get
2
Get
3
Get
4
Get
5
Get
6
7
8
9
Get
Get
Get
Get/Set
12
Get/Set
13
14
15
16
Get
Get/Set
Get
Get/Set
Name
Data Type Value
0=nonexistant
1=configuring
State
USINT
3=established
4=timed out
Instance Type
USINT
1= I/O Connection
0x82 - Server, Transport Class 2
(If alloc_choice != polled and ack
Transport Class Trigger
USINT
suppression is enabled
then value = 0x80)
01111xxxxxx
Produced Connection ID
UINT
xxxxxx= node address
10xxxxxx101
Consumed Connection ID
UINT
xxxxxx= node address
Initial Comm Characteristics
USINT
0x21
Produced Connection Size
UINT
0 to 8
Consumed Connection Size
UINT
0 to 8
Expected Packet Rate
UINT
in milliseconds
0=transition to timed out
Watchdog Action
USINT
1=auto delete
2=auto reset
Produced Connection Path Length UINT
8
Produced Connection Path
21 04 00 25 (assy inst) 00 30 03
Consumed Connection Path Length UINT
8
Consumed Connection Path
21 04 00 25 (assy inst) 00 30 03
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
501
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Instance 4 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Change of State / Cyclic I/
O Message Connection. The following instance 4 attributes are supported:
Table 544 - Connection Object — CLASS CODE 0x0005 Instance 4 Attributes
502
Attribute ID Access Rule Name
Data Type
1
Get
State
USINT
2
Get
Instance Type
USINT
3
Get
Transport Class Trigger
USINT
4
Get
Produced Connection ID
UINT
5
Get
Consumed Connection ID
UINT
6
Get
Initial Comm Characteristics
USINT
7
8
9
Get
Get
Get/Set
Produced Connection Size
Consumed Connection Size
Expected Packet Rate
UINT
UINT
UINT
12
Get
Watchdog Action
USINT
13
14
15
16
Get
Get
Get
Get/Set
Produced Connection Path Length UINT
Produced Connection Path
Consumed Connection Path Length UINT
Consumed Connection Path
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Value
0=nonexistant
1=configuring
3=established
4=timed out
1=I/O Connection
0x00 (Cyclic, unacknowledged)
0x03 (Cyclic, acknowledged)
0x10 (COS, unacknowledged)
0x13 (COS, acknowledged)
01101xxxxxx
xxxxxx= node address
10xxxxxx101
xxxxxx= node address
0x02 (acknowledged)
0x0F (unacknowledged)
0 to 8
0 to 8
in milliseconds
0=transition to timed out
1=auto delete
2=auto reset
8
21 04 00 25 (assy inst) 00 30 03
8
21 04 00 25 (assy inst) 00 30 03
EtherNet/IP Information
Appendix C
Instances 5 - 7 are available group 3 explicit message connections that are
allocated through the UCMM. The following attributes are supported:
Table 545 - Connection Object — CLASS CODE 0x0005 Instance 5…7 Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
Name
Data Type
1
Get
State
USINT
2
Get
Instance Type
USINT
3
Get
Transport Class Trigger
USINT
4
Get
Produced Connection ID
UINT
5
Get
Consumed Connection ID
UINT
6
7
8
9
Get
Get
Get
Get/Set
Initial Comm Characteristics
Produced Connection Size
Consumed Connection Size
Expected Packet Rate
USINT
UINT
UINT
UINT
12
Get
Watchdog Action
USINT
13
14
15
16
Get
Get
Get
Get
Produced Connection Path Length UINT
Produced Connection Path
Consumed Connection Path Length UINT
Consumed Connection Path
Value
0=nonexistant
1=configuring
3=established
4=timed out
0=Explicit
Message
0x83 - Server, Transport Class 3
Depends on message group and Message
ID
Depends on message group and Message
ID
0x33 (Group 3)
0
in milliseconds
01 = auto delete
03 = deferred delete
0
Empty
0
Empty
The following services are implemented for the Connection Object.
Table 546 - Connection Object Services
Implemented for:
Class
No
No
No
Service Code
0x05
0x0E
0x10
Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes
Service Name
Reset
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Discrete Input Point Object — CLASS CODE 0x0008
The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Point Object:
Table 547 - Discrete Input Point Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
Access Rule
Name
Data Type
Value
1
Get
Revision
UINT
2
2
Get
Max. Instance
UINT
22
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
503
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
22 instances of the Discrete Input Point Object are supported.
Table 548 - Discrete Input Point Object Instances
Instance
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Name
InputPt00
InputPt01
InputPt02
InputPt03
InputPt04
InputPt05
InputDigMod1Pt00
InputDigMod1Pt01
InputDigMod1Pt02
InputDigMod1Pt03
InputDigMod2Pt00
InputDigMod2Pt01
InputDigMod2Pt02
InputDigMod2Pt03
InputDigMod3Pt00
InputDigMod3Pt01
InputDigMod3Pt02
InputDigMod3Pt03
InputDigMod4Pt00
InputDigMod4Pt01
InputDigMod4Pt02
InputDigMod4Pt03
Description
Control Module Input 0
Control Module Input 1
Control Module Input 2
Control Module Input 3
Control Module Input 4
Control Module Input 5
Digital Expansion Module 1 Input 0
Digital Expansion Module 1 Input 1
Digital Expansion Module 1 Input 2
Digital Expansion Module 1 Input 3
Digital Expansion Module 2 Input 0
Digital Expansion Module 2 Input 1
Digital Expansion Module 2 Input 2
Digital Expansion Module 2 Input 3
Digital Expansion Module 3 Input 0
Digital Expansion Module 3 Input 1
Digital Expansion Module 3 Input 2
Digital Expansion Module 3 Input 3
Digital Expansion Module 4 Input 0
Digital Expansion Module 4 Input 1
Digital Expansion Module 4 Input 2
Digital Expansion Module 4 Input 3
All instances contain the following attributes.
Table 549 - Discrete Input Point Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID
3
115
116
Access Rule
Get
Get/Set
Get/Set
Name
Value
Force Enable
Force Value
Data Type
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
Value
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Disable, 1=Enable
0=OFF, 1=ON
The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Input Point
Object.
Table 550 - Discrete Input Point Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Discrete Output Point Object — CLASS CODE 0x0009
The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Point
Object:
504
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Information
Appendix C
Table 551 - Discrete Output Point Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
Access Rule
Name
Data Type
Value
1
Get
Revision
UINT
1
2
Get
Max. Instance
UINT
11
11 instances of the Discrete Output Point Object are supported.
Table 552 - Discrete Output Point Object Instances
Instance
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Name
OutputPt00
OutputPt01
OutputPt02
OutDigMod1Pt00
OutDigMod1Pt01
OutDigMod2Pt00
OutDigMod2Pt01
OutDigMod3Pt00
OutDigMod3Pt01
OutDigMod4Pt00
OutDigMod4Pt01
Description
Control Module Output 0
Control Module Output 1
Control Module Output 2
Digital Expansion Module 1 Output 0
Digital Expansion Module 1 Output 1
Digital Expansion Module 2 Output 0
Digital Expansion Module 2 Output 1
Digital Expansion Module 3 Output 0
Digital Expansion Module 3 Output 1
Digital Expansion Module 4 Output 0
Digital Expansion Module 4 Output 1
All instances contains the following attributes.
Table 553 - Discrete Output Point Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
3
Get
Name
Value
Data Type
BOOL
5
Get/Set
Fault Action
BOOL
6
Get/Set
Fault Value
BOOL
7
Get/Set
Idle Action
BOOL
8
113
114
115
116
Get/Set
Get/Set
Get/Set
Get/Set
Get/Set
Idle Value
Pr Fault Action
Pr Fault Value
Force Enable
Force Value
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
Input Binding
STRUCT:
USINT
Array of USINT
117
Get/Set
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Value
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Fault Value attribute, 1=Hold Last
State
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Fault Value attribute, 1=Hold Last
State
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Pr Fault Value attribute, 1=Ignore
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Disable, 1=Enable
0=OFF, 1=ON
Size of appendix I encoded path
Appendix I encoded path: NULL path
means attribute 3 drives the output.
Otherwise, this is a path to a bit in an
instance of the DeviceLogix Data Table.
505
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Point
Object.
Table 554 - Discrete Output Point Object Common Services
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
No
Yes
No
Yes
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Analog Input Point Object — CLASS CODE 0x000A
The following class attributes are supported for the Analog Input Point Object:
Table 555 - Analog Input Point Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
Access Rule
Name
Data Type
Value
1
Get
Revision
UINT
2
2
Get
Max. Instance
UINT
1
12 Instances of the Analog Input Point Object are supported. The raw analog
value is scaled appropriately to the analog input configuration parameters and the
scaled value are placed in the Value attribute.
Table 556 - Analog Input Point Object Instances
Instance
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Name
InAnMod1Ch00
InAnMod1Ch01
InAnMod1Ch02
InAnMod2Ch00
InAnMod2Ch01
InAnMod2Ch02
InAnMod3Ch00
InAnMod3Ch01
InAnMod3Ch02
InAnMod4Ch00
InAnMod4Ch01
InAnMod4Ch02
Description
Analog Expansion Module 1 Input Channel 0
Analog Expansion Module 1 Input Channel 1
Analog Expansion Module 1 Input Channel 2
Analog Expansion Module 2 Input Channel 0
Analog Expansion Module 2 Input Channel 1
Analog Expansion Module 2 Input Channel 2
Analog Expansion Module 3 Input Channel 0
Analog Expansion Module 3 Input Channel 1
Analog Expansion Module 3 Input Channel 2
Analog Expansion Module 4 Input Channel 0
Analog Expansion Module 4 Input Channel 1
Analog Expansion Module 4 Input Channel 2
All instances contains the following attributes.
Table 557 - Analog Input Point Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID
3
8
148
149
506
Access Rule
Get
Get
Get/Set
Get/Set
Name
Value
Value Data Type
Force Enable
Force Value
Data Type
INT
USINT
BOOL
INT
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Value
Default = 0
0=INT
0=Disable, 1=Enable
Default = 0
EtherNet/IP Information
Appendix C
The following common services are implemented for the Analog Input Point
Object.
Table 558 - Analog Input Point Object Common Services
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Parameter Object — CLASS CODE 0x000F
The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object:
Table 559 - Parameter Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
8
9
10
Access Rule
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Name
Revision
Max Instance
Parameter Class Descriptor
Configuration Assembly Instance
Native Language
Data Type
UINT
UINT
WORD
UINT
UINT
Value
1
560
0x03
0
1 = English
The following instance attributes are implemented for all parameter attributes.
Table 560 - Parameter Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
1
Get/Set
2
Get
3
Get
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Name
Value
Link Path Size
Data Type
Specified in Descriptor
USINT
Array of:
Link Path
BYTE
EPATH
Descriptor
WORD
Data Type
EPATH
Data Size
USINT
Parameter Name String SHORT_STRING
Units String
SHORT_STRING
Help String
SHORT_STRING
Minimum Value
Specified in Descriptor
Maximum Value
Specified in Descriptor
Default Value
Specified in Descriptor
Scaling Multiplier
UINT
Scaling Divisor
UINT
Scaling Base
UINT
Scaling Offset
INT
Multiplier Link
UINT
Divisor Link
UINT
Base Link
UINT
Offset Link
UINT
Decimal Precision
USINT
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Value
08
Path to specified object attribute.
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
Parameter Dependent
01
01
01
00
0
0
0
0
Parameter Dependent
507
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
The following common services are implemented for the Parameter Object.
Table 561 - Parameter Object Common Services
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Parameter Group Object — CLASS CODE 0x0010
The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object:
Table 562 - Parameter Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
8
Access Rule
Get
Get
Get
Name
Revision
Max Instance
Native Language
Data Type
UINT
UINT
USINT
Value
1
23
1 = English
The following instance attributes are supported for all parameter group
instances:
The following instance attributes are implemented for all parameter attributes.
Table 563 - Parameter Group Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
3
4
n
Access Rule
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Name
Group Name String
Number of Members
1st Parameter
2nd Parameter
Nth Parameter
Data Type
SHORT_STRING
UINT
UINT
UINT
UINT
Value
The following common services are implemented for the Parameter Group
Object.
Table 564 - Parameter Group Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Discrete Output Group Object — CLASS CODE 0x001E
No class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Group Object.
Five instances of the Discrete Output Group Object are supported.
Instance 1 has the following instances:
508
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Information
Appendix C
Table 565 - Discrete Output Group Object Instance 1 Attributes
Attribute ID
3
4
6
Access Rule
Get
Get
Get/Set
Name
Number of Instances
Binding
Command
Data Type
USINT
Array of UINT
BOOL
104
Get/Set
Network Status
Override
BOOL
105
Get/Set
Comm Status Override BOOL
Value
11
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11
0=idle; 1=run
0=No Override (go to safe state)
1=Override (run local logic)
0=No override (go to safe state)
1=Override (run local logic)
Instances 2-5 each represent a single expansion module. They have the following
attributes.
Table 566 - Discrete Output Group Object Instance 2…5 Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
3
Get
Name
Number of Instances
Data Type
USINT
4
Get
Binding
Array of UINT
6
Get/Set
Command
BOOL
7
Get/Set
Fault Action
BOOL
8
Get/Set
Fault Value
BOOL
9
Get/Set
Idle Action
BOOL
10
Get/Set
Idle Value
BOOL
113
Get/Set
Pr Fault Action
BOOL
114
Get/Set
Pr Fault Value
BOOL
Value
2
Instance 2: 4, 5
Instance 3: 6, 7
Instance 4: 8, 9
Instance 5: 10, 11
0=idle; 1=run
0=Fault Value Attribute, 1=Hold
Last State
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Idle Value Attribute, 1=Hold Last
State
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=Pr Fault Value Attribute,
1=Ignore
0=OFF, 1=ON
The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Group
Object.
Table 567 - Discrete Output Group Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
No
Yes
No
Yes
Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Control Supervisor Object — CLASS CODE 0x0029
No class attributes are supported.
A single instance (instance 1) of the Control Supervisor Object is supported.
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
509
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Table 568 - Control Supervisor Object Instance 1 Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
Name
Data Type
10
Get
Tripped
BOOL
11
Get
Warning
BOOL
12
Get/Set
Fault Reset
BOOL
Value
0 = No Fault present
1 = Fault Latched
0 = No Warning present
1 = Warning present (not latched)
0->1 = Trip Reset
otherwise no action
The following common services are implemented for the Control Supervisor
Object.
Table 569 - Control Supervisor Object Common Services
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
No
Yes
No
Yes
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Overload Object — CLASS CODE 0x002c
No class attributes are supported for the Overload Object.
A single instance (instance 1) of the Overload Object is supported.
Table 570 - Overload Object Instance 1 Attributes
Attribute ID
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Access Rule
Get/Set
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Name
Trip Class
Average Current
%Phase Imbal
% Thermal Utilized
Current L1
Current L2
Current L3
GF Current
Data Type
USINT
INT
USINT
USINT
INT
INT
INT
INT
Value
5…30
xxx.x Amps (tenths of amps)
xxx% FLA
xxx% FLA
xxx.x Amps (tenths of amps)
xxx.x Amps (tenths of amps)
xxx.x Amps (tenths of amps)
0.00 – 12.75 Amps
The following common services are implemented for the Overload Object.
Table 571 - Overload Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
No
Yes
No
Yes
Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Base Energy Object — CLASS CODE 0x004E
The following class attributes are supported for the Base Energy Object.
510
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Information
Appendix C
Table 572 - Base Energy Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
1
Access Rule
Get
Name
Object Revision
Data Type
USINT
Value
2
A single instance of the Base Energy Object is supported
Table 573 - Base Energy Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
1
Get
2
Get
Name
Data Type
Energy/Resource Type UINT
Energy Object
WORD
Capabilities
3
Get
Energy Accuracy
UINT
4
Get
UINT
5
Get
Real
x.xxx kW (TBD)
7
Get
ODOMETER
Returns params 80-84 values.
9
10
Get
Get
Energy Accuracy Basis
Full Scale Power
Reading
Consumed Energy
Odometer
Total Energy Odometer
Total Real Power
500 = 5.00 percent of full scale
reading
1 = Percent of full scale reading
Returns params 80-84 values.
Param 67 value converted to a REAL
12
Get
Energy Type Specific
Object Path
SIGNED ODOMETER
REAL
STRUCT of UINT
Padded EPATH
16
Set
Odometer Reset Enable BOOL
Value
1 = Electrical
0x0001 = Energy Measured
03 00 21 00 4F 00 24 01
0 = Disabled (Default)
1 = Enabled
Enables resetting of Energy
Odometers by Reset service
The following services are implemented for the Base Energy Object.
Table 574 - Base Energy Object Common Services
Service Code
0x01
0x05
0x0E
0x10
Implemented for:
Class
No
No
No
No
Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Service Name
GetAttributes_All
Reset
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
The following table describes the Get_Attributes_All response.
Table 575 - Base Energy Object Class Attributes Get_Attributes_All Response
Attribute ID
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Data Type
UINT
WORD
UINT
UINT
REAL
UINT
ODOMETER
ODOMETER
SIGNED
ODOMETER
REAL
Name
Energy/Resource Type
Energy Object Capabilities
Energy Accuracy
Energy Accuracy Basis
Full Scale Reading
Data Status
Consumed Energy Odometer
Generated Energy Odometer
Value
Attribute 1 value
Attribute 2 value
Attribute 3 value
Attribute 4 value
Attribute 5 value
0
0Attribute 7 value
0,0,0,0,0
Total Energy Odometer
Attribute 9 value
Energy Transfer Rate
Attribute 10 value
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
511
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Attribute ID
11
Name
Value
Energy Transfer Rate User Setting 0.0
12
Data Type
REAL
STRUCT of UINT,
Padded EPATH 1
13
UINT
Energy Aggregation Path Array
Size
0
14
Array of STRUCT
of UINT, Padded
EPATH 1
Energy Aggregation Paths
Null
Energy Type Specific Object Path Attribute 12 value
15
STRINGI
Energy Identifier
16
17
BOOL
BOOL
Odometer Reset Enable
Metering State
LanguageChar1 USINT =�e’
LanguageChar2 USINT)=�n’
LanguageChar3 USINT) =�g’
CharStringStruct USINT=0xD0
CharSet UINT = 0 = undefined
InternationalString = null
Attribute 16 value
1
Electrical Energy Object — CLASS CODE 0x004F
No class attributes are supported for the Electrical Energy Object.
A single instance of the Electrical Energy Object is supported
Table 576 - Electrical Energy Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
512
1
Get
3
Get
4
Get
5
Get
6
Get
7
Get
9
10
11
12
13
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
14
Get
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Name
Real Energy Consumed
Odometer
Real Energy Net
Odometer
Reactive Energy
Consumed Odometer
Reactive Energy
Generated Odometer
Reactive Energy Net
Odometer
Apparent Energy
Odometer
Line Frequency
L1 Current
L2 Current
L3 Current
Average Current
Percent Current
Unbalance
L1 to N Voltage
L2 to N Voltage
L3 to N Voltage
Avg Voltage L to N
L1 to L2 Voltage
L2 to L3 Voltage
L3 to L1 Voltage
Avg Voltage Lto N
Data Type
Value
ODOMETER
Returns params 80-84 values.
SIGNED ODOMEETER
Returns params 80-84 values.
ODOMETER
Returns params 85-89 values.
ODOMETER
Returns params 90-94 values.
SIGNED ODOMETER
Returns params 95-99 values.
ODOMETER
Returns params 100-104 values.
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
Param 62 value converted to a REAL
Param 43 value converted to a REAL
Param 44 value converted to a REAL
Param 45 value converted to a REAL
Param 46 value converted to a REAL
REAL
Param 52 value converted to a REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
Param 57 value converted to a REAL
Param 58 value converted to a REAL
Param 59 value converted to a REAL
Param 60 value converted to a REAL
Param 53 value converted to a REAL
Param 54 value converted to a REAL
Param 55 value converted to a REAL
Param 56 value converted to a REAL
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Information
Attribute ID Access Rule
23
Get
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
39
Get
40
Get
Name
Percent Voltage
Unbalance
L1 Real Power
L2 Real Power
L3 Real Power
Total Real Power
L1 Reactive Power
L2 Reactive Power
L3 Reactive Power
Total Reactive Power
L1 Apparent Power
L2 Apparent Power
L3 Apparent Power
Total Apparent Power
L1 True Power Factor
L2 True Power Factor
L3 True Power Factor
Three Phase True Power
Factor
Phase Rotation
Get
Associated Energy
Object Path
41
Appendix C
Data Type
Value
REAL
Param 61 value converted to a REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
Param 64 value converted to a REAL
Param 65 value converted to a REAL
Param 66 value converted to a REAL
Param 67 value converted to a REAL
Param 68 value converted to a REAL
Param 68 value converted to a REAL
Param 70 value converted to a REAL
Param 71 value converted to a REAL
Param 72 value converted to a REAL
Param 73 value converted to a REAL
Param 74 value converted to a REAL
Param 75 value converted to a REAL
Param 76 value converted to a REAL
Param 77 value converted to a REAL
Param 78 value converted to a REAL
REAL
Param 79 value converted to a REAL
UINT
STRUCT of UINT
Padded EPATH
Param 63 value
03 00 21 00 4E 00 24 01
The following services are implemented for the Electrical Energy Object.
Table 577 - Electrical Energy Object Common Services
Service Code
0x01
0x0E
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
No
Yes
No
Yes
Service Name
GetAttributes_All
Get_Attribute_Single
The following table describes the Get_Attributes_All response.
Table 578 - Electrical Energy Object Class Attributes Get_Attributes_All Response
Attribute ID
1
2
3
Data Type
Array[5] of INT
Array[5] of INT
Array[5] of INT
4
Array[5] of INT
5
Array[5] of INT
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Array[5] of INT
Array[5] of INT
Array[5] of INT
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
Name
Real Energy Consumed Odometer
Real Energy Generated Odometer
Real Energy Net Odometer
Reactive Energy Consumed
Odometer
Reactive Energy Generated
Odometer
Reactive Energy Net Odometer
Apparent Energy Odometer
Line Frequency
L1 Current
L2 Current
L3 Current
Average Current
Percent Current Unbalance
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Value
Attribute 1 Value
0.0.0.0.0
Attribute 3 Value
Attribute 4 Value
Attribute 5 Value
Attribute 6 Value
Attribute 7 Value
0.0.0.0.0
Attribute 9 Value
Attribute 10 Value
Attribute 11 Value
Attribute 12 Value
Attribute 13 Value
Attribute 14 Value
513
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Attribute ID
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Data Type
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
UINT
STRUCT of UINT
Padded EPATH
Name
L1 to N Voltage
L2 to N Voltage
L3 to N Voltage
Avg Voltage L to N
L1 to L2 Voltage
L2 to L3 Voltage
L3 to L1 Voltage
Avg Voltage Lto N
Percent Voltage Unbalance
L1 Real Power
L2 Real Power
L3 Real Power
Total Real Power
L1 Reactive Power
L2 Reactive Power
L3 Reactive Power
Total Reactive Power
L1 Apparent Power
L2 Apparent Power
L3 Apparent Power
Total Apparent Power
L1 True Power Factor
L2 True Power Factor
L3 True Power Factor
Three Phase True Power Factor
Phase Rotation
Value
Attribute 15 Value
Attribute 16 Value
Attribute 17 Value
Attribute 18 Value
Attribute 19 Value
Attribute 20 Value
Attribute 21 Value
Attribute 22 Value
Attribute 23 Value
Attribute 24 Value
Attribute 25 Value
Attribute 26 Value
Attribute 27 Value
Attribute 28 Value
Attribute 29 Value
Attribute 30 Value
Attribute 31 Value
Attribute 32 Value
Attribute 33 Value
Attribute 34 Value
Attribute 35 Value
Attribute 36 Value
Attribute 37 Value
Attribute 38 Value
Attribute 39 Value
Attribute 40 Value
Associated Energy Object Path
Attribute 41 Value
Wall Clock Time Object — CLASS CODE 0x008B
The following class attributes are supported:
Table 579 - Wall Clock Time Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
Access Rule
Get
Get
Name
Object Revision
Number of Instances
Data Type
UINT
UINT
Value
3
1
One instance is supported:
Table 580 - Wall Clock Time Object Instance Attributes
514
Attribute ID Access Rule
Name
Data Type
2
Set
Time Zone
UINT
3
Set / SSV
Offset from CSV
LINT
4
Set
Local Time Adjustment WORD
Value
Time zone in which Current value is being used (Never been
used)
64-bit offset value in ОјS that when added to the CST value yields
the Current_UTC_Value
Set of flags for specific local time adjustments (Never been used)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Information
Attribute ID Access Rule
Name
Data Type
5
Set / SSV
Date and Time пЂ (Local Time)
DINT[7] –
Array of seven DINTs
6
Set / SSV
Current UT value
(UTC Time)
LINT
7
Set / SSV
UTC Date and Time
(UTC Time)
DINT[7] –
Array of seven DINTs
8
Set / SSV
Time Zone String
Struct of UDINT
SINT[Length]
9
Set / SSV
DST Adjustment
INT
10
Set / SSV
Enable DST
USINT
11
Set
Current value
(local time)
LINT
Appendix C
Value
Current adjusted time in human readable format.
DINT[0] – year
DINT[1] – month
DINT[2] – day
DINT[3] – hour
DINT[4] – minute
DINT[5] – second
DINT[6] – sec.
Current value of Wall Clock Time. 64-bit ОјS value
referenced from 0000 hrs January 1, 1970
Current time in human readable format.
DINT[0] – year
DINT[1] – month
DINT[2] – day
DINT[3] – hour
DINT[4] – minute
DINT[5] – second
DINT[6] – sec.
This string specifies the time zone where the controller is
located, and ultimately the adjustment in hours and minutes
applied to the UTC value to generate the local time value.
TimeZoneString can be specified in the following formats:
o UTC+hh:mm <location>
o UTC-hh:mm <location>
hh:mm portion is used internally to calculate the local time, and
the <location> portion is used to describe the time zone and is
optional.
GMT is also accepted
Length of the Data array can be from 10 to 82.
Examples:
UTC-05:00 Eastern Time
UTC+01:00 Coordinated Universal Time
The number of minutes to be adjusted for daylight saving time
It specifies if we are in daylight saving time or not. Not internally
set. Needs user action.
Adjusted Local value of Wall Clock Time.
64-bit ОјS value referenced from 0000 hrs January 1, 1970
The following services are implemented for the Wall Clock Time Object.
Table 581 - Wall Clock Time Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Service Name
GetAttributes_All
Set_Attribute_Single
DPI Fault Object — CLASS CODE 0x0097
This object provides access to fault information within the device.
The following class attributes are supported:
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
515
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Table 582 - DPI Fault Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
Access Rule
Get
Get
3
Get/Set
4
Get
5
Get
6
Get
Name
Class Revision
Number of Instances
Data Type Value
UINT
1
UINT
8
0=NOP; 1=Clear Fault; 2=Clear Flt
Fault Cmd Write
USINT
Queue
The instance of the Fault Queue Entry
Fault Instance Read
UINT
containing information about the
Fault that tripped the Device
Fault Data list
Struct of:
The total number of parameters
Number of Parameter Instances UINT
instances stored when a fault occurs
An array of parameters instance
Parameter Instances
UINT [x ]
numbers
The number of Faults recorded in the
Number of Recorded Faults
UINT
Fault Queue
Five instances of the DPI Fault Object are supported.
Table 583 - DPI Fault Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
0
Get
1
Get
3
Get
Name
Full / All Info
Fault Code
Fault Source
DPI Port Number
Device Object
Instance
Fault Text
Fault Time Stamp
Data Type
Struct of:
UINT
Struct of:
USINT
USINT
BYTE[16]
Value
See Fault Table below
0
0x2c
See Fault Table below
Struct of:
Timer Value
ULINT
Timer Descriptor
WORD
Help Object
UINT
Instance
Fault Data
Basic Info
Struct of:
Fault Code
UINT
Fault Source
Struct of:
DPI Port Number
USINT
Device Object
USINT
Instance
Fault Time Stamp
Struct of:
Timer Value
ULINT
Timer Descriptor
WORD
Help Text
STRING
See Table 585
0
0x2C
See Table 585
The following common services are implemented for the DPI Fault Object.
Table 584 - DPI Fault Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
516
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
EtherNet/IP Information
Appendix C
The table below lists Fault Codes, Fault Text, and Fault Help Strings.
Table 585 - Fault Codes, Fault Text, and Fault Help Strings
Fault Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
Fault Text
No Fault
OverloadTrip
PhaseLossTrip
GroundFaultTrip
StallTrip
JamTrip
UnderloadTrip
Current Imbal
L1UnderCurrTrip
L2UnderCurrTrip
L3UnderCurrTrip
L1OverCurrenTrip
L2OverCurrenTrip
L3OverCurrenTrip
L1LineLossTrip
L2LineLossTrip
L3LineLossTrip
UnderVoltageTrip
OverVoltageTrip
VoltageUnbalTrip
PhaseRotationTrp
UnderFreqTrip
OverFreqTrip
Fault23
Fault24
Fault25
Fault26
Fault27
Fault28
Fault29
Fault30
Fault31
Fault32
UnderKWTrip
OverKWTrip
UnderKVARConTrip
OverKVARConTrip
UnderKVARGenTrip
OverKVARGenTrip
UnderKVATrip
OverKVATrip
UnderPFLagTrip
OverPFLagTrip
UnderPFLeadTrip
OverPFLeadTrip
Fault45
Fault46
Help Text
No Fault Conditions Detected
Motor current overload condition
Phase current Loss detected in one of the motor phases
Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground
Motor has not reached full speed by the end of Stall Enable Time
Motor current has exceed the programmed jam trip level
Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels
Phase to phase current imbalance detected
L1Current was below L1 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L2Current was below L2 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L3Current was below L3 Undercurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L1 Current was over L1 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L2 Current was over L2 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L3 Current was over L3 Overcurrent Level longer than Trip Delay
L1 Current Lost for longer than the L1 Loss Trip Delay
L2 Current Lost for longer than the L2 Loss Trip Delay
L3 Current Lost for longer than the L3 Loss Trip Delay
Line to Line Under-Voltage condition detected
Line to Line Over-Voltage condition detected
Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected
The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated
Line voltage frequency is below trip level
Line voltage frequency has exceeded trip level
Total Real Power(kW)is below trip level
Total Real Power(kW)has exceeded trip level
Under Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Over Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Under Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Over Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) is below trip level
Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) exceeded trip level
Under Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Under Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
517
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Fault Code
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
518
Fault Text
Fault47
Fault48
TestTrip
PTCTrip
DLXTrip
OperStationTrip
RemoteTrip
BlockedStartTrip
Trip55
ConfigTrip
Trip57
DLXFBTimeoutTrip
Trip59
Trip60
Trip61
NVSTrip
Trip63
Trip64
InAnMod1Ch00Trip
InAnMod1Ch01Trip
InAnMod1Ch02Trip
InAnMod2Ch00Trip
InAnMod2Ch01Trip
InAnMod2Ch02Trip
InAnMod3Ch00Trip
InAnMod3Ch01Trip
InAnMod3Ch02Trip
InAnMod4Ch00Trip
InAnMod4Ch01Trip
InAnMod4Ch02Trip
Trip77
Trip78
Trip79
Trip80
DigitalMod1Trip
DigitalMod2Trip
DigitalMod3Trip
DigitalMod4Trip
AnalogMod1Trip
AnalogMod2Trip
AnalogMod3Trip
AnalogMod4Trip
Trip89
CtlModMismatch
SenseModMismatch
CommModMismatch
OperStatMismatch
DigModMismatch
AnModMismatch
Trip96
Help Text
Test trip caused by holding the Test/Rest button for 2 seconds
PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated
DeviceLogix defined trip was generated
The Stop button the Operator Station was pressed
Remote trip command detected
Maximum starts per hour exceeded
Hardware configuration fault. Check for shorts on input terminal
Invalid parameter config. See parameters 38-39 for details
DeviceLogix Feedback Timeout Trip was detected
NonVolatile Storage memory problem detected
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Trip Level
Digital Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Control Module installed does not match the expected type
Sensing Module installed does not match the expected type
Comms Module installed does not match the expected type
Operator Station installed does not match expected type
Digital Module installed does not match the expected type
Analog Module installed does not match the expected type
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Information
Fault Code
97
98
99
Fault Text
Trip97
HardwareFltTrip
Trip99
Appendix C
Help Text
A hardware fault condition was detected
DPI Warning Object — CLASS CODE 0x0098
This object provides access to warning information within the device.
The following class attributes are supported:
Table 586 - DPI Warning Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID
1
2
3
Access Rule
Get
Get
Get/Set
Name
Class Revision
Number of Instances
Warning Cmd Write
4
Get
Warning Instance Read
6
Get
Number of Recorded Faults
Data Type Value
UINT
1
UINT
8
USINT
0=NOP 2=Clear Queue
The instance of the Warning Queue
UINT
Entry containing information about
the most recent warning
The number of Warning recorded in
UINT
the Warning Queue
Four instances of the DPI Warning Object are supported.
Table 587 - DPI Warning Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
0
1
3
Get
Get
Get
Name
Full / All Info
Warning Code
Warning Source
DPI Port Number
Device Object
Instance
Warning Text
Warning Time
Stamp
Timer Value
Timer Descriptor
Help Object
Instance
Fault Data
Basic Info
Warning Code
Warning Source
DPI Port Number
Device Object
Instance
Warning Time
Stamp
Timer Value
Timer Descriptor
Help Text
Data Type
Struct of:
UINT
Struct of:
USINT
USINT
BYTE[16]
Value
See Warning Table below
0
0x2c
See Table 589
Struct of:
ULINT
WORD
UINT
Struct of:
UINT
Struct of:
USINT
USINT
See Table 589
0
0x2C
Struct of:
ULINT
WORD
STRING
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
See Table 589
519
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
The following common services are implemented for the DPI Warning Object.
Table 588 - DPI Warning Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
Implemented for:
Class
Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
The table below lists Warning Codes, Warning Text, and Warning Help Strings.
Table 589 - Warning Codes, Warning Text, and Warning Help Strings
Warning
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
520
Warning Text
Warning Help Text
No Warning
OverloadWarning
Warning2
Ground Fault
Warning4
JamWarning
UnderloadWarning
Current ImbalWarn
L1UnderCurrWarn
L2UnderCurrWarn
L3UnderCurrWarn
L1OverCurrenWarn
L2OverCurrenWarn
L3OverCurrenWarn
L1LineLossWarn
L2LineLossWarn
L3LineLossWarn
UnderVoltageWarn
OvervoltageWarn
VoltageUnbalWarn
PhaseRotationWrn
UnderFreqWarning
OverFreqWarning
Warning23
Warning24
Warning25
Warning26
Warning27
Warning28
Warning29
Warning30
Warning31
Warning32
UnderKWWarning
OverKWWarning
UnderKVARConWarn
OverKVARConWarn
UnderKVARGenWarn
No Warning Conditions Detected
Approaching a motor current overload condition
Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground
Motor current has exceed the programmed jam warning level
Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels
Phase to phase current imbalance detected
L1Current was below L1 Undercurrent Warning Level
L2Current was below L2 Undercurrent Warning Level
L3Current was below L3 Undercurrent Warning Level
L1 Current was over L1 Overcurrent Warning Level
L2 Current was over L2 Overcurrent Warning Level
L3 Current was over L3 Overcurrent Warning Level
L1 Current Lost for longer than the L1 Loss Trip Delay
L2 Current Lost for longer than the L2 Loss Trip Delay
L3 Current Lost for longer than the L3 Loss Trip Delay
Line to Line Under-Voltage condition detected
Line to Line Over-Voltage condition detected
Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected
The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated
Line voltage frequency is below the warning level
Line voltage frequency has exceeded warning level
Total Real Power (kW) is below warning level
Total Real Power (kW) has exceeded warning level
Under Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Over Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected
Under Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
EtherNet/IP Information
Warning
Code
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
Appendix C
Warning Text
Warning Help Text
OverKVARGenWarn
Under Power kVA
Over Power kVA
Under PF Lagging
Over PF Lagging
Under PF Leading
Over PF Leading
Warning 45
Warning 46
Warning 47
Warning 48
Warning49
PTC
DLXWarning
Warning52
Warning53
Warning54
Warning55
ConfigWarning
Warning57
DLXFBTimeoutWarn
Warning59
PM Starts
PM Oper Hours
Warning62
Warning63
Warning64
InAnMod1Ch00Warn
InAnMod1Ch01Warn
InAnMod1Ch02Warn
InAnMod2Ch00Warn
InAnMod2Ch01Warn
InAnMod2Ch02Warn
InAnMod3Ch00Warn
InAnMod3Ch01Warn
InAnMod3Ch02Warn
InAnMod4Ch00Warn
InAnMod4Ch01Warn
InAnMod4Ch02Warn
Warning77
Warning 78
Warning 79
Warning 80
DigitalMod1Warn
DigitalMod2Warn
DigitalMod3Warn
DigitalMod4Warn
AnalogMod1Warn
AnalogMod2Warn
Over Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected
Total Apparent Power (kVA) is below warning level
Total Apparent Power (kVA) exceeded warning level
Under Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected
Under Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
Over Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected
PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated
DeviceLogix defined warning was generated
Invalid parameter config. See parameters 38-39 for details
DeviceLogix Feedback Timeout Trip was detected
Number of Starts Warning Level Exceeded
Operating Hours Warning Level Exceeded
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 1 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 2 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 3 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 00 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 01 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level
Input Channel 02 on Analog Module 4 exceeded its Warning Level
Digital Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Digital Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 1 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 2 is not operating properly
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
521
Appendix C
EtherNet/IP Information
Warning
Code
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
Warning Text
Warning Help Text
AnalogMod3Warn
AnalogMod4Warn
Warning89
CtlModMismatch
SenseModMismatch
CommModMismatch
OperStatMismatch
DigModMismatch
AnModMismatch
Warning96
Warning97
HardwareFltWarn
Warning99
Analog Expansion Module 3 is not operating properly
Analog Expansion Module 4 is not operating properly
Control Module installed does not match the expected type
Sensing Module installed does not match the expected type
Comms Module installed does not match the expected type
Operator Station installed does not match expected type
Digital Module installed does not match the expected type
Analog Module installed does not match the expected type
A hardware fault condition was detected
MCC Object — CLASS CODE 0x00C2
A single instance (instance 1) of the MCC Object is supported:
Table 590 - MCC Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule
1
Get/Set
2
Get/Set
3
4
5
6
Get/Set
Get/Set
Get/Set
Get/Set
Name
Mcc Number
Vertical Section
Number
Starting Section Letter
Space Factors
Cabinet Width
Mcc Number
Data Type
USINT
Range
0-255
Value
0
USINT
0-255
0
USINT
USINT
USINT
USINT
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
65
0x3F
0
0
EC1=2
EC2=EC3=EC4=4
EC5=6
7
Get
Number of Device
Inputs
USINT
8
Get/Set
Array of USINT
00000000000000
9
Get
USINT
2
10
Get/Set
Devices Connected at
Inputs
Number of Device
Outputs
Devices Connected at
Outputs
Array of USINT
0000
The following common services are implemented for the MCC Object.
Table 591 - MCC Object Common Services
Service Code
0x0E
0x10
0x18
0x19
522
Implemented for:
Class
No
No
No
No
Instance
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Service Name
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Get_Member
Set_Member
Rockwell Automation Support
Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products.пЂ At http://www.rockwellautomation.com/support you can find technical and application notes, sample code, and links to
software service packs. You can also visit our Support Center at https://rockwellautomation.custhelp.com/ for software
updates, support chats and forums, technical information, FAQs, and to sign up for product notification updates.
In addition, we offer multiple support programs for installation, configuration, and troubleshooting. For more
information, contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative, or visitпЂ http://www.rockwellautomation.com/services/online-phone.
Installation Assistance
If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation, review the information that is contained in this
manual. You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running.
United States or Canada
1.440.646.3434
Outside United States or Canada
Use the Worldwide Locator at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/support/overview.page, or contact your local
Rockwell Automation representative.
New Product Satisfaction Return
Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to help ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the
manufacturing facility. However, if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned, follow these procedures.
United States
Contact your distributor. You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your
distributor to complete the return process.
Outside United States
Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure.
Documentation Feedback
Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve this
document, complete this form, publication RA-DU002, available at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/literature/.
Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A.Ş., Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat:6 34752 İçerenköy, İstanbul, Tel: +90 (216) 5698400
Publication 193-UM015C-EN-P - December 2014
Supersedes publication 193-UM015B-EN-P - June 2014
Copyright В© 2014 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.
">